| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 17, 2026
|
|
| 1933 Act File No. 002-97596 |
| 1940 Act File No. 811-04297 |
|
| UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION |
| Washington, D.C. 20549 |
|
FORM N-1A |
|
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X] |
| Pre-Effective Amendment No. ___ [ ] |
| Post-Effective Amendment No. 191 [X] |
| |
| and/or |
| |
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X] |
| Amendment No. 192 [X] |
|
| VANECK FUNDS |
| (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter) |
|
| 666 Third Avenue |
| New York, NY 10017 |
| (Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code) |
| |
| 212-293-2000 |
| Registrant's Telephone Number |
|
| Jonathan R. Simon, Esq. |
| Senior Vice President and General Counsel |
| Van Eck Associates Corporation |
666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor |
| New York, NY 10017 |
| (Name and Address of Agent for Service) |
|
| Copy to: |
Fabio Battaglia, Esq. Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young LLP 2005 Market Street Suite 2600 Philadelphia, PA 19103 |
|
| Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: |
| As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement. |
|
| It is proposed that this filing will become effective: (check appropriate box) |
|
[ ] | immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
[ ] | On [date] pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| [ ] | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
[ ] | on pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
[ X ] | 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) |
| [ ] | on [date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485. |
|
If appropriate, check the following box:
[ ] This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
|
| | | | | |
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Trust may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. | |
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated July 17, 2026
Prospectus
[___] | VanEck Wealth Builder ETF
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange for the Fund:
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
800.826.2333 | vaneck.com
| | | | | |
TABLE OF CONTENTS | |
| |
| |
| |
Portfolio Investments | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 2 |
VanEck Wealth Builder ETF
SUMMARY INFORMATION
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The VanEck Wealth Builder ETF (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income.
FUND FEES AND EXPENSES
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund (“Shares”). You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the tables and examples below.
| | | | | |
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) | None |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
| | | | | |
| Management Fee | [ ] |
Other Expenses(a)(b) | [ ] |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(c) | [ ] |
| |
| |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(b) | [ ] |
(a) “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(b) Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation (the “Adviser”) will pay all expenses of the Fund, except for the fee payment under the investment management agreement, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest expense, offering costs, trading expenses, taxes and extraordinary expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser has agreed to pay the offering costs until at least [ ].
(c) “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” include fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the Fund as a result of investments in other investment companies, including funds which invest exclusively in money market instruments. Because acquired fund fees and expenses are not borne directly by the Fund, they will not be reflected in the expense information in the Fund’s financial statements and the information presented in the table will differ from that presented in the Fund’s financial highlights included in this Prospectus and on the Fund’s filing on form N-CSR.
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. This example does not take into account brokerage commissions that you pay when purchasing or selling Shares of the Fund.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell or hold all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% annual return and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The Fund will pay transaction costs, such as commissions, when it purchases and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover will cause the Fund to incur additional transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, may affect the Fund’s performance. Because the Fund is newly organized, no portfolio turnover figures are available.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
The Fund is an actively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal market circumstances, in exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) that provide exposure to equity securities, fixed income securities, and real assets. The Fund’s investments in underlying ETPs (“Underlying ETPs”) include ETPs advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or its affiliates and ETPs managed by unaffiliated third-party investment advisers.
Through its investments in Underlying ETPs, the Fund may gain exposure to domestic and foreign equity securities of companies of any market capitalization, U.S. Treasury securities, debt securities of any credit quality, issuer, geography, duration and maturity, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), business development companies (“BDCs”), physical commodities, commodity futures, gold bullion, natural resource equities, and/or digital assets. Certain Underlying ETPs may not be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act of 1940”), such as commodity pools, commodity trusts and grantor trusts. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may be concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 3 |
The Fund will invest in certain ETPs through a subsidiary, an exempted limited company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Subsidiary”). The Subsidiary is wholly owned and controlled by the Fund and is advised by the Adviser. The Fund’s investment in the Subsidiary will generally not exceed 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at each quarter-end of the Fund's fiscal year. The Fund's investment in the Subsidiary, via the Subsidiary’s investment in ETPs, generally provides the Fund with exposure to digital assets, commodities, futures and derivatives of commodities (“Commodities Instruments”) within the limits of the federal tax laws, which limit the ability of investment companies like the Fund to invest directly in such instruments. The Subsidiary has the same investment objective as the Fund and will follow the same general investment policies and restrictions except that, unlike the Fund, it may invest, via its investment in ETPs, without limit in Commodities Instruments. Except as noted, for purposes of this Prospectus, references to the Fund’s investment strategies and risks include those of its Subsidiary. The Fund complies with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, governing investment policies (Section 8) and capital structure and leverage (Section 18) on an aggregate basis with the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary will comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940 provisions governing affiliate transactions and custody of assets.
The Adviser uses a discretionary, proprietary, and multi-step investment process to allocate the Fund’s assets. The Adviser establishes target allocations across asset classes using macroeconomic analysis and capital market expectations, selects Underlying ETPs by evaluating investment strategy, expense ratio, liquidity and risk-adjusted return characteristics, and constructs the portfolio using quantitative optimization techniques. The Adviser monitors the portfolio on an ongoing basis and rebalances periodically.
Within each asset class, the Adviser balances exposure between lower-cost, broadly diversified index-tracking Underlying ETPs and higher-conviction Underlying ETPs that employ active management, factor-based, thematic, or fundamental selection strategies that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform broad market benchmarks over a full market cycle. The Fund does not invest directly in derivatives, including futures contracts, options, or swap agreements. However, certain Underlying ETPs in which the Fund invests may use derivatives as part of their own investment strategies.
The Fund is classified as a non-diversified fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and, therefore, may invest a greater percentage of its assets in a particular issuer. During periods of adverse market, economic, or political conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies and invest a larger portion of its assets in cash, cash equivalents, gold, or short-term fixed income instruments. During such periods, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund will concentrate its investments in any one industry or a group of industries. Additionally, the Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of its portfolio securities.
PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND
Investors in the Fund should be willing to accept a high degree of volatility in the price of the Fund’s Shares and the possibility of significant losses. An investment in the Fund involves a substantial degree of risk. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit with a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you should consider carefully the following risks before investing in the Fund, each of which could significantly and adversely affect the value of an investment in the Fund.
Fund of Funds Risk. The performance of the Fund is dependent on the performance of the Underlying ETPs. The Fund will be subject to the risks of the Underlying ETPs’ investments. The Fund will pay indirectly a proportional share of the fees and expenses of the Underlying ETPs in which it invests, including their investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own management fee. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses of the Underlying ETPs, absorbing duplicative levels of fees.
Underlying ETPs Risk. The Fund may be subject to the following risks as a result of its investments in the Underlying ETPs:
ETP-Related Equity Securities Risk. The value of the equity securities held by an Underlying ETP may fall due to general market and economic conditions, perceptions regarding the markets in which the issuers of securities held by an Underlying ETP participate, or factors relating to specific issuers in which an Underlying ETP invests. For example, an adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may result in a decline in the value of equity securities of an issuer held by an Underlying ETP; the price of the equity security of an issuer may be particularly sensitive to general movements in the securities markets; or a drop in the securities markets may depress the price of most or all of the equities securities held by an Underlying ETP. In addition, the equity securities of an issuer in an Underlying ETP’s portfolio may decline in price if the issuer fails to make anticipated dividend payments. Equity securities are subordinated to preferred securities and debt in a company’s capital structure with respect to priority in right to a share of corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater dividend risk than preferred securities or debt instruments. In addition, while broad market measures of equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have generally also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns, although under certain market conditions fixed income securities may have comparable or greater price volatility.
Foreign Securities Risk. Investments in the securities of foreign issuers involve risks beyond those associated with investments in U.S. securities. These additional risks include greater market volatility, the availability of less reliable financial information, higher transactional and custody costs, taxation by foreign governments, decreased market liquidity and political instability. Because certain foreign securities markets may be limited in size, the activity of large traders may have an undue influence on the prices of securities that trade in such markets.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 4 |
Certain foreign markets that have historically been considered relatively stable may become volatile in response to changed conditions or new developments. Increased interconnectivity of world economies and financial markets increases the possibility that adverse developments and conditions in one country or region will affect the stability of economies and financial markets in other countries or regions. An Underlying ETP may invest in countries whose economies are heavily dependent upon trading with key partners. Any reduction in this trading may have an adverse impact on the Underlying ETP’s investments. Because an Underlying ETP may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies and some of the income received by the Underlying ETP may be in foreign currency, changes in currency exchange rates may negatively impact the Underlying ETP’s return. To the extent an ETP invests in emerging market countries, risks of investing in such countries are greater than risks associated with investments in foreign developed countries.
Foreign issuers are often subject to less stringent requirements regarding accounting, auditing, financial reporting and record keeping than are U.S. issuers, and therefore, not all material information may be available or reliable. Securities exchanges or foreign governments may adopt rules or regulations that may negatively impact an Underlying ETP’s ability to invest in foreign securities or may prevent an Underlying ETP from repatriating its investments.
Underlying ETP-Related Foreign Currency Risk. Because all or a portion of the income received by an Underlying ETP from its foreign investments and/or the revenues received by the foreign issuer will generally be denominated in foreign currencies, changes in the value of foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar may result in reduced returns for the Underlying ETP, and the value of certain foreign currencies may be subject to a high degree of fluctuation. The Underlying ETP may also incur costs in connection with conversions between U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. The value of certain emerging market countries may be subject to a high degree of fluctuation. This fluctuation may be due to changes in interest rates, investors’ expectations concerning inflation and interest rates, the emerging market country’s debt levels and trade deficit, the effects of monetary policies issued by the United States, foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities, the imposition of currency controls or other national or global political or economic developments. For example, certain emerging market countries have experienced economic challenges and liquidity issues with respect to their currency. The economies of certain emerging market countries can be significantly affected by currency devaluations. Certain emerging market countries may also have managed currencies which are maintained at artificial levels relative to the U.S. dollar rather than at levels determined by the market. This type of system could lead to sudden and large adjustments in the currency, which in turn, may have a negative effect on the Underlying ETP and its investments.
CLO Risk. The risks of investing in CLO securities include both the economic risks of the underlying loans combined with the risks associated with the CLO structure governing the priority of payments. The degree of such risk will generally correspond to the specific tranche in which the Fund is invested. The Fund intends to invest in Underlying ETPs that invest primarily in investment grade-rated tranches of CLOs rated between and inclusive of AAA/Aaa and BBB-/Baa3; however, this rating does not constitute a guarantee of credit quality and may be downgraded, and in stressed market environments it is possible that even senior CLO debt tranches could experience losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and the disappearance of the subordinated/equity tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as negative market sentiment with respect to CLO securities as an asset class. An Underlying ETP’s portfolio managers may not be able to accurately predict how specific CLO securities or the portfolio of underlying loans for such CLO securities will react to changes or stresses in the market, including changes in interest rates. The most common risks associated with investing in CLO securities are liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, call risk, and the risk of default of the underlying asset.
Credit Risk. Debt securities are subject to credit risk. Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer or guarantor of a security will be unable and/or unwilling to make timely interest payments and/or repay the principal on its debt or to otherwise honor its obligations and/or default completely. Bonds are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, depending on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the securities, which may be reflected in credit ratings. There is a possibility that the credit rating of a bond may be downgraded after purchase or the perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may decline, which may adversely affect the value of the security. An Underlying ETP may hold securities that are insured by a bond issuer. A downgrade of the credit rating of such bond issuer may cause the value of the insured security to decline. Lower credit quality may also affect liquidity and make it difficult for the Underlying ETP to sell the security.
Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities, such as bonds, are also subject to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk refers to fluctuations in the value of a security resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates. When the general level of interest rates goes up, the prices of most debt securities go down. When the general level of interest rates goes down, the prices of most debt securities go up. Many factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policy, rising inflation rates and general economic conditions. A low interest rate environment increases the risk associated with rising interest rates, including the potential for periods of volatility and increased redemptions.
Measures taken by the Federal Reserve Board may affect the money supply and as a result of these measures, an Underlying ETP may face a heightened interest rate risk.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 5 |
In addition, debt securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes, usually making them more volatile than debt securities with shorter durations. To the extent an Underlying ETP invests a substantial portion of its assets in debt securities with longer-term maturities, rising interest rates may cause the value of an Underlying ETP’s investments to decline significantly.
Call Risk. An Underlying ETP may invest in callable debt securities. If interest rates fall, it is possible that issuers of callable securities will “call” (or prepay) their debt securities before their maturity date. If a call were exercised by the issuer during or following a period of declining interest rates, the Underlying ETP is likely to have to replace such called security with a lower yielding security or securities with greater risks or other less favorable features. If that were to happen, it would decrease the Underlying ETP’s net investment income. An Underlying ETP also may fail to recover additional amounts (i.e., premiums) paid for securities with higher interest rates, resulting in an unexpected capital loss.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Different U.S. government securities are subject to different levels of credit risk depending on the nature of the particular government support for that security. The market value of U.S. government securities may fluctuate and are subject to investment risks, and the value of U.S. government securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. In addition, it is possible that the issuers of some U.S. government securities will not be able to timely meet their payment obligations in the future, and there is a risk of default.
U.S. Treasury Securities Risk. Direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, due to fluctuations in interest rates, the market value of such securities may vary.
Commodities Risk. Commodities include, among other things, energy products, agricultural products, industrial metals, precious metals and livestock. The commodities markets may fluctuate widely based on a variety of factors, including overall market movements, economic events and policies, changes in interest rates or inflation rates, changes in monetary and exchange control programs, war, acts of terrorism, natural disasters and technological developments. Variables such as disease, drought, floods, weather, trade, embargoes, tariffs and other political events, in particular, may have a larger impact on commodity prices than on traditional securities. These additional variables may create additional investment risks that subject an Underlying ETP’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The prices of commodities can also fluctuate widely due to supply and demand disruptions in major producing or consuming regions. Because certain commodities may be produced in a limited number of countries and may be controlled by a small number of producers, political, economic and supply-related events in such countries could have a disproportionate impact on the prices of such commodities. These factors may affect the value of an Underlying ETP in varying ways, and different factors may cause the value and the volatility of an Underlying ETP to move in inconsistent directions at inconsistent rates.
Digital Asset Instruments Risk. Certain Underlying ETPs may have exposure to one or more digital assets (collectively, "Digital Asset ETPs"). Digital Asset ETPs are relatively new investment products and are subject to many of the same risks as an investment in a digital asset. The value of an investment in Digital Asset ETPs and their underlying reference asset, digital asset or digital asset futures, is subject to a number of factors, including the capabilities and development of blockchain technologies, digital asset’s dependence on the internet, other technologies, and the role played by key service providers, users, developers and other facilitators (e.g., miners) and the potential for malicious activity at various stages in the crypto asset investment cycle. The Fund expects to purchase shares of any Digital Asset ETP, either directly or indirectly, in the secondary market at its market price, which may be highly volatile and may not closely correspond to either the NAV per share of the Digital Asset ETP or the price of a crypto asset. Shares of Digital Asset ETP may trade at premiums (i.e., the market price of the shares is more than the NAV) or discounts (i.e., the market price of the shares is less than the NAV), which may be significant. The risk that share prices differ from a Digital Asset ETP’s NAV and/or the price of a crypto asset is likely to increase during times of market volatility or stressed market conditions. Extreme volatility affecting digital assets such as bitcoin or ether may persist for extended periods and the value of the Fund’s investment in a Digital Asset ETP may decline significantly without recovery. Although often referred to as ETFs, the shares of spot Digital Asset ETPs in which the Fund may have investment exposure are not registered under the 1940 Act, and therefore, do not afford the Fund the investor protections typical of investments in U.S. registered funds. The Fund’s investments in futures-based Digital Asset ETP are subject to the risks of a digital asset futures contracts.
Risk of Investing in Gold. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may focus their investments in gold. Investments related to gold are considered speculative and are affected by a variety of factors. The price of gold may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time, so an Underlying ETP’s share price may be more volatile than other types of investments. Fluctuation in the price of gold may be due to a number of factors, including changes in inflation and changes in industrial and commercial demand for metals. Additionally, increased environmental or labor costs may depress the value of gold investments. In times of significant inflation or great economic uncertainty, gold and other precious metals may outperform traditional investments such as bonds and stocks. However, in times of stable economic growth, traditional equity and debt investments could offer greater appreciation potential and the value of gold may be adversely affected, which could in turn affect an Underlying ETP’s returns.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 6 |
Natural Resources Companies Risk. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may be sensitive to, and their performance may depend to a greater extent on, the overall condition of the natural resources sector. Investments in natural resources and natural resources companies, which include companies engaged in agriculture, alternatives (e.g., water and alternative energy), energy, forest products and base, industrial and precious metals, can be significantly affected by events relating to these industries, including international political and economic developments, embargoes, tariffs, inflation, weather and natural disasters, livestock diseases, limits on exploration, rapid changes in the supply and demand for natural resources and other factors. An Underlying ETP’s portfolio securities may experience substantial price fluctuations as a result of these factors and may move independently of the trends of other operating companies. Companies engaged in the industries listed above may be adversely affected by changes in government policies and regulations, technological advances and/or obsolescence, environmental damage claims, energy conservation efforts, the success of exploration projects, limitations on the liquidity of certain natural resources and commodities and competition from new market entrants. Changes in general economic conditions, including commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls, rising interest rates, prices of raw materials and other commodities, depletion of resources and labor relations, could adversely affect an Underlying ETP’s portfolio companies.
Risk of Investing in MLPs. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume. Investments in MLPs could also expose an Underlying ETP to volatility risk because units of MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies. Holders of MLP units are subject to certain risks inherent in the structure of MLPs, including (i) tax risks, (ii) the limited ability to elect or remove management or the general partner or managing member, (iii) limited voting rights, (iv) conflicts of interest between the general partner or managing member and its affiliates and the limited partners or members, (v) dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit-holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price, resulting from regulatory changes or other reasons and (vi) cash flow risks. Holders of units of MLPs have more limited control rights and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the MLP as compared to holders of stock of a corporation. For example, MLP unit holders may not elect the general partner or the directors of the general partner and the MLP unit holders have limited ability to remove an MLP’s general partner. MLPs are controlled by their general partners, which generally have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary duties to the MLP, which may permit the general partner to favor its own interests over the MLPs. The amount of cash that each individual MLP can distribute to its partners will depend on the amount of cash it generates from operations, which will vary from quarter to quarter depending on factors affecting the particular business lines of the MLP. Available cash will also depend on the MLP's level of operating costs (including incentive distributions to the general partner), level of capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisition costs (if any), fluctuations in working capital needs and other factors.
Some MLPs may be treated as “passive foreign investment companies” or “controlled foreign corporations” corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The manner and extent of an Underlying ETP’s investments in MLPs may be limited by its intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (which would increase the risk of tracking error), and any such investments by the Underlying ETP may adversely affect the ability of the Underlying ETP to so qualify. If any of the MLPs owned by an Underlying ETP were treated as entities other than partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it could result in a reduction of the value of an investment in the Underlying ETP.
Large-Capitalization Companies Risk. An Underlying ETP may invest in large-capitalization companies and, therefore will be subject to certain risks associated with large-capitalization companies. Securities of large-capitalization companies could fall out of favor with the market and underperform securities of small- or medium-capitalization companies. Larger, more established companies may be slow to respond to challenges and may grow more slowly than smaller companies.
Small- and Medium-Capitalization Companies Risk. An Underlying ETP may invest in small- and/or medium- capitalization companies and, therefore may be subject to certain risks associated with small- and medium-capitalization companies. These companies are often subject to less analyst coverage and may be in early and less predictable periods of their corporate existences, with little or no record of profitability. In addition, these companies often have greater price volatility, lower trading volume and less liquidity than larger more established companies. These companies tend to have smaller revenues, narrower product lines, less management depth and experience, smaller shares of their product or service markets, fewer financial resources and less competitive strength than large-capitalization companies. Returns on investments in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies could trail the returns on investments in securities of larger companies.
Derivatives Risk. The use of derivatives, including Commodities Instruments, presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, commodity, asset, index or reference rate. Derivative strategies often involve leverage, which may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund or an Underlying ETP to lose more money than it would have lost had it invested in the underlying security. Also, a liquid secondary market may not always exist for the Fund’s or an Underlying ETP’s derivative positions at times when the Fund or Underlying ETP might wish to terminate or sell such positions. Over the counter instruments may be
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 7 |
illiquid, and transactions in derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund or an Underlying ETP may also face the risk that it may not be able to meet margin and payment requirements and maintain a derivatives position. The use of derivatives by the Fund or an Underlying ETP may increase the amount and affect the timing and character of taxes payable by shareholders of the Fund or the Underlying ETP (like the Fund), respectively.
Derivatives are also subject to operational and legal risks. Operational risk generally refers to risk related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, system failures, inadequate controls, and human errors. Legal risk generally refers to insufficient documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of counterparty, or legality or enforceability of a contract.
Futures Contract Risk. The use of futures contracts involves risks that are in addition to, and potentially greater than, the risks of investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. Futures contracts are subject to collateral requirements and daily limits that may limit an Underlying ETP's ability to achieve its investment objective. If an Underlying ETP is unable to meet its investment objective, the Underlying ETP's returns may be lower than expected. Additionally, these collateral requirements may require the Underlying ETP to liquidate its position when it otherwise would not do so. Futures contracts exhibit "futures basis," which refers to the difference between the current market value of the underlying commodity (the "spot" price) and the price of the cash-settled futures contracts. A negative futures basis exists when cash-settled futures contracts generally trade at a premium to the current market value of the underlying commodity. If a negative futures basis exists, an Underlying ETP's investments in futures contracts will generally underperform a direct investment in the underlying commodity.
This risk may be adversely affected by “negative roll yields” in “contango” markets. The Fund will “roll” out of one futures contract as the expiration date approaches and into another futures contract with a later expiration date. The "rolling" feature creates the potential for a significant negative effect on the Fund's performance that is independent of the performance of the spot prices of the underlying commodity. The "spot price" of a commodity is the price of that commodity for immediate delivery, as opposed to a futures price, which represents the price for delivery on a specified date in the future. The Fund would be expected to experience negative roll yield if the futures prices tend to be greater than the spot price. A market where futures prices are generally greater than spot prices is referred to as a “contango” market. Therefore, if the futures market for a given commodity is in contango, then the value of a futures contract on that commodity would tend to decline over time (assuming the spot price remains unchanged), because the higher futures price would fall as it converges to the lower spot price by expiration. Extended period of contango may cause significant and sustained losses. Additionally, because of the frequency with which the Fund may roll futures contracts, the impact of contango on Fund performance may be greater than it would have been if the Fund rolled futures contracts less frequently.
Concentration Risk. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may be concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries. To the extent that an Underlying ETP is concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries, the Underlying ETP will be subject to the risk that economic, political or other conditions that have a negative effect on those sectors and/or industry or groups of industries may negatively impact the Underlying ETP to a greater extent than if the Underlying ETP’s assets were invested in a wider variety of sectors or industries.
Risk of Investing in BDCs. BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. The Underlying ETPs will indirectly bear their proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance-based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Underlying ETPs. A BDC’s incentive fee may be very high, vary from year to year and be payable even if the value of the BDC’s portfolio declines in a given time period. Incentive fees may create an incentive for a BDC’s manager to make investments that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements, and may also encourage the BDC’s manager to use leverage to increase the return on the BDC’s investments. The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs. A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.
Investing in ETPs Risk. The Fund’s performance may depend in part on the performance of the Underlying ETPs in which it invests. The Fund will pay indirectly a proportional share of the fees and expenses of the Underlying ETPs in which it invests, including their investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own management fee. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses of the Underlying ETPs, absorbing duplicative levels of fees.
Concentration Risk. The Fund’s assets will be concentrated in any one industry or group of industries that provide exposure to commodities. To the extent that the Fund is concentrated in such investments, the Fund will be subject to the risk that economic, political or other conditions that have a negative effect on such investments may negatively impact the Fund to a greater extent than if the Fund’s assets were invested in a wider variety of investments.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 8 |
Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. The Fund may be sensitive to, and its performance may depend to a greater extent on, the overall condition of the consumer discretionary sector. The consumer discretionary sector comprises companies whose businesses are sensitive to economic cycles, such as manufacturers of high-end apparel and automobile and leisure companies. Companies in the consumer discretionary sector are subject to fluctuations in supply and demand. These companies may also be adversely affected by changes in consumer spending as a result of world events, political and economic conditions, commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources and labor relations.
Market Risk. The prices of securities are subject to the risks associated with investing in the securities market, including general economic conditions, sudden and unpredictable drops in value, exchange trading suspensions and closures and public health risks. These risks may be magnified if certain social, political, economic and other conditions and events (such as natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics, terrorism, conflicts, social unrest, recessions, inflation, interest rate changes, supply chain disruptions, embargoes, tariffs, sanctions and other trade barriers) adversely interrupt the global economy; in these and other circumstances, such events or developments might affect companies world-wide. Overall securities values could decline generally or underperform other investments. An investment may lose money.
High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of its portfolio investments, which will result in increased transaction costs to the Fund, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of the investments and on reinvestment in other investments. High portfolio turnover may also result in higher taxes when Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. The effects of high portfolio turnover may adversely affect Fund performance.
Data Risk. Given the complexity of the investments and strategies of the Fund, the Adviser relies heavily on quantitative models and information and data. This data is used to construct sets of transactions and investments, and to provide risk management insights. If the quantitative models and information and data proves to be incorrect or incomplete, any decisions made in reliance thereon expose the Fund to potential risks.
Cash Transactions Risk. Unlike other ETFs, the Fund expects to effect its creations and redemptions at least partially for cash, rather than wholly for in-kind securities. Therefore, it may be required to sell portfolio securities and subsequently incur brokerage costs and/or recognize gains or losses on such sales that the Fund might not have recognized if it were to distribute portfolio securities in kind. As such, investments in Shares may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a conventional ETF. Transaction costs, including brokerage costs, will decrease the Fund’s net asset value to the extent not offset by the transaction fee payable by an Authorized Participant.
Operational Risk. The Fund is exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Fund’s service providers, counterparties or other third-parties, failed or inadequate processes and technology or system failures.
Active Management Risk. In managing the Fund’s portfolio, the Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. Investment decisions made by the Adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may cause a decline in the value of the investments held by the Fund and, in turn, cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Authorized Participant Concentration Risk. The Fund may have a limited number of Authorized Participants, none of which are obligated to engage in creation and/or redemption transactions. To the extent that those Authorized Participants exit the business, or do not process creation and/or redemption orders, there may be a significantly diminished trading market for Shares or Shares may trade like closed-end funds at a discount (or premium) to net asset value and possibly face trading halts and/or de-listing. This can be reflected as a spread between the bid-ask prices for the Fund. The Authorized Participant concentration risk may be heightened with respect to certain types of assets or in cases where Authorized Participants have limited or diminished access to the capital required to post collateral.
Seed Investor Risk. The Adviser and/or its affiliates will make payments to one or more investors that contribute seed capital to the Fund. Such payments may continue for a specified period of time and/or until a specified dollar amount is reached. Those payments will be made from the assets of the Adviser and/or such affiliates (and not the Fund). Seed investors may contribute all or a majority of the assets in the Fund. There is a risk that such seed investors may redeem all or part of their investments in the Fund, particularly after payments from the Adviser and/or its affiliates have ceased. The timing of a redemption by a seed investor could benefit the seed investor. As with redemptions by other large shareholders, such redemptions could have a significant negative impact on the Fund including by reducing the Fund’s liquidity, causing the Fund to realize gains that will be distributed and taxable to remaining shareholders and increasing the Fund’s transaction costs. A large redemption may also have a material upward or downward effect on the market price of the Fund’s Shares.
New Fund Risk. The Fund is a new fund, with a limited or no operating history and a small asset base. There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain a viable size. Due to the Fund’s small asset base, certain of the Fund’s expenses and its portfolio transaction costs may be higher than those of a fund with a larger asset base. To the extent that the Fund does not grow to or maintain a viable size, it may be liquidated, and the expenses, timing and tax consequences of such liquidation may not be favorable to some shareholders.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 9 |
No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Shares will develop or be maintained, as applicable. Further, secondary markets may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods in times of market stress because market makers and Authorized Participants may step away from making a market in the Shares and in executing creation and redemption orders, which could cause a material deviation in the Fund’s market price from its net asset value.
Trading Issues Risk. Trading in shares on the exchange may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the exchange, make trading in shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in shares on the exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the relevant exchange’s “circuit breaker” rules. If a trading halt or unanticipated early close of the exchange occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell Shares of the Fund. There can be no assurance that requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
Fund Shares Trading, Premium/Discount Risk and Liquidity of Fund Shares. The market price of the Shares may fluctuate in response to the Fund’s net asset value, the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings and supply and demand for Shares. Shares may trade above, below, or at their most recent net asset value. Factors including disruptions to creations and redemptions, the existence of market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for Shares (including through a trading halt), may result in Shares trading at a significant premium or discount to net asset value or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings. If a shareholder purchases Shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the net asset value or sells Shares at a time when the market price is at a discount to the net asset value, the shareholder may pay significantly more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the Shares. The securities held by the Fund may be traded in markets that close at a different time than the exchange on which the Shares are traded. Liquidity in those securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times. Accordingly, during the time when the exchange is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads on the exchange and the resulting premium or discount to the Shares’ net asset value may widen. Additionally, in stressed market conditions, the market for the Fund’s Shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the Fund’s underlying portfolio holdings and a shareholder may be unable to sell his or her Shares.
Affiliated Fund Risk. In managing the Fund, the Adviser has the ability to select underlying funds which it believes will achieve the Fund’s investment objective. The Adviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in selecting underlying funds because the Adviser may, due to its own financial interest or other business considerations, have an incentive to invest in funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates rather than investing in funds managed or sponsored by others.
Non-Diversified Risk. The Fund is classified as a “non-diversified” fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Fund is subject to the risk that it will be more volatile than a diversified fund because the Fund may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers or may invest a larger proportion of its assets in a single issuer. Moreover, the gains and losses on a single investment may have a greater impact on the Fund’s net asset value and may make the Fund more volatile than more diversified funds. The Fund may be particularly vulnerable to this risk if it is comprised of a limited number of investments.
Subsidiary Investment Risk. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands, under which the Fund and the Subsidiary are organized, respectively, could result in the inability of the Fund to operate as intended and could negatively affect the Fund and its shareholders. The Subsidiary is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is not subject to the investor protections of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Thus, the Fund, as an investor in the Subsidiary, will not have all the protections offered to investors in registered investment companies.
PERFORMANCE
The Fund has not yet commenced operations and therefore does not have a performance history. Once available, the Fund’s performance information will be accessible on the Fund’s website at www.vaneck.com.
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
Investment Adviser. Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation.
Portfolio Manager. The following individual will be primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio:
| | | | | | | | |
| Name | Title with Adviser | Date Began Managing the Fund |
[ ] | Portfolio Manager | [ ] |
| | |
| | |
| | |
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Individual Shares of the Fund may only be purchased and sold in secondary market transactions through a broker or dealer at a market price. Shares of the Fund are listed on the Exchange, and because Shares trade at market prices rather than net asset value, Shares of the Fund may trade at a price greater than net asset value (i.e., a “premium”) or less than net asset value (i.e., a “discount”).
An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase Shares of the Fund (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for Shares (ask) when buying or selling Shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”).
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 10 |
Recent information, including information about the Fund’s net asset value, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads, is included on the Fund’s website at www.vaneck.com.
TAX INFORMATION
The Fund’s distributions (other than return of capital distributions) are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
The Adviser and its related companies may pay broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank) for the sale of the Fund Shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker-dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 11 |
| | |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS |
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIESThe Fund is an actively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal market circumstances, in exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) that provide exposure to equity securities, fixed income securities, and real assets. The Fund’s investments in underlying ETPs (“Underlying ETPs”) include ETPs advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or its affiliates and ETPs managed by unaffiliated third-party investment advisers.
Through its investments in Underlying ETPs, the Fund may gain exposure to domestic and foreign equity securities of companies of any market capitalization, U.S. Treasury securities, debt securities of any credit quality, issuer, geography, duration and maturity, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), business development companies (“BDCs”), physical commodities, commodity futures, gold bullion, natural resource equities, and/or digital assets. Certain Underlying ETPs may not be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act of 1940”), such as commodity pools, commodity trusts and grantor trusts. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may be concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries.
The Fund will invest in certain ETPs through a subsidiary, an exempted limited company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Subsidiary”). The Subsidiary is wholly owned and controlled by the Fund and is advised by the Adviser. The Fund’s investment in the Subsidiary will generally not exceed 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at each quarter-end of the Fund's fiscal year. The Fund's investment in the Subsidiary, via the Subsidiary’s investment in ETPs, generally provides the Fund with exposure to digital assets, commodities, futures and derivatives of commodities (“Commodities Instruments”) within the limits of the federal tax laws, which limit the ability of investment companies like the Fund to invest directly in such instruments. The Subsidiary has the same investment objective as the Fund and will follow the same general investment policies and restrictions except that, unlike the Fund, it may invest, via its investment in ETPs, without limit in Commodities Instruments. Except as noted, for purposes of this Prospectus, references to the Fund’s investment strategies and risks include those of its Subsidiary. The Fund complies with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, governing investment policies (Section 8) and capital structure and leverage (Section 18) on an aggregate basis with the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary will comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940 provisions governing affiliate transactions and custody of assets.
The Adviser uses a discretionary, proprietary, and multi-step investment process to allocate the Fund’s assets. The Adviser establishes target allocations across asset classes using macroeconomic analysis and capital market expectations, selects Underlying ETPs by evaluating investment strategy, expense ratio, liquidity and risk-adjusted return characteristics, and constructs the portfolio using quantitative optimization techniques. The Adviser monitors the portfolio on an ongoing basis and rebalances periodically.
Within each asset class, the Adviser balances exposure between lower-cost, broadly diversified index-tracking Underlying ETPs and higher-conviction Underlying ETPs that employ active management, factor-based, thematic, or fundamental selection strategies that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform broad market benchmarks over a full market cycle. The Fund does not invest directly in derivatives, including futures contracts, options, or swap agreements. However, certain Underlying ETPs in which the Fund invests may use derivatives as part of their own investment strategies.
The Fund is classified as a non-diversified fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and, therefore, may invest a greater percentage of its assets in a particular issuer. During periods of adverse market, economic, or political conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies and invest a larger portion of its assets in cash, cash equivalents, gold, or short-term fixed income instruments. During such periods, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund will concentrate its investments in any one industry or a group of industries. Additionally, the Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of its portfolio securities.
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES
The Fund’s investment objective and each of its other investment policies are non-fundamental policies that may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust without shareholder approval, except as noted in this Prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) under the section entitled “Fundamental Investment Restrictions.”
RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND
The following section provides additional information regarding the principal risks identified under “Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund” in the Fund’s “Summary Information” section followed by additional risk information.
Investors in the Fund should be willing to accept a high degree of volatility in the price of the Fund’s Shares and the possibility of significant losses. An investment in the Fund involves a substantial degree of risk. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit with a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you should consider carefully the following risks before investing in the Fund, each of which could significantly and adversely affect the value of an investment in the Fund.
Fund of Funds Risk. The performance of the Fund is dependent on the performance of the underlying funds. The Fund will be subject to the risks of the underlying funds’ investments. The Fund will pay indirectly a proportional share of the fees and
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 12 |
expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests, including their investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own management fee. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses of the underlying funds, absorbing duplicative levels of fees.
Underlying ETPs Risk. The Fund may be subject to the following risks as a result of its investments in Underlying ETPs:
Underlying ETP-Related Equity Securities Risk. The value of the equity securities held by an Underlying ETP may fall due to general market and economic conditions, perceptions regarding the markets in which the issuers of securities held by an Underlying ETP participate, or factors relating to specific issuers in which an Underlying ETP invests. For example, an adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may result in a decline in the value of equity securities of an issuer held by an Underlying ETP; the price of the equity security of an issuer may be particularly sensitive to general movements in the securities markets; or a drop in the securities markets may depress the price of most or all of the equities securities held by an Underlying ETP. In addition, the equity securities of an issuer in an Underlying ETP’s portfolio may decline in price if the issuer fails to make anticipated dividend payments. Equity securities are subordinated to preferred securities and debt in a company’s capital structure with respect to priority in right to a share of corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater dividend risk than preferred securities or debt instruments. In addition, while broad market measures of equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have generally also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns, although under certain market conditions fixed income securities may have comparable or greater price volatility.
Foreign Securities Risk. Investments in the securities of foreign issuers involve risks beyond those associated with investments in U.S. securities. These additional risks include greater market volatility, the availability of less reliable financial information, higher transactional and custody costs, taxation by foreign governments, decreased market liquidity and political instability. Because certain foreign securities markets may be limited in size, the activity of large traders may have an undue influence on the prices of securities that trade in such markets.
Certain foreign markets that have historically been considered relatively stable may become volatile in response to changed conditions or new developments. Increased interconnectivity of world economies and financial markets increases the possibility that adverse developments and conditions in one country or region will affect the stability of economies and financial markets in other countries or regions. An Underlying ETP may invest in countries whose economies are heavily dependent upon trading with key partners. Any reduction in this trading may have an adverse impact on the Underlying ETP’s investments. Because an Underlying ETP may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies and some of the income received by the Underlying ETP may be in foreign currency, changes in currency exchange rates may negatively impact the Underlying ETP’s return. To the extent an Underlying ETP invests in emerging market countries, risks of investing in such countries are greater than risks associated with investments in foreign developed countries.
Foreign issuers are often subject to less stringent requirements regarding accounting, auditing, financial reporting and record keeping than are U.S. issuers, and therefore, not all material information may be available or reliable. Securities exchanges or foreign governments may adopt rules or regulations that may negatively impact an Underlying ETP’s ability to invest in foreign securities or may prevent an Underlying ETP from repatriating its investments.
Risk of Investing in Emerging Market Issuers. Investments in securities of emerging market issuers are exposed to a number of risks that may make these investments volatile in price or difficult to trade. Emerging markets are more likely than developed markets to experience problems with the clearing and settling of trades, as well as the holding of securities by local banks, agents and depositories. Political risks may include unstable governments, nationalization, restrictions on foreign ownership, laws that prevent investors from getting their money out of a country and legal systems that do not protect property rights as well as the laws of the United States. Market risks may also include economies that concentrate in only a few industries, securities issues that are held by only a few investors, liquidity issues and limited trading capacity in local exchanges and the possibility that markets or issues may be manipulated by foreign nationals who have inside information. The frequency, availability and quality of financial information about investments in emerging markets varies. An Underlying ETP has limited rights and few practical remedies in emerging markets and the ability of U.S. authorities to bring enforcement actions in emerging markets may be limited. All of these factors can make emerging market securities more volatile and potentially less liquid than securities issued in more developed markets.
Underlying ETP-Related Foreign Currency Risk. Because all or a portion of the income received by an Underlying ETP from its foreign investments and/or the revenues received by the foreign issuer will generally be denominated in foreign currencies, changes in the value of foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar may result in reduced returns for the Underlying ETP, and the value of certain foreign currencies may be subject to a high degree of fluctuation. The Underlying ETP may also incur costs in connection with conversions between U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. The value of certain emerging market countries may be subject to a high degree of fluctuation. This fluctuation may be due to changes in interest rates, investors’ expectations concerning inflation and interest rates, the emerging market country’s debt levels and trade deficit, the effects of monetary policies issued by the United States, foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities, the imposition of currency controls or other national or global
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 13 |
political or economic developments. For example, certain emerging market countries have experienced economic challenges and liquidity issues with respect to their currency. The economies of certain emerging market countries can be significantly affected by currency devaluations. Certain emerging market countries may also have managed currencies which are maintained at artificial levels relative to the U.S. dollar rather than at levels determined by the market. This type of system could lead to sudden and large adjustments in the currency, which in turn, may have a negative effect on the Underlying ETP and its investments.
CLO Risk. The risks of investing in CLO securities include both the economic risks of the underlying loans combined with the risks associated with the CLO structure governing the priority of payments. The degree of such risk will generally correspond to the specific tranche in which the Fund is invested. The Fund intends to invest in Underlying ETPs that invest primarily in investment grade-rated tranches of CLOs rated between and inclusive of AAA/Aaa and BBB-/Baa3; however, this rating does not constitute a guarantee of credit quality and may be downgraded, and in stressed market environments it is possible that even senior CLO debt tranches could experience losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and the disappearance of the subordinated/equity tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as negative market sentiment with respect to CLO securities as an asset class. An Underlying ETP’s portfolio managers may not be able to accurately predict how specific CLO securities or the portfolio of underlying loans for such CLO securities will react to changes or stresses in the market, including changes in interest rates. The most common risks associated with investing in CLO securities are liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, call risk, and the risk of default of the underlying asset.
Credit Risk. Debt securities are subject to credit risk. Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer or guarantor of a security will be unable and/or unwilling to make timely interest payments and/or repay the principal on its debt or to otherwise honor its obligations and/or default completely. Bonds are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, depending on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the securities, which may be reflected in credit ratings. There is a possibility that the credit rating of a bond may be downgraded after purchase or the perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may decline, which may adversely affect the value of the security. An Underlying ETP may hold securities that are insured by a bond issuer. A downgrade of the credit rating of such bond issuer may cause the value of the insured security to decline. Lower credit quality may also affect liquidity and make it difficult for the Underlying ETP to sell the security.
High Yield Securities Risk. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.” High yield securities are often issued by issuers that are restructuring, are smaller or less creditworthy than other issuers, or are more highly indebted than other issuers. High yield securities are subject to greater risk of loss of income and principal than higher rated securities and are considered speculative. The prices of high yield securities are likely to be more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual issuer developments than higher rated securities. During an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, high yield security issuers may experience financial stress that would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet their projected business goals or to obtain additional financing. In the event of a default, an Underlying ETP may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. The secondary market for securities that are high yield securities may be less liquid than the markets for higher quality securities and high yield securities issued by non-corporate issuers may be less liquid than high yield securities issued by corporate issuers, which, in either instance, may have an adverse effect on the market prices of and an Underlying ETP’s ability to arrive at a fair value for certain securities. The illiquidity of the market also could make it difficult for an Underlying ETP to sell certain securities in connection with a rebalancing of its index, if applicable. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and change may result in an increased volatility of market prices of high yield securities and a corresponding volatility in an Underlying ETP’s net asset value. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities.
Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities, such as bonds, are also subject to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk refers to fluctuations in the value of a security resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates. When the general level of interest rates goes up, the prices of most debt securities go down. When the general level of interest rates goes down, the prices of most debt securities go up. Many factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policy, rising inflation rates and general economic conditions. A low interest rate environment increases the risk associated with rising interest rates, including the potential for periods of volatility and increased redemptions.
Measures taken by the Federal Reserve Board may affect the money supply and as a result of these measures, an Underlying ETP may face a heightened interest rate risk.
In addition, debt securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes, usually making them more volatile than debt securities with shorter durations. To the extent an Underlying ETP invests a substantial portion of its assets in debt securities with longer-term maturities, rising interest rates may cause the value of an Underlying ETP’s investments to decline significantly.
Call Risk. An Underlying ETP may invest in callable debt securities. If interest rates fall, it is possible that issuers of callable securities will “call” (or prepay) their debt securities before their maturity date. If a call were exercised by the issuer during or following a period of declining interest rates, the Underlying ETP is likely to have to replace such
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 14 |
called security with a lower yielding security or securities with greater risks or other less favorable features. If that were to happen, it would decrease the Underlying ETP’s net investment income. An Underlying ETP also may fail to recover additional amounts (i.e., premiums) paid for securities with higher interest rates, resulting in an unexpected capital loss.
Sovereign Bond Risk. Investment in sovereign bonds involves special risks not present in corporate bonds. The governmental authority that controls the repayment of the bond may be unable or unwilling to make interest payments and/or repay the principal on its debt or to otherwise honor its obligations. If an issuer of sovereign bonds defaults on payments of principal and/or interest, an Underlying ETP may have limited recourse against the issuer. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign bonds, and an Underlying ETP’s net asset value, may be more volatile than prices of corporate bonds, which may result in losses. In the past, certain governments of emerging market countries have declared themselves unable to meet their financial obligations on a timely basis, which has resulted in losses for holders of sovereign bonds.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Different U.S. government securities are subject to different levels of credit risk depending on the nature of the particular government support for that security. The market value of U.S. government securities may fluctuate and are subject to investment risks, and the value of U.S. government securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. In addition, it is possible that the issuers of some U.S. government securities will not be able to timely meet their payment obligations in the future, and there is a risk of default.
U.S. Treasury Securities Risk. Direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, due to fluctuations in interest rates, the market value of such securities may vary.
Commodities Risk. Commodities include, among other things, energy products, agricultural products, industrial metals, precious metals and livestock. The commodities markets may fluctuate widely based on a variety of factors, including overall market movements, economic events and policies, changes in interest rates or inflation rates, changes in monetary and exchange control programs, war, acts of terrorism, natural disasters and technological developments. Variables such as disease, drought, floods, weather, trade, embargoes, tariffs and other political events, in particular, may have a larger impact on commodity prices than on traditional securities. These additional variables may create additional investment risks that subject an Underlying ETP’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The prices of commodities can also fluctuate widely due to supply and demand disruptions in major producing or consuming regions. Because certain commodities may be produced in a limited number of countries and may be controlled by a small number of producers, political, economic and supply-related events in such countries could have a disproportionate impact on the prices of such commodities. These factors may affect the value of an Underlying ETP in varying ways, and different factors may cause the value and the volatility of an Underlying ETP to move in inconsistent directions at inconsistent rates.
Digital Asset Instruments Risk. Certain Underlying ETPs may have exposure to one or more digital assets (collectively, "Digital Asset ETPs"). Digital Asset ETPs are relatively new investment products and are subject to many of the same risks as an investment in a digital asset. The value of an investment in Digital Asset ETPs and their underlying reference asset, digital asset or digital asset futures, is subject to a number of factors, including the capabilities and development of blockchain technologies, digital asset’s dependence on the internet, other technologies, and the role played by key service providers, users, developers and other facilitators (e.g., miners) and the potential for malicious activity at various stages in the crypto asset investment cycle. The Fund expects to purchase shares of any Digital Asset ETP, either directly or indirectly, in the secondary market at its market price, which may be highly volatile and may not closely correspond to either the NAV per share of the Digital Asset ETP or the price of a crypto asset. Shares of Digital Asset ETP may trade at premiums (i.e., the market price of the shares is more than the NAV) or discounts (i.e., the market price of the shares is less than the NAV), which may be significant. The risk that share prices differ from a Digital Asset ETP’s NAV and/or the price of a crypto asset is likely to increase during times of market volatility or stressed market conditions. Extreme volatility affecting digital assets such as bitcoin or ether may persist for extended periods and the value of the Fund’s investment in a Digital Asset ETP may decline significantly without recovery. Although often referred to as ETFs, the shares of spot Digital Asset ETPs in which the Fund may have investment exposure are not registered under the 1940 Act, and therefore, do not afford the Fund the investor protections typical of investments in U.S. registered funds. The Fund’s investments in futures-based Digital Asset ETP are subject to the risks of a digital asset futures contracts.
Risk of Investing in Gold. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may focus their investments in gold. Investments related to gold are considered speculative and are affected by a variety of factors. The price of gold may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time so an Underlying ETP’s share price may be more volatile than other types of investments. Fluctuation in the prices of gold may be due to a number of factors, including changes in inflation and changes in industrial and commercial demand for metals. Additionally, increased environmental or labor costs may depress the value of metal investments. In times of significant inflation or great economic uncertainty, gold and other precious metals may outperform traditional investments such as bonds and stocks. However, in times of stable economic growth, traditional equity and debt investments could offer greater appreciation potential and the value of gold and other precious metals may be adversely affected, which could in turn affect an Underlying ETP’s returns. A significant portion of the world’s gold reserves are held by governments, central banks and related institutions. The production,
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 15 |
purchase and sale of gold by governments or central banks or other larger holders can be negatively affected by various economic, financial, social and political factors, which may be unpredictable and may have a significant adverse impact on the supply and price of gold. Additionally, the United States or foreign governments may pass laws or regulations limiting metal investments for strategic or other policy reasons. The principal supplies of metal industries also may be concentrated in a small number of countries and regions. Economic, social and political conditions in those countries that are the largest producers of gold may have a direct negative effect on the production and marketing of gold and silver and on sales of central bank gold holdings. The price of gold also can be significantly adversely affected by events relating to international political developments, the success of exploration projects, commodity prices, factors that impact gold production, such as drought, floods and weather conditions, technological advances in the processing and mining of gold, an increase in the hedging of precious metals, such as gold, tax and government regulations and intervention (including government restrictions on private ownership of gold and mining land), changes expectations regarding inflation in various countries and investment speculation.
Risk of Investing in Natural Resources Companies. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may be sensitive to, and their performance may depend to a greater extent on, the overall condition of natural resources companies. Investments in natural resources and natural resources companies, which include companies engaged in agriculture, alternatives (e.g., water and alternative energy), base and industrial metals, energy, forest products and precious metals, can be significantly affected by events relating to these industries, including international political and economic developments, embargoes, tariffs, inflation, weather and natural disasters, livestock diseases, limits on exploration, often rapid changes in the supply and demand for natural resources and other factors. An Underlying ETP’s portfolio securities may experience substantial price fluctuations as a result of these factors, and may move independently of the trends of other operating companies. Companies engaged in the industries listed above may be adversely affected by changes in government policies and regulations, technological advances and/or obsolescence, environmental damage claims, energy conservation efforts, the success of exploration projects, limitations on the liquidity of certain natural resources and commodities and competition from new market entrants. Political risks and the other risks to which foreign securities are subject may also affect domestic natural resource companies if they have significant operations or investments in foreign countries. Changes in general economic conditions, including commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls, rising interest rates, prices of raw materials and other commodities, depletion of resources and labor relations, could adversely affect an Underlying ETP’s portfolio companies.
Risk of Investing in MLPs. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume. Investments in MLPs could also expose an Underlying ETP to volatility risk, because units of MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies. Holders of MLP units are subject to certain risks inherent in the structure of MLPs, including (i) tax risks (described further below), (ii) the limited ability to elect or remove management or the general partner or managing member, (iii) limited voting rights, (iv) conflicts of interest between the general partner or managing member and its affiliates and the limited partners or members, (v) dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price, resulting from regulatory changes or other reasons and (vi) cash flow risks, as described below. Holders of units of MLPs have more limited control rights and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the MLP as compared to holders of stock of a corporation. For example, MLP unit holders may not elect the general partner or the directors of the general partner and the MLP unit holders have limited ability to remove an MLP’s general partner. MLPs are controlled by their general partners, which generally have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary duties to the MLP, which may permit the general partner to favor its own interests over the MLPs. The amount of cash that each individual MLP can distribute to its partners will depend on the amount of cash it generates from operations, which will vary from quarter to quarter depending on factors affecting the particular business lines of the MLP. Available cash will also depend on the MLPs’ level of operating costs (including incentive distributions to the general partner), level of capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisition costs (if any), fluctuations in working capital needs and other factors.
Some MLPs may be treated as “passive foreign investment companies” or “controlled foreign corporations” or corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The manner and extent of an Underlying ETP’s investments in MLPs may be limited by its intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (which would increase the risk of tracking error), and any such investments by the Underlying ETP may adversely affect the ability of the Underlying ETP to so qualify. If any of the MLPs owned by an Underlying ETP were treated as entities other than partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it could result in a reduction of the value of an investment in the Underlying ETP.
Large-Capitalization Companies Risk. An Underlying ETP may invest in large-capitalization companies and, therefore will be subject to certain risks associated with large-capitalization companies. Securities of large-capitalization companies could fall out of favor with the market and underperform securities of small- or medium-capitalization companies. Larger, more established companies may be slow to respond to challenges and may grow more slowly than smaller companies.
Small- and Medium-Capitalization Companies Risk. An Underlying ETP may invest in small- and/or medium- capitalization companies and, therefore may be subject to certain risks associated with small- and medium-
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 16 |
capitalization companies. These companies are often subject to less analyst coverage and may be in early and less predictable periods of their corporate existences, with little or no record of profitability. In addition, these companies often have greater price volatility, lower trading volume and less liquidity than larger more established companies. These companies tend to have smaller revenues, narrower product lines, less management depth and experience, smaller shares of their product or service markets, fewer financial resources and less competitive strength than large-capitalization companies. Returns on investments in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies could trail the returns on investments in securities of larger companies.
Derivatives Risk. The use of derivatives, including Commodities Instruments, presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, commodity, asset, index or reference rate. Derivative strategies often involve leverage, which may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund or an Underlying ETP to lose more money than it would have lost had it invested in the underlying security. Also, a liquid secondary market may not always exist for the Fund’s or an Underlying ETP’s derivative positions at times when the Fund or Underlying ETP might wish to terminate or sell such positions. Over-the-counter instruments may be illiquid, and transactions in derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund or an Underlying ETP may also face the risk that it may not be able to meet margin and payment requirements and maintain a derivatives position. The use of derivatives by the Fund or an Underlying ETP may increase the amount and affect the timing and character of taxes payable by shareholders of the Fund or the Underlying ETP (like the Fund), respectively.
Under Rule 18f-4 (the “derivatives rule”), funds need to trade derivatives and other transactions that create future fund payment or delivery obligations subject to a value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limit, and certain derivatives risk management program and reporting requirements. Generally, these requirements apply unless a fund qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the derivatives rule. Under the derivatives rule, when a fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. Reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions aggregated with other indebtedness do not need to be included in the calculation of whether a fund is a limited derivatives user, but for funds subject to the VaR testing, reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions must be included for purposes of such testing whether treated as derivatives transactions or not. The Securities and Exchange Commission also provided guidance in connection with the derivatives rule regarding use of securities lending collateral that may limit a fund's securities lending activities. In addition, under the derivatives rule, the Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security under the Investment Company Act of 1940, provided that (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). The Fund may otherwise engage in such transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with the derivatives rule. Furthermore, under the derivatives rule, the Fund will be permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the Investment Company Act of 1940, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due.
Derivatives are also subject to operational and legal risks. Operational risk generally refers to risk related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, system failures, inadequate controls, and human errors. Legal risk generally refers to insufficient documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of counterparty, or legality or enforceability of a contract.
Futures Contract Risk. The use of futures contracts involves risks that are in addition to, and potentially greater than, the risks of investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. Futures contracts are subject to collateral requirements and daily limits that may limit an Underlying ETP's ability to achieve its investment objective. If an Underlying ETP is unable to meet its investment objective, the Underlying ETP's returns may be lower than expected. Additionally, these collateral requirements may require the Underlying ETP to liquidate its position when it otherwise would not do so. Futures contracts exhibit "futures basis," which refers to the difference between the current market value of the underlying commodity (the "spot" price) and the price of the cash-settled futures contracts. A negative futures basis exists when cash-settled futures contracts generally trade at a premium to the current market value of the underlying commodity. If a negative futures basis exists, an Underlying ETP's investments in futures contracts will generally underperform a direct investment in the underlying commodity.
This risk may be adversely affected by “negative roll yields” in “contango” markets. The Fund will “roll” out of one futures contract as the expiration date approaches and into another futures contract with a later expiration date. The "rolling" feature creates the potential for a significant negative effect on the Fund's performance that is independent of the performance of the spot prices of the underlying commodity. The "spot price" of a commodity is the price of
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 17 |
that commodity for immediate delivery, as opposed to a futures price, which represents the price for delivery on a specified date in the future. The Fund would be expected to experience negative roll yield if the futures prices tend to be greater than the spot price. A market where futures prices are generally greater than spot prices is referred to as a “contango” market. Therefore, if the futures market for a given commodity is in contango, then the value of a futures contract on that commodity would tend to decline over time (assuming the spot price remains unchanged), because the higher futures price would fall as it converges to the lower spot price by expiration. Extended period of contango may cause significant and sustained losses. Additionally, because of the frequency with which the Fund may roll futures contracts, the impact of contango on Fund performance may be greater than it would have been if the Fund rolled futures contracts less frequently.
Concentration Risk. Certain of the Underlying ETPs may be concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries. To the extent that an Underlying ETP is concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries, the Underlying ETP will be subject to the risk that economic, political or other conditions that have a negative effect on those sectors and/or industry or groups of industries may negatively impact the Underlying ETP to a greater extent than if the Underlying ETP’s assets were invested in a wider variety of sectors or industries.
Risk of Investing in BDCs. BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. While the BDCs that comprise the Index are expected to generate income in the form of dividends, certain BDCs during certain periods of time may not generate such income. The Underlying ETPs will indirectly bear their proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance-based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Underlying ETPs. A BDC’s incentive fee may be very high, vary from year to year and be payable even if the value of the BDC’s portfolio declines in a given time period. Incentive fees may create an incentive for a BDC’s manager to make investments that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements, and may also encourage the BDC’s manager to use leverage to increase the return on the BDC’s investments. Any incentive fee payable by a BDC that relates to its net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest income, it is possible that accrued interest income previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. A BDC’s manager may not be obligated to reimburse the BDC’s shareholder for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued interest income that was never received as a result of a subsequent default, and such circumstances would result in the BDC’s shareholders (including the Underlying ETPs) paying an incentive fee on income that was never received by the BDC. Such incentive fees may also create an incentive for a BDC’s manager to make investments in securities with deferred interest features. The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs. A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.
The Investment Company Act of 1940 imposes certain constraints upon the operations of a BDC. For example, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Generally, little public information exists for private and thinly traded companies in which a BDC may invest and there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of a BDC and its portfolio of investments. With respect to investments in debt instruments, there is a risk that the issuers of such instruments may default on their payments or declare bankruptcy. Many debt investments in which a BDC may invest will not be rated by a credit rating agency and will be below investment grade quality. These investments are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer’s capacity to make payments of interest and principal. Although lower grade securities are potentially higher yielding, they are also characterized by high risk. In addition, the secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities.
Certain BDCs may also be difficult to value since many of the assets of BDCs do not have readily ascertainable market values. Therefore, such assets are most often recorded at fair value, in good faith, in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by such companies, which may potentially result in material differences between a BDC’s net asset value per share and its market value.
Additionally, a BDC may only incur indebtedness in amounts such that the BDC’s asset coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities equals at least 150% after such incurrence. These limitations on asset mix and leverage may affect the way that the BDC raises capital. BDCs compete with other entities for the types of investments they make, and such entities are not necessarily subject to the same investment constraints as BDCs.
To comply with provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Securities and Exchange Commission regulations thereunder, the Adviser may be required to vote BDC shares in the same general proportion as shares held by other shareholders of the BDC.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 18 |
To qualify and remain eligible for the special tax treatment accorded to regulated investment companies and their shareholders under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the BDCs in which the Underlying ETPs invest must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If a BDC in which the Underlying ETP invest fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, such BDC would be liable for federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains. Such failure by a BDC could substantially reduce the BDC’s net assets and the amount of income available for distribution to the Underlying ETPs, which would in turn decrease the total return of the Underlying ETPs.
Investing in ETPs Risk. The Fund’s performance may depend in part on the performance of the Underlying ETPs in which it invests. The Fund will pay indirectly a proportional share of the fees and expenses of the Underlying ETPs in which it invests, including their investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own management fee. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses of the Underlying ETPs, absorbing duplicative levels of fees.
Concentration Risk. The Fund’s assets will be concentrated in any one industry or group of industries that provide exposure to commodities. To the extent that the Fund is concentrated in such investments, the Fund will be subject to the risk that economic, political or other conditions that have a negative effect on such investments may negatively impact the Fund to a greater extent than if the Fund’s assets were invested in a wider variety of investments.
Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. The Fund may be sensitive to, and its performance may depend to a greater extent on, the overall condition of the consumer discretionary sector. The consumer discretionary sector comprises companies whose businesses are sensitive to economic cycles, such as manufacturers of high-end apparel and automobile and leisure companies. Companies in the consumer discretionary sector are subject to fluctuations in supply and demand. These companies may also be adversely affected by changes in consumer spending as a result of world events, political and economic conditions, commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources and labor relations.
Financials Sector Risk. The Fund may be sensitive to, and its performance may depend to a greater extent on, the overall condition of the financials sector. Companies in the financials sector may be subject to extensive government regulation that affects the scope of their activities, the prices they can charge and the amount of capital they must maintain. The profitability of companies in the financials sector may be adversely affected by increases in interest rates, by loan losses, which usually increase in economic downturns, and by credit rating downgrades. In addition, the financials sector is undergoing numerous changes, including continuing consolidations, development of new products and structures and changes to its regulatory framework. Furthermore, some companies in the financials sector perceived as benefiting from government intervention in the past may be subject to future government-imposed restrictions on their businesses or face increased government involvement in their operations. Increased government involvement in the financials sector, including measures such as taking ownership positions in financial institutions, could result in a dilution of the Fund’s investments in financial institutions.
Information Technology Sector Risk. The Fund may be sensitive to, and its performance may depend to a greater extent on, the overall condition of the information technology sector. Information technology companies face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Information technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of information technology companies may face product obsolescence due to frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. They may face unexpected risks and costs associated with technological developments, such as artificial intelligence and machine learning. Failure to introduce new products, develop and maintain a loyal customer base, or achieve general market acceptance for their products could have a material adverse effect on a company’s business. Further, many companies involved in, or exposed to, artificial intelligence-related businesses may be substantially exposed to the market and business risks of other industries or sectors, and the Fund may be adversely affected by negative developments impacting those companies, industries or sectors. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent protection and the expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. In addition, information technology may face increased government scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or legal action.
Market Risk. The prices of securities are subject to the risks associated with investing in the securities market, including general economic conditions, sudden and unpredictable drops in value, exchange trading suspensions and closures and public health risks. These risks may be magnified if certain social, political, economic and other conditions and events (such as natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics, terrorism, conflicts, social unrest, recessions, inflation, interest rate changes, supply chain disruptions, embargoes, tariffs, sanctions and other trade barriers) adversely interrupt the global economy; in these and other circumstances, such events or developments might affect companies world-wide. Overall securities values could decline generally or underperform other investments. An investment may lose money.
High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of its portfolio investments, which will result in increased transaction costs to the Fund, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of the investments and on reinvestment in other investments. High portfolio turnover may also result in higher taxes when Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. The effects of high portfolio turnover may adversely affect Fund performance.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 19 |
Data Risk. Given the complexity of the investments and strategies of the Fund, the Adviser relies heavily on quantitative models and information and data. This data is used to construct sets of transactions and investments, and to provide risk management insights. If the quantitative models and information and data proves to be incorrect or incomplete, any decisions made in reliance thereon expose the Fund to potential risks.
Cash Transactions Risk. Unlike other ETFs, the Fund expects to effect its creations and redemptions at least partially for cash, rather than wholly for in-kind securities. Because the Fund currently intends to effect all or a portion of redemptions for cash, rather than in-kind distributions, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds, which involves transaction costs that the Fund may not have incurred had it effected redemptions entirely in-kind. These costs may include brokerage costs and/or taxable gains or losses, which may be imposed on the Fund and decrease the Fund’s net asset value to the extent such costs are not offset by a transaction fee payable by an Authorized Participant. If the Fund recognizes a gain on these sales, this generally will cause the Fund to recognize a gain it might not otherwise have recognized if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind, or to recognize such gain sooner than would otherwise be required. As a result, an investment in the Fund may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a more conventional ETF. Other ETFs generally are able to make in-kind redemptions and avoid realizing gains in connection with transactions designed to raise cash to meet redemption requests. The Fund generally intends to distribute these gains to shareholders to avoid being taxed on this gain at the Fund level and otherwise comply with the special tax rules that apply to it. This strategy may cause shareholders to be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise be subject to, or at an earlier date than, if they had made an investment in a different ETF. Additionally, transactions may have to be carried out over several days if the securities market is relatively illiquid and may involve considerable transaction fees and taxes.
Operational Risk. The Fund is exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Fund’s service providers, counterparties or other third-parties, failed or inadequate processes and technology or system failures.
Active Management Risk. In managing the Fund’s portfolio, the Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. Investment decisions made by the Adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may cause a decline in the value of the investments held by the Fund and, in turn, cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Authorized Participant Concentration Risk. The Fund may have a limited number of Authorized Participants, none of which are obligated to engage in creation and/or redemption transactions. To the extent that those Authorized Participants exit the business, or do not process creation and/or redemption orders, there may be a significantly diminished trading market for Shares or Shares may trade like closed-end funds at a discount (or premium) to net asset value and possibly face trading halts and/or de-listing. This can be reflected as a spread between the bid-ask prices for the Fund. The Authorized Participant concentration risk may be heightened with respect to certain types of assets or in cases where Authorized Participants have limited or diminished access to the capital required to post collateral.
Seed Investor Risk. The Adviser and/or its affiliates will make payments to one or more investors that contribute seed capital to the Fund. Such payments may continue for a specified period of time and/or until a specified dollar amount is reached. Those payments will be made from the assets of the Adviser and/or such affiliates (and not the Fund). Seed investors may contribute all or a majority of the assets in the Fund. There is a risk that such seed investors may redeem all or part of their investments in the Fund, particularly after payments from the Adviser and/or its affiliates have ceased. The timing of a redemption by a seed investor could benefit the seed investor. As with redemptions by other large shareholders, such redemptions could have a significant negative impact on the Fund including by reducing the Fund’s liquidity, causing the Fund to realize gains that will be distributed and taxable to remaining shareholders and increasing the Fund’s transaction costs. A large redemption may also have a material upward or downward effect on the market price of the Fund’s Shares.
New Fund Risk. The Fund is a new fund, with a limited or no operating history and a small asset base. There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain a viable size. Due to the Fund’s small asset base, certain of the Fund’s expenses and its portfolio transaction costs may be higher than those of a fund with a larger asset base. To the extent that the Fund does not grow to or maintain a viable size, it may be liquidated, and the expenses, timing and tax consequences of such liquidation may not be favorable to some shareholders.
No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Shares will develop or be maintained, as applicable. Further, secondary markets may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods in times of market stress because market makers and Authorized Participants may step away from making a market in the Shares and in executing creation and redemption orders, which could cause a material deviation in the Fund’s market price from its net asset value.
Van Eck Securities Corporation, the distributor of the Shares, does not maintain a secondary market in the Shares. Investors purchasing and selling Shares in the secondary market may not experience investment results consistent with those experienced by those Authorized Participants creating and redeeming directly with the Fund.
Decisions by market makers or Authorized Participants to reduce their role or “step away” from these activities in times of market stress could inhibit the effectiveness of the arbitrage process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying value of the Fund’s portfolio securities and the Fund’s market price. This reduced effectiveness could result in Fund Shares
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 20 |
trading at a price which differs materially from net asset value and also in greater than normal intraday bid/ask spreads for Fund Shares.
Trading Issues Risk. Trading in shares on the exchange may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the exchange, make trading in shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in shares on the exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the relevant exchange’s “circuit breaker” rules. If a trading halt or unanticipated early close of the exchange occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell Shares of the Fund. There can be no assurance that requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
Fund Shares Trading, Premium/Discount Risk and Liquidity of Fund Shares. Disruptions to creations and redemptions, the existence of market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for Shares (including through a trading halt), as well as other factors, may result in Shares trading at a significant premium or discount to net asset value or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings. The net asset value of the Shares will fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund’s securities holdings. The market price of Shares may fluctuate, in some cases materially, in accordance with changes in net asset value and the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings, as well as supply and demand on the Exchange. Shares may trade below, at or above their net asset value. While the creation/redemption feature is designed to make it likely that Shares normally will trade close to the value of the Fund’s holdings, market prices are not expected to correlate exactly to the Fund’s net asset value due to timing reasons, supply and demand imbalances and other factors. The price differences may be due, in large part, to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for Shares may be closely related to, but not necessarily identical to, the same forces influencing the prices of the securities of the Fund’s portfolio of investments trading individually or in the aggregate at any point in time. If a shareholder purchases Shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the net asset value or sells Shares at a time when the market price is at a discount to the net asset value, the shareholder may pay significantly more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the Shares that were bought or sold or the shareholder may be unable to sell his or her Shares. Any of these factors, discussed above and further below, may lead to the Shares trading at a premium or discount to the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, because certain of the Fund’s underlying securities may trade on exchanges that are closed when the exchange that Shares of the Fund trade on is open, there are likely to be deviations between the expected value of an underlying security and the closing security’s price (i.e., the last quote from its closed foreign market) resulting in premiums or discounts to net asset value that may be greater than those experienced by other ETFs. In addition, the securities held by the Fund may be traded in markets that close at a different time than the Exchange. Liquidity in those securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times. Accordingly, during the time when the Exchange is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the Shares’ net asset value may widen. Additionally, in stressed market conditions, the market for the Fund’s Shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the Fund’s underlying portfolio holdings.
When you buy or sell Shares of the Fund through a broker, you will likely incur a brokerage commission or other charges imposed by brokers. In addition, the market price of Shares, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a bid/ask spread charged by the market makers or other participants that trade the particular security. The spread of the Fund’s Shares varies over time based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity and may increase if the Fund’s trading volume, the spread of the Fund’s underlying securities, or market liquidity decrease. In times of severe market disruption, including when trading of the Fund’s holdings may be halted, the bid/ask spread may increase significantly. This means that Shares may trade at a discount to the Fund’s net asset value, and the discount is likely to be greatest during significant market volatility.
Affiliated Fund Risk. In managing the Fund, the Adviser has the ability to select underlying funds which it believes will achieve the Fund’s investment objective. The Adviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in selecting underlying funds because the Adviser may, due to its own financial interest or other business considerations, have an incentive to invest in funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates rather than investing in funds managed or sponsored by others.
Non-Diversified Risk. The Fund is classified as a “non-diversified” fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Fund is subject to the risk that it will be more volatile than a diversified fund because the Fund may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers or may invest a larger proportion of its assets in a single issuer. Moreover, the gains and losses on a single investment may have a greater impact on the Fund’s net asset value and may make the Fund more volatile than more diversified funds. The Fund may be particularly vulnerable to this risk if it is comprised of a limited number of investments.
Subsidiary Investment Risk. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands, under which the Fund and the Subsidiary are organized, respectively, could result in the inability of the Fund to operate as intended and could negatively affect the Fund and its shareholders. The Subsidiary is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is not subject to the investor protections of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Thus, the Fund, as an investor in the Subsidiary, will not have all the protections offered to investors in registered investment companies.
ADDITIONAL NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
The Fund may invest in money market instruments, including repurchase agreements or other funds which invest exclusively in money market instruments, convertible securities, structured notes (notes on which the amount of principal repayment and interest payments are based on the movement of one or more specified factors, such as the movement of a particular stock or stock index). Depositary receipts may be used by the Fund in managing cash flows.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 21 |
INVESTING DEFENSIVELY
The Fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with the Fund’s principal investment strategies in anticipation of or in an attempt to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective while it is investing defensively.
BORROWING MONEY
The Fund may borrow money from a bank up to a limit of one-third of the market value of its assets. The Fund is expected to enter into a credit facility to borrow money for temporary, emergency or other purposes, including the funding of shareholder redemption requests, trade settlements and as necessary to distribute to shareholders any income required to maintain the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company. To the extent that the Fund borrows money, it may be leveraged. Leverage generally has the effect of increasing the amount of loss or gain the Fund might realize, and may increase volatility in the value of the Fund’s investments.
LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions desiring to borrow securities to complete transactions and for other purposes. In connection with such loans, the Fund receives cash, U.S. government securities and stand-by letters of credit not issued by the Fund’s bank lending agent equal to at least 102% of the value of the portfolio securities being loaned. This collateral is marked-to-market on a daily basis. Although the Fund will receive collateral in connection with all loans of its securities holdings, the Fund would be exposed to a risk of loss should a borrower fail to return the borrowed securities (e.g., the Fund would have to buy replacement securities and the loaned securities may have appreciated beyond the value of the collateral held by the Fund) or become insolvent. The Fund may pay fees to the party arranging the loan of securities. In addition, the Fund will bear the risk that it may lose money because the borrower of the loaned securities fails to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. The Fund could also lose money in the event of a decline in the value of any cash collateral or in the value of investments made with the cash collateral. These events could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund. Substitute payments for dividends received by the Fund for securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income.
ADDITIONAL NON-PRINCIPAL RISKS
Shareholder Risk. Certain shareholders, including other funds advised by the Adviser, may from time to time own a substantial amount of the Fund’s Shares. In addition, a third-party investor, the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser, an Authorized Participant, a market maker, or another entity may invest in the Fund and hold its investment for a limited period of time. There can be no assurance that any large shareholder would not redeem (through an Authorized Participant) its investment. Redemptions by shareholders (through an Authorized Participant) could have a negative impact on the Fund. In addition, transactions by large shareholders may account for a large percentage of the trading volume on the exchange and may, therefore, have a material effect on the market price of the Shares.
Borrowing and Leverage Risk. To the extent that the Fund borrows money or utilizes certain derivatives, it may be leveraged. Leveraging generally exaggerates the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. The Fund is required to comply with the derivatives rule when it engages in transactions that create future Fund payment or delivery obligations.
Investment Restrictions Risk. The Fund is subject to the conditions set forth in certain provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Securities and Exchange Commission regulations thereunder that limit the amount that the Fund and its affiliates, in the aggregate, can invest in the outstanding voting securities of an unaffiliated investment company or business development company. The Fund and its affiliates may not actively acquire “control” of an investment company or business development company, which is presumed once ownership of an investment company’s outstanding voting securities exceeds 25%. Also, to comply with provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and regulations thereunder, the Adviser may be required to vote shares of an investment company or business development company in the same general proportion as shares held by other shareholders of the investment company or business development company.
CYBER SECURITY
The Fund and its service providers are susceptible to cyber security risks that include, among other things, theft, unauthorized monitoring, release, misuse, loss, destruction or corruption of confidential and highly restricted data; denial of service attacks; unauthorized access to relevant systems; compromises to networks or devices that the Fund and its service providers use to service the Fund’s operations; and operational disruption or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Fund and its service providers. Cyber attacks against or security breakdowns of the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact the Fund and its shareholders, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial losses; the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business and the Fund to process transactions; the inability to calculate the Fund’s net asset value; violations of applicable privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs; and/or additional compliance costs. The Fund may incur additional costs for cyber security risk management and remediation purposes. In addition, cyber security risks may also impact issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which may cause the Fund’s investments in such issuers to lose value. There can be no assurance that the Fund or its service providers will not suffer losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches in the future.
OTHER INFORMATION AND POLICIES
BENEFICIARIES OF CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 22 |
The Trust enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including, among others, the Fund's investment adviser, administrator and distributor, who provide services to the Fund. Shareholders of the Fund are not parties to, or intended (or "third-party") beneficiaries of, any of those contractual arrangements, and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce such contractual arrangements against the service providers or to seek any remedy under such contractual arrangements against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.
This prospectus provides information concerning the Trust and the Fund that you should consider in determining whether to purchase shares of the Fund. None of this prospectus, the Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") or any document filed as an exhibit to the Trust's registration statement, is intended to, nor does it, give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust or the Fund and any investor, or give rise to any contract or other rights in any individual shareholder, group of shareholders or other person other than any rights confeered explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 23 |
| | |
TAX ADVANTAGED PRODUCT STRUCTURE |
Unlike many conventional mutual funds which are only bought and sold at closing net asset values, the Shares of the Fund have been designed to be tradable in a secondary market on an intra-day basis and to be redeemed principally in-kind in Creation Units at each day’s market close. These in-kind arrangements are designed to mitigate the adverse effects on the Fund’s portfolio that could arise from frequent cash redemption transactions that affect the net asset value of the Fund. Moreover, in contrast to conventional mutual funds, where frequent redemptions can have an adverse tax impact on taxable shareholders because of the need to sell portfolio securities which, in turn, may generate taxable gain, the in-kind redemption mechanism of the Fund, to the extent used, generally is not expected to lead to a tax event for shareholders whose Shares are not being redeemed.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 24 |
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI.
The percentage limitations relating to the composition of the Fund's portfolio apply at the time the Fund acquires an investment. A subsequent increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in the value of portfolio securities or the total or net assets of the Fund will not be considered a violation of the restriction. Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees has responsibility for the general oversight of the management of the Fund, including general supervision of the Adviser and other service providers, but is not involved in the day-to-day management of the Trust. A list of the Trustees and the Trust officers, and their present positions and principal occupations, is provided in the Fund’s SAI.
Investment Adviser. Under the terms of an investment management agreement between the Trust and Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation with respect to the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”), Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation serves as the adviser to the Fund and, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the Fund. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Van Eck Associates Corporation ("VEAC"). As of [ ], VEAC managed approximately $[ ] billion in assets. VEAC has been an investment adviser since 1955 and also acts as adviser or sub-adviser to mutual funds, other ETFs, other pooled investment vehicles and separate accounts. The Adviser’s principal business address is 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017. A discussion regarding the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Investment Management Agreement will be available in the Trust’s [filing on Form N-CSR] for the period ended [ ].
Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for all expenses of the Fund, including the costs of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services, except for the fee payment under the Investment Management Agreement, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest expense, offering costs, trading expenses, taxes and extraordinary expenses. For its services to the Fund, the Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser an annual unitary management fee equal to [ ] of its average daily net assets. Offering costs excluded from the annual unitary management fee are: (a) legal fees pertaining to the Fund’s Shares offered for sale, (b) Securities and Exchange Commission and state registration fees; and (c) initial fees paid for Shares of the Fund to be listed on an exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser has agreed to pay all such offering costs until at least [ ]. For purposes of calculating the fees for the Fund, the net assets of the Fund include the value of the Fund’s interest in the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary does not pay the Adviser a fee for managing the Subsidiary’s portfolio.
Manager of Managers Structure. The Adviser and the Trust may rely on an exemptive order (the “Order”) from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits the Adviser to enter into investment sub-advisory agreements with unaffiliated sub-advisers without obtaining shareholder approval. The Adviser, subject to the review and approval of the Board of Trustees, may select one or more sub- advisers for the Fund and supervise, monitor and evaluate the performance of each sub-adviser.
The Order also permits the Adviser, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to replace sub-advisers and amend investment sub-advisory agreements, including applicable fee arrangements, without shareholder approval whenever the Adviser and the Board of Trustees believe such action will benefit the Fund and its shareholders. The Adviser thus would have the responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board of Trustees) to recommend the hiring and replacement of sub-advisers as well as the discretion to terminate any sub-adviser and reallocate the Fund’s assets for management among any other sub-adviser(s) and itself. This means that the Adviser would be able to reduce the sub-advisory fees and retain a larger portion of the management fee, or increase the sub-advisory fees and retain a smaller portion of the management fee. The Adviser would compensate each sub-adviser out of its management fee.
Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation is the administrator for the Fund (the “Administrator”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company is the custodian of the Fund’s assets and provides transfer agency and fund accounting services to the Fund. The Administrator is responsible for certain clerical, recordkeeping and/or bookkeeping services which are required to be provided pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement.
Distributor. Van Eck Securities Corporation is the distributor of the Shares (the “Distributor”). The Distributor will not distribute Shares in less than a specified number of Shares, each called a “Creation Unit,” and does not maintain a secondary market in the Shares. The Shares are expected to be traded in the secondary market.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 25 |
The portfolio manager who is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio is [ ].
[ ]
See the Fund’s SAI for additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and their respective ownership of Shares.
DETERMINATION OF NAV
The net asset value (“NAV”) per Share for the Fund is computed by dividing the value of the net assets of the Fund (i.e., the value of its total assets less total liabilities) by the total number of Shares outstanding. Expenses and fees, including the management fee, are accrued daily and taken into account for purposes of determining NAV. The NAV of the Fund is determined each business day as of the close of trading (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on the New York Stock Exchange.
The values of the Fund’s portfolio securities are based on the securities’ closing prices on the markets on which the securities trade, when available. Due to the time differences between the United States and certain countries in which the Fund invests, securities on these exchanges may not trade at times when Shares of the Fund will trade. In the absence of a last reported sales price, or if no sales were reported, and for other assets for which market quotes are not readily available, values may be based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers or by an outside independent pricing service. Debt instruments with remaining maturities of more than 60 days are valued at the evaluated mean price provided by an outside independent pricing service. If an outside independent pricing service is unable to provide a valuation, the instrument is valued at the mean of the highest bid and the lowest asked quotes obtained from one or more brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser. Prices obtained by an outside independent pricing service may use information provided by market makers or estimates of market values obtained from yield data related to investments or securities with similar characteristics and may use a computerized grid matrix of securities and its evaluations in determining what it believes is the fair value of the portfolio securities. Short-term debt instruments having a maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars at the current market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more sources. If a market quotation for a security or other asset is not readily available or the Adviser believes it does not otherwise accurately reflect the market value of the security or asset at the time the Fund calculates its NAV, the Board of Trustees has designated the Adviser as the valuation designee pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to perform fair valuation for such security or asset in accordance with the Trust’s and Adviser’s valuation policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. The Fund may also use fair value pricing in a variety of circumstances, including but not limited to, situations when the value of a security in the Fund’s portfolio has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which the security is principally traded (such as a corporate action or other news that may materially affect the price of a security) or trading in a security has been suspended or halted. In addition, the Fund currently expects that it will fair value certain of the foreign equity securities held by the Fund, if any, each day the Fund calculates its NAV, except those securities principally traded on exchanges that close at the same time the Fund calculates its NAV.
Accordingly, the Fund’s NAV may reflect certain portfolio securities’ fair values rather than their market prices at the time the exchanges on which they principally trade close. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that a fair value determination for a security or other asset is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of such security or asset. With respect to securities that are principally traded on foreign exchanges, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell your Shares.
INTRADAY VALUE
The trading prices of the Fund’s Shares in the secondary market generally differ from the Fund’s daily NAV and are affected by market forces such as the supply of and demand for Fund Shares and underlying securities held by the Fund, economic conditions and other factors. Information regarding the intraday value of the Fund’s Shares (“IIV”) may be disseminated throughout each trading day by the Exchange or by market data vendors or other information providers. The IIV is based on the current market value of the securities and/or cash required to be deposited in exchange for a Creation Unit. The IIV does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities held by the Fund at a particular point in time or the best possible valuation of the current portfolio. Therefore, the IIV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the Fund’s NAV, which is computed only once a day. The IIV is generally determined by using current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers and other market intermediaries that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the Fund and valuations based on current market rates. The quotations and/or valuations of certain Fund holdings may not be updated during U.S. trading hours if such holdings do not trade in the United States. The Fund is not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the IIV and makes no warranty as to its accuracy.
RULE 144A AND OTHER UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
An Authorized Participant (i.e., a person eligible to place orders with the Distributor to create or redeem Creation Units of the Fund) that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), will not be able to receive, as part of a redemption, restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A or other unregistered securities.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 26 |
BUYING AND SELLING EXCHANGE-TRADED SHARES
The Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed on the Exchange. If you buy or sell Shares in the secondary market, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges and may pay some or all of the “spread,” which is any difference between the bid price and the ask price. The spread varies over time for the Fund’s Shares based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally lower if the Fund has high trading volume and market liquidity, and generally higher if the Fund has little trading volume and market liquidity (which is often the case for funds that are newly launched or small in size). In times of severe market disruption or low trading volume in the Fund’s Shares, this spread can increase significantly. It is anticipated that the Shares will trade in the secondary market at prices that may differ to varying degrees from the NAV of the Shares. During periods of disruptions to creations and redemptions or the existence of extreme market volatility, the market prices of Shares are more likely to differ significantly from the Shares’ NAV.
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) serves as securities depository for the Shares. (The Shares may be held only in book- entry form; stock certificates will not be issued.) DTC, or its nominee, is the record or registered owner of all outstanding Shares. Beneficial ownership of Shares will be shown on the records of DTC or its participants (described below). Beneficial owners of Shares are not entitled to have Shares registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and are not considered the registered holder thereof. Accordingly, to exercise any rights of a holder of Shares, each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of: (i) DTC; (ii) “DTC Participants,” i.e., securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC; and (iii) “Indirect Participants,” i.e., brokers, dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly, through which such beneficial owner holds its interests. The Trust understands that under existing industry practice, in the event the Trust requests any action of holders of Shares, or a beneficial owner desires to take any action that DTC, as the record owner of all outstanding Shares, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the DTC Participants to take such action and that the DTC Participants would authorize the Indirect Participants and beneficial owners acting through such DTC Participants to take such action and would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them. As described above, the Trust recognizes DTC or its nominee as the owner of all Shares for all purposes. For more information, see the section entitled “Book Entry Only System” in the Fund’s SAI.
The Exchange is open for trading Monday through Friday and is closed on weekends and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because non-U.S. exchanges may be open on days when the Fund does not price its Shares, the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or sell the Fund’s Shares.
The right of redemption by an Authorized Participant may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (1) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Shares of the Fund or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Market Timing and Related Matters. The Fund imposes no restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions. Frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund Shares may attempt to take advantage of a potential arbitrage opportunity presented by a lag between a change in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities after the close of the primary markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Fund’s NAV (“market timing”). The Board of Trustees considered the nature of the Fund (i.e., a fund whose Shares are expected to trade intraday), that the Adviser monitors the trading activity of Authorized Participants for patterns of abusive trading, that the Fund reserves the right to reject orders that may be disruptive to the management of or otherwise not in the Fund’s best interests, and that the Fund may fair value certain of its securities. Given this structure, the Board of Trustees determined that it is not necessary to impose restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions for the Fund at the present time.
DISTRIBUTIONS
Net Investment Income and Capital Gains. As a shareholder of the Fund, you are entitled to your share of the Fund’s distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains on its investments. The Fund pays out substantially all of its net earnings to its shareholders as “distributions.”
The Fund typically earns income dividends from stocks and interest from debt securities. These amounts, net of expenses, are typically passed along to Fund shareholders as dividends from net investment income. The Fund realizes capital gains or losses whenever it sells securities. Net capital gains are distributed to shareholders as “capital gain distributions.” Distributions from the Fund’s net investment income, including net short-term capital gains, if any, are taxable to you as ordinary income. Any long-term capital gains distributions you receive from the Fund are taxable as long-term capital gains.
Net investment income, if any, is typically distributed quarterly and net realized capital gains, if any, are typically distributed to shareholders annually. Dividends may be declared and paid more frequently to comply with the distribution requirements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). In addition, in situations where the Fund acquires investment securities after the beginning of a dividend period, the Fund may elect to distribute at least annually amounts representing the full dividend yield net of expenses on the underlying investment securities, as if the Fund owned the underlying investment securities for the entire dividend period. If the Fund so elects, some portion of each distribution may
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 27 |
result in a return of capital, which, for tax purposes, is treated as a return of your investment in Shares. You will be notified regarding the portion of the distribution which represents a return of capital.
Distributions in cash may be reinvested automatically in additional Shares of a Fund only if the broker through which you purchased Shares makes such option available.
TAX INFORMATION
As with any investment, you should consider how your Fund investment will be taxed. The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, including the possible application of foreign, state and local taxes. Unless your investment in the Fund is through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when: (i) the Fund makes distributions, (ii) you sell Shares in the secondary market or (iii) you create or redeem Creation Units.
Taxes on Distributions. As noted above, the Fund expects to distribute net investment income, if any, at least annually, and any net realized long-term or short-term capital gains, if any, annually. The Fund may also pay a special distribution at any time to comply with U.S. federal tax requirements.
In general, your distributions are subject to U.S. federal income tax when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in the Fund. Distributions of net investment income, including net short-term gains, if any, are generally taxable as ordinary income. Whether distributions of capital gains represent long-term or short-term capital gains is determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long you have owned your Shares. Distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, are generally taxable as ordinary income. Distributions of net long- term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, if any, that are properly reported as capital gain dividends are generally taxable as long-term capital gains. Long-term capital gains of a non-corporate shareholder are generally taxable at a maximum rate of 15% or 20%, depending on whether the shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
The Fund may receive dividends, the distribution of which the Fund may report as qualified dividends. In the event that the Fund receives such a dividend and reports the distribution of such dividend as a qualified dividend, the dividend may be taxed at the maximum capital gains rates of 15% or 20%, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and the Fund level. There can be no assurance that any significant portion of the Fund’s distributions will be eligible for qualified dividend treatment.
Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits are treated as a tax-free return of your investment to the extent of your basis in the Shares, and generally as capital gain thereafter. A return of capital, which for tax purposes is treated as a return of your investment, reduces your basis in Shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition of Shares. A distribution will reduce the Fund’s NAV per Share and may be taxable to you as ordinary income or capital gain even though, from an economic standpoint, the distribution may constitute a return of capital.
Dividends, interest and gains from non-U.S. investments of the Fund may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may, in some cases, reduce or eliminate such taxes.
If more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the end of its taxable year consist of foreign securities, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its investors certain foreign income taxes paid by the Fund, with the result that each investor will (i) include in gross income, even though not actually received, the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s foreign income taxes, and (ii) either deduct (in calculating U.S. taxable income) or credit (in calculating U.S. federal income tax), subject to certain holding period and other limitations, the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s foreign income taxes.
Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required to withhold a percentage of your distributions and proceeds if you have not provided a taxpayer identification number or social security number or otherwise established a basis for exemption from backup withholding. The backup withholding rate for individuals is currently 24%. This is not an additional tax and may be refunded, or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided certain required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
Taxes on the Sale or Cash Redemption of Exchange Listed Shares. Currently, any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Shares is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if held for one year or less. However, any capital loss on a sale of Shares held for six months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent that capital gain dividends were paid with respect to such Shares. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited. To the extent that the Fund shareholder’s Shares are redeemed for cash, this is normally treated as a sale for tax purposes.
Taxes on Creations and Redemptions of Creation Units. A person who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of exchange and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the amount of any cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who exchanges Creation Units for securities will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of the securities received. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of primarily
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 28 |
securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities for Creation Units or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax adviser with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible and the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.
Under current U.S. federal income tax laws, any capital gain or loss realized upon a redemption (or creation) of Creation Units held as capital assets is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares (or securities surrendered) have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the Shares (or securities surrendered) have been held for one year or less.
If you create or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many Shares you created or sold and at what price.
Medicare Tax. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund Shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Non-U.S. Shareholders. Dividends paid by the Fund to Non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. Dividends paid by the Fund from net tax-exempt income or long-term capital gains are generally not subject to such withholding tax. Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income); or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding.
Any capital gain realized by a Non-U.S. shareholder upon a sale of Shares of the Fund will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States, or in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met or (ii) the Fund is or has been a U.S. real property holding corporation, as defined below, at any time within the five-year period preceding the date of disposition of the Fund’s Shares or, if shorter, within the period during which the Non-U.S. shareholder has held the Shares. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. The Fund may be, or may prior to a Non-U.S. shareholder’s disposition of Shares become, a U.S. real property holding corporation. If the Fund is or becomes a U.S. real property holding corporation, so long as the Fund’s Shares are regularly traded on an established securities market, only a Non-U.S. shareholder who holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% (directly or indirectly as determined under applicable attribution rules of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Fund’s Shares will be subject to United States federal income tax on the disposition of Shares.
As part of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, (“FATCA”), the Fund may be required to withhold 30% tax on certain types of U.S. sourced income (e.g., dividends, interest, and other types of passive income) paid to (i) foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the Internal Revenue Service information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain nonfinancial foreign entities (“NFFEs”), unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid possible withholding, FFIs will need to enter into agreements with the Internal Revenue Service which state that they will provide the Internal Revenue Service information, including the names, account numbers and balances, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of U.S. account holders and comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts as well as agree to withhold tax on certain types of withholdable payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to applicable foreign account holders who fail to provide the required information to the Internal Revenue Service, or similar account information and required documentation to a local revenue authority, should an applicable intergovernmental agreement be implemented. NFFEs will need to provide certain information regarding each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership, unless certain exceptions apply, or agree to provide certain information to the Internal Revenue Service.
The Fund may be subject to the FATCA withholding obligation, and also will be required to perform due diligence reviews to classify foreign entity investors for FATCA purposes. Investors are required to agree to provide information necessary to allow the Fund to comply with the FATCA rules. If the Fund is required to withhold amounts from payments pursuant to FATCA, investors will receive distributions that are reduced by such withholding amounts.
Non-U.S. shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including the possible applicability of the U.S. estate tax.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 29 |
The foregoing discussion summarizes some of the consequences under current U.S. federal income tax law of an investment in the Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. Consult your own tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in the Fund under all applicable tax laws. Changes in applicable tax authority could materially affect the conclusions discussed above and could adversely affect the Fund, and such changes often occur.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 30 |
The Fund has not yet commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus and therefore does not have a financial history.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 31 |
| | |
| PREMIUM/DISCOUNT INFORMATION |
The Fund has not yet commenced operations and, therefore, does not have information about the differences between the Fund’s daily market price on the Exchange and its NAV. Information regarding how often the closing trading price of the Shares of the Fund was above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of the Fund for the most recently completed calendar year and the most recently completed calendar quarter(s) since that year (or the life of the Fund, if shorter) can be found at www.vaneck.com.
CONTINUOUS OFFERING
The method by which Creation Units are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the Trust on an ongoing basis, a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act may occur at any point. Broker dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent Shares, and sells such Shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for Shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.
Broker dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary trading transactions), and thus dealing with Shares that are part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. As a result, broker dealer firms should note that dealers who are not underwriters but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with ordinary secondary market transactions) and thus dealing with the Shares that are part of an overallotment within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(A) of the Securities Act would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to Shares are reminded that, under Rule 153 of the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.
In addition, certain affiliates of the Fund and the Adviser may purchase and resell Fund Shares pursuant to this Prospectus.
OTHER INFORMATION
The Trust was organized as a business trust under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on April 3, 1985. On May 1, 2016, Van Eck Funds changed its name to VanEck Funds. For more information on the VanEck Funds, the Trustees and the Officers of the Trust, see "General Information," "Description of the Trust" and "Trustees and Officers" in the SAI. If shareholders are required to vote on any matters, each Share outstanding would be entitled to one vote. Annual meetings of shareholders will not be held except as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and other applicable law. See the Fund’s SAI for more information concerning the Trust’s form of organization. Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 restricts investments by investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including Shares of the Fund. Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Fund beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, including that such
investment companies enter into an agreement with the Fund.
The Prospectus, SAI and any other Fund communication do not create any contractual obligations between the Fund’s shareholders and the Trust, the Fund, the Adviser and/or the Trustees. Further, shareholders are not intended third party beneficiaries of any contracts entered into by (or on behalf of) the Fund, including contracts with the Adviser or other parties who provide services to the Fund.
Stradley Ronon Stevens and Young, LLP serves as counsel to the Trust, including the Fund. [_________] serves as the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and will audit the Fund’s financial statements annually.
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 32 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Prospectus does not contain all the information included in the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Fund’s Shares. The Fund’s Registration Statement, including this Prospectus, the Fund’s SAI and the exhibits are available on the EDGAR database at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
The SAI for the Fund, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, provides more information about the Fund. The SAI for the Fund is incorporated herein by reference and is legally part of this Prospectus. The SAI and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports, once issued, may be obtained without charge by writing to the Fund at Van Eck Securities Corporation, the Fund’s Distributor, at 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017 or by calling the Distributor at the following number: Investor Information: 800.826.2333.
Shareholder inquiries may be directed to the Fund in writing to 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017 or by calling 800.826.2333.
The Fund’s SAI is available at www.vaneck.com.
(Investment Company Act file no. 811-04297)
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 33 |
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
| | | | | | | | |
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com | | 34 |
For more detailed information about the Fund, see the SAI dated [ ], as may be supplemented from time to time. Additional information about the Fund’s investments is or will be available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, and in Form N-CSR. In the Fund’s annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. In Form N-CSR, you will find the Fund's annual and semi-annual financial statements.
Call VanEck at 800.826.2333 to request, free of charge, the annual or semi-annual reports, the SAI, or other information about the Fund or to make shareholder inquiries. You may also obtain the SAI or the Fund’s annual or semi-annual reports, by visiting the VanEck website at www.vaneck.com.
Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
| | | | | |
| |
Transfer Agent: State Street Bank and Trust Company SEC Registration Number: 002-97596 1940 Act Registration Number: 811-04297
| 800.826.2333 | vaneck.com |
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. The Trust may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Statement of Additional Information dated July 17, 2026
VANECK FUNDS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Dated ________, 2026
VanEck Wealth Builder ETF
This statement of additional information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the prospectus dated [ ] (the “Prospectus”) for VanEck Funds (the “Trust”), relating to the VanEck Wealth Builder ETF1 ( the “Fund”), as it may be revised from time to time. A copy of the Prospectus, relating to the Fund, may be obtained without charge by visiting the VanEck website at vaneck.com, by calling toll-free 800.826.1115 or by writing to the Trust or Van Eck Securities Corporation, the Fund’s distributor (the “Distributor”). The Trust’s and the Distributor’s address is 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted.
1 VanEck Wealth Builder ETF has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. The Shares of VanEck Wealth Builder ETF are expected to be approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on the [ ].
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
___________, 2026
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Trust is an open-end management investment company organized as a business trust under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on April 3, 1985. On May 1, 2016, Van Eck Funds changed its name to VanEck Funds. This SAI relates to one investment portfolio, VanEck Wealth Builder ETF (the "Fund"). The shares of the Fund are referred to herein as "Shares." The Trust’s series which are currently being offered are the following: Emerging Markets Fund, which offers Class A, Class I, Class Y and Class Z shares; International Investors Gold Fund, which offers Class A, Class C, Class I and Class Y shares; CM Commodity Index Fund, and Global Resources Fund (formerly, Global Hard Assets Fund prior to May 1, 2021), each of which offers Class A, Class I and Class Y shares; VanEck Morningstar Wide Moat Fund which offers Class I and Class Z shares, VanEck Emerging Markets Bond ETF, VanEck India Select ETF and Onchain Economy ETF. The Board of Trustees has authority, without the necessity of a shareholder vote, to create additional series or funds, each of which may issue separate classes of shares.
The Fund invests all or a portion of its assets in other funds (the “Underlying Funds”). The performance of the Fund is dependent on the performance of the Underlying Funds and the Fund will be subject to the risks of the Underlying Funds’ investments. Because the investment characteristics of the Fund will correspond directly to those of the Underlying Funds, the following applies to both the Fund and the Underlying Funds, as applicable, and except where otherwise indicated, this SAI uses the term “Fund,” when referring to the Fund and the Underlying Funds, as applicable.
The Fund is classified as a non-diversified fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation (“VEARA” or the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Fund.
The Fund offers and issues Shares at their net asset value (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of Shares (each, a “Creation Unit”). Similarly, Shares are redeemable by the Fund only in Creation Units, as further described herein. The Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed on the [ ] (“[ ]” or the “Exchange”), and Shares of the Fund will trade in the secondary market at market prices that may differ from the Shares’ NAV. The Trust reserves the right to permit or require a “cash” option for creations and redemptions of Shares of the Fund (subject to applicable legal requirements) to the extent Shares are not created or redeemed wholly in cash.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS
The following is additional information regarding the investment policies and strategies used by the Fund in attempting to achieve its objective, and should be read with the sections of the Fund’s Prospectus titled “Summary Information - Principal Investment Strategies”, “Summary Information - Principal Risks” and “Investment Objective, Strategies, Policies, Risks and Other Information”. The Fund may take temporary defensive positions in anticipation of or in an attempt to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Such a position could have the effect of reducing any benefit the Fund may receive from a market increase. When taking a temporary defensive position, the Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its total assets in cash or cash equivalents, government securities, short-term or medium-term fixed income securities, which may include, but not be limited to, shares of other mutual funds, U.S. Treasury bills, commercial paper or repurchase agreements. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective while it is investing defensively. The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities.
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities, directly or indirectly, represent interests in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of consumer loans (generally unrelated to mortgage loans) and most often are structured as pass-through securities. Interest and principal payments ultimately depend on payment of the underlying loans, although the securities may be supported by letters of credit or other credit enhancements. The value of asset-backed securities may also depend on the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans, or the financial institution providing the credit enhancement.
Asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks. These risks generally arise out of the security interest in the assets collateralizing the security. For example, credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to a number of protections from the state and through federal consumer laws, many of which give the debtor the right to offset certain amounts of credit card debts and thereby reducing the amounts due.
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RISK
The rapid development and increasingly widespread use of certain AI technologies, including machine learning models and generative AI, may adversely impact markets, the overall performance of a fund's investments, or the services provided to a fund by its service providers. For example, issuers in which a fund invests and/or service providers to the funds may use and/or expand the use of AI technologies in their business operations, and the challenges with properly managing its use could result in
reputational harm, competitive harm, legal liability, and/or an adverse effect on business operations. AI technologies are highly reliant on the collection and analysis of large amounts of data and complex algorithms, and it is possible that the information provided through the use of AI could be insufficient, incomplete, inaccurate or biased and lead to adverse effects for a fund, including, potentially, operational errors and investment losses.
Additionally, the use of AI technologies could impact the market as a whole, including through the use of AI by malicious actors for market manipulation, fraud and cyberattacks. The use of AI technologies could impact the market as a whole, including through the use of AI by malicious actors for market manipulation, fraud and cyberattacks. The use of AI technologies may face regulatory scrutiny in the future, which could limit the development of AI and impede the growth of companies that develop and use AI.
Actual usage of AI technologies by a fund's service providers and issuers in which a fund invests will vary. AI technologies and their current and potential future applications, and the regulatory frameworks within which they operate, continue to rapidly evolve, and it is impossible to predict the full extent of future applications or regulations and the associated risks to a fund.
BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in below investment grade debt securities. Investments in securities rated below investment grade that are eligible for purchase by the Fund are described as “speculative” by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, Inc. Investments in lower rated corporate debt securities (“high yield securities” or “junk bonds”) generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk.
These high yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of debt securities that are high yield may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities.
High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. The prices of high yield securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest-rate changes than higher-rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of a highly leveraged company to make principal and interest payments on its debt securities. If an issuer of high yield securities defaults, in addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund by investing in such securities may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In the case of high yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities, their market prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than securities which pay interest periodically and in cash.
The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the daily net asset value of the shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less liquid than the market for higher grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available.
BORROWING; LEVERAGE
Borrowing to invest more is called “leverage.” The Fund may borrow from banks provided that the amount of borrowing is no more than one third of the net assets of the Fund plus the amount of the borrowings. The Fund is required to be able to restore borrowing to its permitted level within three days, if it should increase to more than one-third of its net assets as stated above. Methods that may be used to restore borrowings in this context include selling securities, even if the sale hurts the Fund’s investment performance. Leverage exaggerates the effect of rises or falls in prices of securities bought with borrowed money. Borrowing also costs money, including fees and interest. The Fund expects to borrow only through negotiated loan agreements with commercial banks or other institutional lenders.
COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS
The Fund may invest in collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are fixed-income securities which are collateralized by pools of mortgage loans or mortgage-related securities created by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies and mortgage bankers. In effect, CMOs “pass through” the monthly payments made by individual borrowers on their mortgage loans. Prepayments of the mortgages included in the mortgage pool
may influence the yield of the CMO. In addition, prepayments usually increase when interest rates are decreasing, thereby decreasing the life of the pool. As a result, reinvestment of prepayments may be at a lower rate than that on the original CMO. There are different classes of CMOs, and certain classes have priority over others with respect to prepayment of the mortgages. Timely payment of interest and principal (but not the market value) of these pools is supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees. The Fund may buy CMOs without insurance or guarantees if, in the opinion of the Adviser, the pooler is creditworthy or if rated investment grade. In the event that any CMOs are determined to be investment companies, the Fund will be subject to certain limitations under the 1940 Act.
COMMERCIAL PAPER
The Fund may invest in commercial paper that is indexed to certain specific foreign currency exchange rates which may entail the risk of loss of principal. The terms of such commercial paper typically provide that its principal amount is adjusted upwards or downwards (but not below zero) at maturity to reflect changes in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is outstanding. The Fund purchases such commercial paper with the currency in which it is denominated and, at maturity, will typically receive interest and principal payments thereon in that currency, but the amount or principal payable by the issuer at maturity will change in proportion to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between two specified currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the instrument matures.
The Fund may invest in commercial paper with the principal amount indexed to the difference, up or down, in value between two foreign currencies. The Fund segregates asset accounts with an equivalent amount of cash, U.S. government securities or other highly liquid securities equal in value to this commercial paper.
COMMODITIES AND COMMODITY-LINKED DERIVATIVES
Exposure to the commodities markets may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The commodities markets may fluctuate widely based on a variety of factors including changes in overall market movements, political and economic events and policies, war, disease, acts of terrorism, natural disasters, and changes in interest rates or inflation rates. Prices of various commodities may also be affected by factors such as drought, floods, weather, embargoes, tariffs and other regulatory developments. The prices of commodities can also fluctuate widely due to supply and demand disruptions in major producing or consuming regions. Certain commodities may be produced in a limited number of countries and may be controlled by a small number of producers. As a result, political, economic and supply related events in such countries could have a disproportionate impact on the prices of such commodities.
Commodity-Linked “Structured” Securities. Because the value of a commodity-linked derivative instrument typically is based upon the price movements of a physical commodity, the value of the commodity-linked derivative instrument may be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry. The value of these securities typically rises or falls in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index of investment.
CONCENTRATION
To the extent the Fund is concentrated in a particular sector or sectors or industry or group of industries, the Fund will be subject to the risk that economic, political or other conditions that have a negative effect on that sector or industry may negatively impact the Fund to a greater extent than if the Fund's assets were invested in a wider variety of sectors or industries.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in securities that are convertible into common stock or other securities of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Convertible securities are generally fixed income securities (but may include preferred stock) and generally rank senior to common stocks in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock. The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (its value as if it did not have a conversion privilege), and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth if it were to be exchanged for the underlying security, at market value, pursuant to its conversion privilege).
To the extent that a convertible security’s investment value is greater than its conversion value, its price will generally be primarily a reflection of such investment value and its price will be likely to increase when interest rates fall and decrease when interest rates rise, as with a fixed-income security (the credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s value). If the conversion value exceeds the investment value, the price of the convertible security will generally rise above its investment value and, in addition, will generally sell at some premium over its conversion value. (This premium represents the price investors are willing to pay for the privilege of purchasing a fixed-income security with a possibility of capital appreciation due to the conversion privilege.) At such times, the price of the convertible security will tend to fluctuate directly with the price of the underlying equity security. Convertible securities may be purchased by the Fund at varying price levels above their investment values and/or their conversion values in keeping with the Fund’s objectives.
CREDIT
Credit risk is the risk that the issuer or guarantor of a debt security or the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) contract (including many derivatives) will be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments or otherwise honor its obligations. The Fund invests in debt securities that are subject to varying degrees of risk that the issuers of the securities will have their credit ratings downgraded or will default, potentially reducing the value of the securities. The Fund may enter into financial transactions that involve a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to credit risk. The Fund does not specifically limit its credit risk with respect to any single counterparty. Further, there is a risk that no suitable counterparties will be willing to enter into, or continue to enter into, transactions with the Fund and, as a result, the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment objective.
CURRENCY FORWARDS
A currency forward transaction is a contract to buy or sell a specified quantity of currency at a specified date in the future at a specified price which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties. Currency forward contracts may be used to increase or reduce exposure to currency price movements.
The use of currency forward transactions involves certain risks. For example, if the counterparty under the contract defaults on its obligation to make payments due from it as a result of its bankruptcy or otherwise, the Fund may lose such payments altogether or collect only a portion thereof, which collection could involve costs or delays.
CURRENCY MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
Currency management strategies are generally used in an attempt to reduce the risk and impact of adverse currency movements to protect the value of, or seek to mitigate the currency exposure associated with, an investment (including, for example, mitigating the exposure to the Euro that may be embedded in the Polish zloty). Currency management strategies, including currency forward contracts (described above) and cross-hedging, may substantially change the Fund’s exposure to currency exchange rates and could result in losses to the Fund if currencies do not perform as the Adviser expects. In addition, currency management strategies, to the extent that such strategies reduce the Fund’s exposure to currency risks, may also reduce the Fund’s ability to benefit from favorable changes in currency exchange rates. There is no assurance that the Adviser’s use of currency management strategies will benefit the Fund or that they will be, or can be, used at appropriate times. Furthermore, there may not be a perfect correlation between the amount of exposure to a particular currency and the amount of securities in the portfolio denominated in that currency or exposed to that currency. Currency markets are generally less regulated than securities markets. Derivatives transactions, especially currency forward contracts, currency related futures contracts and swap agreements, may involve significant amounts of currency management strategies risk. The Fund, which may utilize these types of instruments to a significant extent, will be especially subject to currency management strategies risk.
CYBER SECURITY
The Fund and its service providers are susceptible to cyber security risks that include, among other things, theft, unauthorized monitoring, release, misuse, loss, destruction or corruption of confidential and highly restricted data; denial of service attacks; unauthorized access to relevant systems; compromises to networks or devices that the Fund and its service providers use to service the Fund’s operations; and operational disruption or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Fund and its service providers. Cyber attacks against or security breakdowns of the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact the Fund and its shareholders, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial losses; the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business and the Fund to process transactions; the inability to calculate the Fund’s net asset value ("NAV"); violations of applicable privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs; and/or additional compliance costs. The Fund may incur additional costs for cyber security risk management and remediation purposes. In addition, cyber security risks may also impact issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which may cause the Fund’s investments in such issuers to lose value. There can be no assurance that the Fund or its service providers will not suffer losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches in the future.
DEBT SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in debt securities. The market value of debt securities generally varies in response to changes in interest rates and the financial condition of each issuer and the value of a global resource if linked to the value of a global resource. Debt securities with similar maturities may have different yields, depending upon several factors, including the relative financial condition of the issuers. Investment grade means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s or BBB- or better by S&P, or of comparable quality in the judgment of the Fund’s Adviser or if no rating has been given by either service. Many securities of foreign issuers are not rated by these services. Therefore, the selection of such issuers depends to a large extent on the credit analysis performed by the Adviser. During periods of declining interest rates, the value of debt securities generally increases. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of such securities generally declines. These changes in market value will be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value. Debt securities with similar maturities may have different yields,
depending upon several factors, including the relative financial condition of the issuers. For example, higher yields are generally available from securities in the lower rating categories of S&P or Moody’s. However, the values of lower-rated securities generally fluctuate more than those of high-grade securities. Many securities of foreign issuers are not rated by these services. Therefore the selection of such issuers depends to a large extent on the credit analysis performed by the Adviser.
New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when-issued basis. That is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment for the securities normally take place after the date of the commitment to purchase. The value of when-issued securities may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and changes in interest rate levels. However, the Fund does not accrue any income on these securities prior to delivery. The Fund may also invest in low rated or unrated debt securities. Low rated debt securities present a significantly greater risk of default than do higher rated securities, in times of poor business or economic conditions, the Fund may lose interest and/or principal on such securities.
The Fund may also invest in various money market securities for cash management purposes or when assuming a temporary defensive position. Money market securities may include commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, bank obligations, corporate debt securities, certificates of deposit, U.S. government securities and obligations of savings institutions.
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
The Fund may invest in Depositary Receipts, which represent an ownership interest in securities of foreign companies (an “underlying issuer”) that are deposited with a depositary. Depositary Receipts are not necessarily denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities. Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other types of Depositary Receipts (which, together with ADRs and GDRs, are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Depositary Receipts”). ADRs are dollar-denominated Depositary Receipts typically issued by a U.S. financial institution which evidence an ownership interest in a security or pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs are listed and traded in the United States. GDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies, although they also may be issued by U.S. financial institutions, and evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by either a foreign or a U.S. corporation. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States.
Depositary Receipts may be “sponsored” or “unsponsored.” Sponsored Depositary Receipts are established jointly by a depositary and the underlying issuer, whereas unsponsored Depositary Receipts may be established by a depositary without participation by the underlying issuer. Holders of unsponsored Depositary Receipts generally bear all the costs associated with establishing unsponsored Depositary Receipts. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying unsponsored Depository Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.
DERIVATIVES
The Fund may also use derivatives, such as futures contracts, options, forward contracts and swaps as part of various investment techniques and strategies, such as creating non-speculative “synthetic” positions (covered by segregation of liquid assets) or implementing “cross-hedging” strategies. A “synthetic” position is the duplication of a cash market transaction. “Cross-hedging” involves the use of one currency to hedge against the decline in the value of another currency. The use of such instruments as described herein involves several risks. First, there can be no assurance that the prices of such instruments and the hedge security or the cash market position will move as anticipated. If prices do not move as anticipated, the Fund may incur a loss on its investment, may not achieve the hedging protection it anticipated and/or may incur a loss greater than if it had entered into a cash market position. Second, investments in such instruments may reduce the gains which would otherwise be realized from the sale of the underlying securities or assets which are being hedged. Third, positions in such instruments can be closed out only on an exchange that provides a market for those instruments. There can be no assurance that such a market will exist for a particular derivative. If the Fund cannot close out an exchange traded derivative which it holds, it may have to perform its contract obligation or exercise its option to realize any profit and may incur transaction cost on the sale of the underlying assets. In addition, the use of derivative instruments involves the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of the counterparty to the derivatives contract to make required payments or otherwise comply with the contract’s terms.
When the Fund intends to acquire securities (or gold bullion or coins as the case may be) for its portfolio, it may use call derivatives as a means of fixing the price of the security (or gold) it intends to purchase at the exercise price or contract price depending on the derivative. An increase in the acquisition cost may be offset, in whole or part, by a gain on the derivative. Options and futures contracts requiring delivery of a security may also be useful to the Fund in purchasing a large block of securities that would be more difficult to acquire by direct market purchases. If the Fund holds a call option rather than
the underlying security itself, the Fund is partially protected from any unexpected decline in the market price of the underlying security and in such event could allow the call option to expire, incurring a loss only to the extent of the premium paid for the option. Using a futures contract would not offer such partial protection against market declines and the Fund would experience a loss as if it had owned the underlying security.
In addition, the Fund may invest in Participation Notes or P-Notes which are issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to the performance of a particular underlying equity security or market. P-Notes can have the characteristics or take the form of various instruments, including, but not limited to, certificates or warrants. The holder of a P-Note that is linked to a particular underlying security is entitled to receive any dividends paid in connection with the underlying security. However, the holder of a P-Note generally does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security. P-Notes constitute direct, general and unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, which therefore subject the Fund to counterparty risk, as discussed below. Investments in P-Notes involve certain risks in addition to those associated with a direct investment in the underlying foreign companies or foreign securities markets whose return it seeks to replicate. For instance, there can be no assurance that the trading price of a P-Note will equal the underlying value of the foreign company or foreign securities market that it seeks to replicate. As the purchaser of a P-Note, the Fund is relying on the creditworthiness of the counterparty issuing the P-Note and has no rights under a P-Note against the issuer of the underlying security. Therefore, if such counterparty were to become insolvent, the Fund would lose its investment. The risk that the Fund may lose its investments due to the insolvency of a single counterparty may be amplified to the extent the Fund purchases P-Notes issued by one issuer or a small number of issuers. P-Notes also include transaction costs in addition to those applicable to a direct investment in securities.
Due to liquidity and transfer restrictions, the secondary markets on which P-Notes are traded may be less liquid than the markets for other securities, which may lead to the absence of readily available market quotations for securities in the Fund’s portfolio. The ability of the Fund to value its securities becomes more difficult and the judgment in the application of fair value procedures may play a greater role in the valuation of the Fund’s securities due to reduced availability of reliable objective pricing data. Consequently, while such determinations will be made in good faith, it may nevertheless be more difficult for the Fund to accurately assign a daily value to such securities.
Under Rule 18f-4 (the “derivatives rule”), funds need to trade derivatives and other transactions that create future fund payment or delivery obligations subject to a value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limit, and certain derivatives risk management program and reporting requirements. Generally, these requirements apply unless a fund qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the derivatives rule. Under the derivatives rule, when a fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. Reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions aggregated with other indebtedness do not need to be included in the calculation of whether a fund is a limited derivatives user, but for funds subject to the VaR testing, reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions must be included for purposes of such testing whether treated as derivatives transactions or not. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) also provided guidance in connection with the derivatives rule regarding use of securities lending collateral that may limit a fund's securities lending activities. In addition, under the derivatives rule, the Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security under the 1940 Act, provided that (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). The Fund may otherwise engage in such transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with the derivatives rule. Furthermore, under the derivatives rule, the Fund will be permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due.
DIRECT INVESTMENTS
Direct investments include (i) the private purchase from an enterprise of an equity interest in the enterprise, and (ii) the purchase of such an equity interest in an enterprise from an investor in the enterprise. In each case, the Fund may, at the time of making an investment, enter into a shareholder or similar agreement with the enterprise and one or more other holders of equity interests in the enterprise.
Certain of the Fund’s direct investments may include investments in smaller, less seasoned companies. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In some cases, the Fund's direct investments may fund new start-up operations for an enterprise.
Direct investments may involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. Because of the absence of any public trading market for these investments, the Fund may take longer to liquidate these
positions than would be the case for publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices on these sales could be less than those originally paid by the Fund. Furthermore, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to public disclosure and other investor protection requirements applicable to publicly traded securities. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expense of the registration. Direct investments are generally considered illiquid and will be aggregated with other illiquid investments for purposes of the limitation on illiquid investments. Direct investments can be difficult to price. The pricing of direct investments may not be reflective of the price at which these assets could be liquidated.
EQUITY SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities, such as common stock, represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer.
Common stock generally takes the form of shares in a corporation. The value of a company’s stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services. A stock’s value also may fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company’s stock also may be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds, other debt and preferred stock. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds, other debt and preferred stock to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies. Stocks of companies that the portfolio manager believes are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The value of such stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.
Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the issuer. In addition to common stock, equity securities may include preferred stock, convertible securities and warrants, which are discussed elsewhere in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information. Equity securities other than common stock are subject to many of the same risks as common stock, although possibly to different degrees.
Environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) considerations, may be utilized as a component of a Fund’s investment process to implement its investment strategy in pursuit of its investment objective. ESG factors may be incorporated to evaluate an issuer, as part of risk analysis, opportunity analysis, or in other manners. ESG factors may vary across types of investments and issuers, and not every ESG factor may be identified or evaluated. The incorporation of ESG factors may affect a Fund’s exposure to certain issuers or industries and may not work as intended. A Fund may underperform other funds that do not assess an issuer’s ESG factors as part of the investment process or that use a different methodology to identify and/or incorporate ESG factors. Because ESG considerations may be used as one part of an overall investment process, a Fund may still invest in securities of issuers that are not considered ESG-focused or that may be viewed as having a high ESG risk profile. As investors can differ in their views regarding ESG factors, a Fund may invest in issuers that do not reflect the views with respect to ESG of any particular investor. Information used by a Fund to evaluate such factors, including information from reliance on third-party research and/or proprietary research, may not be readily available, complete or accurate, and may vary across providers and issuers as ESG is not a uniformly defined characteristic, which could negatively impact a Fund’s ability to accurately assess an issuer, which could negatively impact a Fund’s performance. There is no guarantee that the evaluation of ESG considerations will be additive to a Fund’s performance.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Foreign securities include securities issued by a foreign government, quasi-government or corporate entity, traded in foreign currencies or issued by companies with most of their business interests in foreign countries. Investors should recognize that investing in foreign securities involves certain special considerations that are not typically associated with investing in United States securities. Since investments in foreign companies may frequently involve currencies of foreign countries, and since the Fund may hold securities and funds in foreign currencies, the Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, if any, and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. Most foreign stock markets, while growing in volume of trading activity, have less volume than the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), and securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets may be less than in the United States, and at times volatility of price can be greater than in the United States. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on United States exchanges. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies in foreign countries than in the
United States. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of exchange control restrictions, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political, economic or social instability, which could affect investments in those countries. Foreign securities such as those purchased by the Fund may be subject to foreign government taxes, higher custodian fees, higher brokerage commissions and dividend collection fees which could reduce the yield on such securities.
Trading in futures contracts traded on foreign commodity exchanges may be subject to the same or similar risks as trading in foreign securities.
FOREIGN SECURITIES - EMERGING MARKET SECURITIES
The Fund may have a substantial portion of its assets invested in emerging markets. The Fund’s Adviser has broad discretion to identify countries that it considers to qualify as emerging markets. The Fund’s Adviser selects emerging market countries and currencies that the Fund will invest in based on the Adviser’s evaluation of economic fundamentals, legal structure, political developments and other specific factors the Adviser believes to be relevant. An instrument may qualify as an emerging market debt security if it is either (i) issued by an emerging market government, quasi-government or corporate entity (regardless of the currency in which it is denominated) or (ii) denominated in the currency of an emerging market country (regardless of the location of the issuer).
Investing in the equity and fixed income markets of emerging market countries involves exposure to potentially unstable governments, the risk of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership, prohibitions on repatriation of assets and a system of laws that may offer less protection of property rights. Emerging market economies may be based on only a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local and global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.
Additionally, the government in an emerging market country may restrict or control to varying degrees the ability of foreign investors to invest in securities of issuers located or operating in such emerging market countries. These restrictions and/or controls may at times limit or prevent foreign investment in securities of issuers located or operating in emerging market countries. In addition, the Fund may not be able to buy or sell securities or receive full value for such securities. Moreover, certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval or special licenses prior to investments by foreign investors and may limit the amount of investments by foreign investors in a particular industry and/or issuer; may limit such foreign investment to a certain class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of such emerging market countries; and/or may impose additional taxes on foreign investors. A delay in obtaining a required government approval or a license would delay investments in those emerging market countries, and, as a result, the Fund may not be able to invest in certain securities while approval is pending. The government of certain emerging market countries may also withdraw or decline to renew a license that enables the Fund to invest in such country. These factors make investing in issuers located or operating in emerging market countries significantly riskier than investing in issuers located or operating in more developed countries, and any one of them could cause a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares.
Additionally, investments in issuers located in certain emerging market countries may be subject to a greater degree of risk associated with governmental approval in connection with the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. Moreover, there is the risk that if the balance of payments in an emerging market country declines, the government of such country may impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Consequently, the Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments. Furthermore, investments in emerging market countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.
The securities markets in emerging markets are substantially smaller, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets in the United States. A high proportion of the shares of many issuers may be held by a limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares available for investment by the portfolio. Similarly, volume and liquidity in the bond markets in Asia, Eastern and Central Europe and other emerging markets are less than in the United States and, at times, price volatility can be greater than in the United States. A limited number of issuers in Asian and emerging market securities markets may represent a disproportionately large percentage of market capitalization and trading value. The limited liquidity of securities markets in these regions may also affect the Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so. Accordingly, during periods of rising securities prices in the more illiquid regions’ securities markets, the Fund’s ability to participate fully in such price increases may be limited by its investment policy of investing not more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. Conversely, the inability of the Fund to dispose fully and promptly of positions in declining markets may cause the Fund’s net asset values to decline as the values of the unsold positions are marked to lower prices. In addition, these securities markets are susceptible to being influenced by large investors trading significant blocks of securities. Also, stockbrokers and other intermediaries in emerging markets may not perform in the same way as their counterparts in the United States and other more developed securities markets. The prices at which the
Fund may acquire investments may be affected by trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by the Fund in particular securities.
FOREIGN SECURITIES - FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not generally physically convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. The Fund may do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer. The Fund may use forward contracts, along with futures contracts, foreign exchange swaps and put and call options (all types of derivatives) as part of its overall hedging strategy. The Fund generally conducts its foreign currency exchange transactions, either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through purchasing put and call options on, or entering into futures contracts or forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. See “Options, Futures, Warrants and Subscription Rights.”
Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the Fund’s net asset value and performance. The Adviser may not be able to anticipate currency fluctuations in exchange rates accurately. The Fund may invest in a variety of derivatives and enter into hedging transactions to attempt to moderate the effect of currency fluctuations. The Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on, or enter into futures contracts or forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. This may reduce the Fund’s losses on a security when a foreign currency’s value changes. Hedging against a change in the value of a foreign currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities or prevent losses if the prices of such securities decline. Furthermore, such hedging transactions reduce or preclude the opportunity for gain if the value of the hedged currency should change relative to the other currency. Finally, when the Fund uses options and futures in anticipation of the purchase of a portfolio security to hedge against adverse movements in the security’s underlying currency, but the purchase of such security is subsequently deemed undesirable, the Fund may incur a gain or loss on the option or futures contract.
The Fund may enter into forward contracts to duplicate a cash market transaction. See also “Options, Futures, Warrants and Subscription Rights.”
The Fund may (but is not required to) engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and the Adviser may decide not to use hedging transactions that are available.
In those situations where foreign currency options or futures contracts, or options on futures contracts may not be readily purchased (or where they may be deemed illiquid or unattractive) in the primary currency in which the hedge is desired, the hedge may be obtained by purchasing or selling an option, futures contract or forward contract on a secondary currency. There can be no assurances that the exchange rate or the primary and secondary currencies will move as anticipated, or that the relationship between the hedged security and the hedging instrument will continue. If they do not move as anticipated or the relationship does not continue, a loss may result to the Fund on its investments in the hedging positions.
A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. Although forwards are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase.
The forecasting of currency market movement is extremely difficult, and whether any hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain. Moreover, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a foreign currency forward contract. Accordingly, the Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if the Adviser’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate. In addition, the use of cross-hedging transactions may involve special risks, and may leave the Fund in a less advantageous position than if such a hedge had not been established.
At the maturity of a forward contract, the Fund may either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency prior to maturity by purchasing an “offsetting” contract with the same currency trader, obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able to effect such a closing purchase transaction.
It is impossible to forecast the market value of a particular portfolio security at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency it may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency that the Fund is obligated to deliver.
If the Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund may incur a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.
FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
The Fund may take advantage of opportunities in the area of options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, warrants, swaps and any other investments which are not presently contemplated for use or which are not currently available, but which may be developed, to the extent such investments are considered suitable for the Fund by the Adviser.
GLOBAL RESOURCES SECURITIES
Global resources securities include securities of global resource companies and instruments that derive their value from global resources. Global resources include precious metals (including gold), base and industrial metals, energy (including, but not limited to, gas, petroleum, petrochemicals and other hydrocarbons, and renewable energy resources such as solar, wind, geothermal, or biofuel), natural resources and other commodities. A global resource company is a company that derives, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of its revenues from exploration, development, production, distribution or facilitation of processes relating to global resources.
Since the market action of global resources securities may move against or independently of the market trend of industrial shares, the addition of such securities to an overall portfolio may increase the return and reduce the price fluctuations of such a portfolio. There can be no assurance that an increased rate of return or reduction in price fluctuations of a portfolio will be achieved. Global resources securities are affected by many factors, including movement in the stock market. Inflation may cause a decline in the market, including global resource securities.
HEDGING
Hedging is a strategy in which a derivative or other instrument or practice is used to offset the risks associated with other Fund holdings. Losses on the other investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a derivative that reacts in an opposite manner to market movements. Hedging can reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by the Fund or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Hedging also involves correlation risk, i.e. the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by the Fund, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced or may be increased. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to hedge effectively its portfolio. There is also a risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits or collateral in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in an option, a futures contract or a related option. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging strategies will be effective. The use of hedging may invoke the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). If such provisions are applicable, there could be an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and may impact whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income. The use of derivatives increases the risk that the Fund will be unable to close out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.
ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS
The Fund may not acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. For purposes of the above 15% limitation, illiquid investment means any investment that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the 1940 Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder.
INDEXED SECURITIES AND STRUCTURED NOTES
The Fund may invest in indexed securities, i.e., structured notes securities and index options, whose value is linked to one or more currencies, interest rates, commodities, or financial or commodity indices. An indexed security enables the investor to purchase a note whose coupon and/or principal redemption is linked to the performance of an underlying asset. Indexed
securities may be positively or negatively indexed (i.e., their value may increase or decrease if the underlying instrument appreciates). Indexed securities may have return characteristics similar to direct investments in the underlying instrument or to one or more options on the underlying instrument. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instrument itself, and present many of the same risks as investing in futures and options. Indexed securities are also subject to credit risks associated with the issuer of the security with respect to both principal and interest.
Indexed securities may be publicly traded or may be two-party contracts (such two-party agreements are referred to hereafter collectively as structured notes). When the Fund purchases a structured note, it makes a payment of principal to the counterparty. Some structured notes have a guaranteed repayment of principal while others place a portion (or all) of the principal at risk. Notes determined to be illiquid will be aggregated with other illiquid securities and will be subject to the Fund’s limitations on illiquid investments.
Credit Linked Notes. The Fund may invest in credit linked securities or credit linked notes (“CLNs”). CLNs are typically issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle (the “CLN trust”) that, in turn, invests in a derivative or basket of derivatives instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and/or other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield, sovereign debt, emerging markets, or other fixed income markets. Generally, investments in CLNs represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the CLN. However, these payments are conditioned on the CLN trust’s receipt of payments from, and the CLN trust’s potential obligations, to the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the CLN trust invests. For example, the CLN trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the CLN trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default were to occur, the stream of payments may stop and the CLN trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the CLN trust. The Fund may also enter in CLNs to gain access to sovereign debt and securities in emerging markets particularly in markets where the Fund is not able to purchase securities directly due to domicile restrictions or tax restrictions or tariffs. In such an instance, the issuer of the CLN may purchase the reference security directly and/or gain exposure through a credit default swap or other derivative. The Fund’s investments in CLNs is subject to the risks associated with the underlying reference obligations and derivative instruments.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS
The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs) of common stock or other primary or secondary syndicated offerings of equity or debt securities issued by a corporate issuer. A purchase of IPO securities often involves higher transaction costs than those associated with the purchase of securities already traded on exchanges or markets. IPO securities are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. The market value of recently issued IPO securities may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading and speculation, a potentially small number of securities available for trading, limited information about the issuer, and other factors. The Fund may hold IPO securities for a period of time, or may sell them soon after the purchase. Investments in IPOs could have a magnified impact – either positive or negative – on the Fund’s performance while the Fund’s assets are relatively small. The impact of an IPO on the Fund’s performance may tend to diminish as the Fund’s assets grow.
INVESTMENTS IN OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES AND POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES
The Fund's investments in money market funds are not subject to the limitations under the 1940 Act. The Fund may invest in investment companies or pooled investment vehicles which are sponsored or advised by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.
The Fund’s investment in another investment company may subject the Fund indirectly to the underlying risks of the investment company. The Fund also will bear its share of the underlying investment company’s fees and expenses, which are in addition to the Fund’s own fees and expenses. Shares of closed-end funds and ETFs may trade at prices that reflect a premium above or a discount below the investment company’s net asset value, which may be substantial in the case of closed-end funds. If investment company securities are purchased at a premium to net asset value, the premium may not exist when those securities are sold and the Fund could incur a loss.
Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which became effective January 19, 2022, created a regulatory framework for Funds’ investments in other funds. Rule 12d1-4 allows a fund to acquire the securities of another investment company in excess of the limitations imposed by Section 12 without obtaining an exemptive order from the SEC, subject to certain limitations and conditions. Among those conditions is the requirement that, prior to a fund relying on Rule 12d1-4 to acquire securities of another fund in excess of the limits of Section 12(d)(1), the acquiring fund must enter into a Fund of Funds Agreement with the acquired fund, unless the acquiring fund’s investment adviser acts as the acquired fund’s investment adviser and does not act as sub-adviser to either fund. In connection with the adoption of Rule 12d1-4, the SEC also rescinded certain prior exemptive
relief. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Fund’s investment strategies and operations to the extent that it invests, or might otherwise have invested, in shares issued by other investment companies.
MARKET
The Fund could lose money over short periods due to short-term market movements and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. The prices of the securities in the Fund are subject to the risks associated with investing in the securities market, including general economic conditions, sudden and unpredictable drops in value, exchange trading suspensions and closures and public health risks. Market risk arises mainly from uncertainty about future values of financial instruments and may be influenced by price, currency and interest rate movements. These risks may be magnified if certain social, political, economic and other conditions and events (such as natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics, terrorism, conflicts, social unrest, recessions, inflation, interest rate changes, supply chain disruptions, embargoes, tariffs, sanctions and other trade barriers) adversely interrupt the global economy; in these and other circumstances, such events or developments might affect companies world-wide. As global systems, economies and financial markets are increasingly interconnected, events that occur in one country, region or financial market will, more frequently, adversely impact issuers in other countries, regions or markets. During a general market downturn, multiple asset classes may be negatively affected. Changes in market conditions and interest rates generally do not have the same impact on all types of securities and instruments.
MASTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS
Other equity securities in which the Fund may invest include master limited partnerships ("MLPs"). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the ownership units are publicly traded. MLP units are registered with the SEC and are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the OTC market. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to oil and gas industries, but that they also may finance research and development and other projects. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. The risks of investing in an MLP are generally those involved in investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation. Investments in securities of MLPs involve risks that differ from an investment in common stock. Holders of the units of MLPs have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. There ae also certain tax risks associated with an investment in units of MLPs. In addition, conflicts of interest may exist between common unit holders, subordinated unit hoders and the general partner of an MLP, including a conflict arising as a result of incentive distribution payments.
OPTIONS, FUTURES, WARRANTS AND SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
Options Transactions. The Fund may purchase and sell (write) exchange-traded and OTC call and put options on domestic and foreign securities, foreign currencies, stock and bond indices and financial futures contracts.
Purchasing Call and Put Options. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in premiums on call and put options. The purchase of a call option would enable the Fund, in return for the premium paid, to lock in a purchase price for a security or currency during the term of the option. The purchase of a put option would enable the Fund, in return for a premium paid, to lock in a price at which it may sell a security or currency during the term of the option. OTC options are typically purchased from or sold (written) to dealers or financial institutions which have entered into direct agreements with the Fund. With OTC options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium are typically agreed upon between the Fund and the transacting dealer.
The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date. Accordingly, the successful use of options depends on the ability of the Adviser to forecast correctly interest rates, currency exchange rates and/or market movements.
When the Fund sells put or call options it has previously purchased, the Fund may realize a net gain or loss, depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for options, particularly in the case of OTC options. In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in transactions in options, the Fund could experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker. In the case of OTC options, if the transacting dealer fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, in accordance with the terms of that option, due to insolvency or otherwise, the Fund would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. If trading were suspended in an option purchased by the Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased.
A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign
currency at the exercise price until the option expires. The markets in foreign currency options are relatively new and the Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits, which may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.
Writing Covered Call and Put Options. The Fund may write covered call options on portfolio securities to the extent that the value of all securities with respect to which covered calls are written does not exceed 10% of the Fund's net asset value. When the Fund writes a covered call option, the Fund incurs an obligation to sell the security underlying the option to the purchaser of the call, at the option’s exercise price at any time during the option period, at the purchaser’s election. When the Fund writes a put option, the Fund incurs an obligation to buy the security underlying the option from the purchaser of the put, at the option’s exercise price at any time during the option period, at the purchaser’s election.
The Fund may be required, at any time during the option period, to deliver the underlying security (or currency) against payment of the exercise price on any calls it has written, or to make payment of the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security (or currency) on any puts it has written. This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option period or at such earlier time as the writer effects a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Fund has been assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will typically be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction.
During the option period, the Fund gives up, in return for the premium on the option, the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the underlying security (or the value of its denominated currency) increase, but retains the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security (or the value of its denominated currency) decline.
Futures Contracts. The Fund may buy and sell financial futures contracts which may include security and interest-rate futures, stock and bond index futures contracts and foreign currency futures contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security for a set price on a future date. An interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be used to reduce the Fund’s exposure to fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities and may prevent losses if the prices of such securities decline. Similarly, such investments may protect the Fund against fluctuation in the value of securities in which the Fund is about to invest.
The Fund may purchase and write (sell) call and put options on futures contracts and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right (in return for the premium paid), and the writer the obligation, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option is accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract at the time of exercise exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option contract.
Future contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity. However, there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to enter into a closing transaction.
Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts and Related Options. There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and futures options as hedging techniques. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the Fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. As a result, a hedge may be unsuccessful because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Investments in options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts may reduce the gains which would otherwise be realized from the sale of the underlying securities or assets which are being hedged. Additionally, positions in futures contracts and options can be closed out only on an exchange that provides a market for those instruments. There can be no assurances that such a market will exist for a particular futures contract or option. If the Fund cannot close out an exchange traded futures contract or option which it holds, it would have to perform its contractual obligation or exercise its option to realize any profit, and would incur transaction costs on the sale of the underlying assets.
There is a risk of loss by the Fund of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the futures commission merchant (“FCM”) with which the Fund has an open position in a futures contract. Futures exchanges may limit
the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.
There can be no assurance that an active market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In such situations, if the Fund had insufficient cash, it might have to sell securities to meet margin requirements at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. Losses incurred in futures transactions and the costs of these transactions will affect the performance of the Fund. Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange). No secondary market for such contract exists.
It is the policy of the Fund to meet the requirements of the Code, to qualify as a regulated investment company and thus to prevent double taxation of the Fund and its shareholders. One of the requirements is that at least 90% of the Fund’s gross income be derived from dividends, interest, payment with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks or other securities. Gains from commodity futures contracts do not currently qualify as income for purposes of the 90% test. The extent to which the Fund may engage in options and futures contract transactions may be materially limited by this test.
Risks Associated With Commodity Futures Contracts. There are several additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures which are discussed below:
Storage. Unlike the financial futures markets, in the commodity futures markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity futures contract reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while the Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.
Reinvestment. In the commodity futures markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer generally must sell the futures contract at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the futures market are purchasing futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators tend to only sell the other side of the futures contract at a higher futures price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for the Fund. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in futures markets has shifted when it is time for the Fund to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new futures contract, the Fund might reinvest at higher or lower futures prices, or choose to pursue other investments.
Other Economic Factors. The commodities which underlie commodity futures contracts may be subject to additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. These factors may have a larger impact on commodity prices and commodity-linked instruments, including futures contracts, than on traditional securities. Certain commodities are also subject to limited pricing flexibility because of supply and demand factors. Others are subject to broad price fluctuations as a result of the volatility of the prices for certain raw materials and the instability of supplies of other materials. These additional variables may create additional investment risks which subject the Fund’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities.
Warrants and Subscription Rights. The Fund may invest in warrants, which are instruments that permit, but do not obligate, the holder to subscribe for other securities. Subscription rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a short duration and are distributed directly by the issuer to its shareholders. Warrants and rights are not dividend-paying investments and do not have voting rights like common stock. They also do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants and rights may be considered more speculative than direct equity investments. In addition, the value of warrants and rights do not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and may cease to have value if they are not exercised prior to their expiration dates.
PARTLY PAID SECURITIES
Securities paid for on an installment basis. A partly paid security trades net of outstanding installment payments—the buyer “takes over payments.” The buyer’s rights are typically restricted until the security is fully paid. If the value of a partly-
paid security declines before the Fund finishes paying for it, the Fund will still owe the payments, but may find it hard to sell and as a result will incur a loss.
PRIVATE INVESTMENT IN PUBLIC EQUITY
The Fund may acquire equity securities of an issuer that are issued through a private investment in public equity (PIPE) transaction, including on a when-issued basis. See “When, As and If Issued Securities.” The Fund will earmark an amount of cash or high quality securities equal (on a daily mark to market basis) to the amount of its commitment to purchase the when-issued securities. PIPE transactions typically involve the purchase of securities directly from a publicly traded company or its affiliates in a private placement transaction, typically at a discount to the market price of the company’s securities. See also “Direct Investments.” There is a risk that if the market price of the securities drops below a set threshold, the company may have to issue additional stock at a significantly reduced price, which may dilute the value of the Fund’s investment. Shares in PIPES generally are not registered with the SEC until after a certain time period from the date the private sale is completed. This restricted period can last many months. Until the public registration process is completed, PIPES are restricted as to resale and the Fund cannot freely trade the securities. Generally, such restrictions cause the PIPES to be illiquid during this time. PIPES may contain provisions that the issuer will pay specified financial penalties to the holder if the issuer does not publicly register the restricted equity securities within a specified period of time, but there is no assurance that the restricted equity securities will be publicly registered, or that the registration will remain in effect. See “Rule 144A and Section 4(a)(2) Securities.”
PREFERRED STOCK
The Fund may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in that company.
Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stock is subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stock of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than preferred stock of larger companies.
REAL ESTATE SECURITIES
The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein. These include equity securities of real estate investment trusts ("REITs") and other real estate industry companies or companies with substantial real estate investments. The Fund is therefore subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; extended vacancies of properties; risks related to general and local economic conditions; overbuilding; increases in competition, property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents; and changes in interest rates.
REITs are pooled investment vehicles whose assets consist primarily of interests in real estate and real estate loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs own interest in property and realize income from the rents and gain or loss from the sale of real estate interests. Mortgage REITs invest in real estate mortgage loans and realize income from interest payments on the loans. Hybrid REITs invest in both equity and debt. Equity REITs may be operating or financing companies. An operating company provides operational and management expertise to and exercises control over, many if not most operational aspects of the property. REITS are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with several requirements of the Code.
Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risk (i.e., as interest rates rise, the value of the REIT may decline).
Under recent tax legislation, individuals (and certain other non-corporate entities) are generally eligible for a 20% deduction with respect to taxable ordinary dividends from REITs and certain taxable income from publicly traded partnerships. Regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) enable the Fund to pass through the special character of “qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income), but not qualified publicly traded partnership income, to a shareholder, provided both the Fund and a shareholder meet certain holding period requirements with respect to their shares. A noncorporate shareholder receiving such dividends would treat them as eligible for the 20% deduction, provided the RIC shares were held by the shareholder for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend. The amount of a RIC’s dividends eligible for the 20% deduction for a taxable year is limited to the excess of the RIC’s qualified REIT dividends for the taxable year over allocable expenses.
REGULATORY
Changes in the laws or regulations of the United States or the Cayman Islands, including any changes to applicable tax laws and regulations, could impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective and could increase the operating expenses of the Fund or the wholly owned subsidiary of the Fund (the "Subsidiary"). For example, in 2012, the Commodities Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") adopted amendments to its rules that affect the ability of certain investment advisers to registered investment companies and other entities to rely on previously available exclusions or exemptions from registration under the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA") and regulations thereunder. In addition, the CFTC or the SEC could at any time alter the regulatory requirements governing the use of commodity futures, options on commodity futures, structured notes or swap transactions by investment companies, which could result in the inability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective through its current strategy.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements, which may be viewed as a type of secured lending by the Fund, typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreements typically provide that the Fund will sell back to the institution, and that the institution will repurchase, the underlying security serving as collateral at a specified price and at a fixed time in the future, usually not more than seven days from the date of purchase. The collateral will be marked-to-market daily to determine that the value of the collateral, as specified in the agreement, does not decrease below the purchase price plus accrued interest. If such decrease occurs, additional collateral will be requested and, when received, added to the account to maintain full collateralization. The Fund accrues interest from the institution until the time when the repurchase is to occur.
The Fund may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by the Fund of portfolio assets concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same assets at a later date at a fixed price. Such transactions are advantageous only if the interest cost to the Fund of the reverse repurchase transaction is less than the cost of obtaining the cash otherwise. Opportunities to achieve this advantage may not always be available, and the Fund seeks to use the reverse repurchase technique only when it will be advantageous to the Fund. In addition, reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing, and borrowed assets used for investment creates leverage risk. Leverage can create and interest expense that may lower the Fund’s overall returns. Leverage may exaggerate the Fund’s volatility and risk of loss.
RULE 144A AND SECTION 4(a)(2) SECURITIES
The Fund may invest in securities which are subject to restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or which are otherwise not readily marketable.
Rule 144A under the 1933 Act allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act of resale of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers.
The Adviser monitors the liquidity determinations of restricted securities in the Fund’s holdings pursuant to Rule 22e-4. The determination of whether a Rule 144A security is liquid or illiquid generally takes into account relevant market, trading, and investment-specific considerations consistent with applicable SEC guidance. Additional factors that may be considered include: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanisms of the transfer).
In addition, commercial paper may be issued in reliance on the “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. Such commercial paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws and, therefore, any resale of such securities must be effected in a transaction exempt from registration under the 1933 Act.
Securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and commercial paper issued in reliance on the Section 4(a)(2) exemption under the 1940 Act may be determined to be liquid in accordance with Rule 22e-4 for purposes of complying with investment restrictions applicable to investments by the Fund in illiquid investments. To the extent such securities are determined to be illiquid, they will be aggregated with other illiquid investments for purposes of the limitation on illiquid investments.
SECURITIES LENDING
The Fund may lend securities to approved borrowers, including affiliates of the Fund’s securities lending agent, State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”). Securities lending allows the Fund to retain ownership of the securities loaned and, at the same time, earn additional income. The borrower provides cash or non-cash collateral equal to at least 102% (105% for foreign securities) of the value of the securities loaned. Collateral is maintained by State Street on behalf of the Fund. Cash received as collateral through loan transactions is generally invested in shares of a money market fund. Investing this cash subjects that investment, as well as the securities loaned, to market appreciation or depreciation. Non-cash collateral consists of securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or one of its agencies and cannot be re-hypothecated by the Fund. The Fund maintains the ability to vote or consent on proxy proposals involving material events affecting securities loaned. If the borrower defaults on its obligation to return the securities loaned because of insolvency or other reasons, the Fund could experience delays and costs in recovering the securities loaned or in gaining access to the collateral. These delays and costs could be greater for foreign securities. If the Fund is not able to recover the securities loaned, the collateral may be sold and a replacement investment may be purchased in the market. The value of the collateral could decrease below the value of the replacement investment by the time the replacement investment is purchased.
SHORT SALES
The Fund may short sell equity securities. A short sale of an equity security is the sale of a security that the seller does not own. In order to deliver the security to the purchaser, the short seller borrows the security, typically from a broker-dealer or an institutional investor, for a fee. The short seller later closes out the position by returning the security to the lender, typically by purchasing the same security on the open market. A short sale theoretically carries the risk of an unlimited loss, because the price of the underlying security could increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying that security to cover the short position. In addition, there can be no assurance that the security needed to cover a short position will be available for purchase. Also, the purchase of a security to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the security to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. Short selling is often used to profit from an expected downward price movement in a security.
SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION COMPANIES
The Fund may invest in stock, warrants, and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) or similar special purpose entities. A SPAC is typically a publicly traded company that raises investment capital via an IPO for the purpose of acquiring the equity securities of one or more existing companies (or interests therein) via merger, combination, acquisition or other similar transactions. The Fund may acquire an interest in a SPAC in an IPO or a secondary market transaction. See also “Equity Securities” and “Options, Futures, Warrants and Subscription Rights.”
Unless and until an acquisition is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets (less a portion retained to cover expenses) in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash. To the extent the SPAC is invested in cash or similar securities, this may negatively affect the Fund’s performance. Because SPACs and similar entities are in essence blank check companies without operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. There is no guarantee that the SPACs in which the Fund invests will complete an acquisition or that any acquisitions that are completed will be profitable. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. In addition, these securities, which are typically traded in the over-the-counter market, may be considered illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale.
Other risks of investing in SPACs include that a significant portion of the monies raised by the SPAC may be expended during the search for a target transaction; an attractive transaction may not be identified at all (or any requisite approvals may not be obtained) and the SPAC may dissolve and be required to return any remaining monies to shareholders, causing the Fund to incur the opportunity cost of missed investment opportunities the Fund otherwise could have benefited from; a transaction once identified or effected may prove unsuccessful and an investment in the SPAC may lose value; the warrants or other rights with respect to the SPAC held by the Fund may expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC at an unfavorable price; and an investment in a SPAC may be diluted by additional later offerings of interests in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase shares of the SPAC. In addition, a SPAC target company may have limited operating experience, a smaller size, limited product lines, markets, distribution channels and financial and managerial resources. Investing in the securities of smaller companies involves greater risk, and portfolio price volatility.
SUBSIDIARY
The Fund's investments in the Subsidiary are expected to provide the Fund with exposure to digital assets, commodities, futures and derivatives of commodities within the limitations of Subchapter M of the Code and the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") revenue rulings, as discussed below under "Taxation." The Subsidiary is a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and is overseen by its own board of directors. [The Fund is the sole shareholder of the Subsidiary, and it is not currently expected that shares of the Subsidiary will be sold or offered to investors.] It is expected that the Subsidiary will primarily invest in exchange-traded products that provide exposure to digital assets, commodities, futures and derivatives of commodities. To the extent the Fund invests in the Subsidiary, the Fund may be subject to the risks associated with those investments and other securities.
While the Subsidiary may be considered similar to an investment company, it is not registered under the 1940 Act and, unless otherwise noted in the Fund's Prospectus and this SAI, is not subject to all of the investor protections of the 1940 Act and other U.S. regulations. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of the Fund and/or its Subsidiary to operate as described in the Fund's Prospectus and this SAI and could eliminate or severely limit the Fund's ability to invest in its Subsidiary which may adversely affect the Fund and its shareholders.
SWAPS
The Fund may enter into swap agreements. A swap is a derivative in the form of an agreement to exchange the return generated by one instrument for the return generated by another instrument. The payment streams are calculated by reference to a specified index and agreed upon notional amount. The term “specified index” includes currencies, fixed interest rates, prices, total return on interest rate indices, fixed income indices, stock indices and commodity indices (as well as amounts derived from arithmetic operations on these indices). For example, the Fund may agree to swap the return generated by a fixed income index for the return generated by a second fixed income index. The currency swaps in which the Fund may enter will generally involve an agreement to pay interest streams in one currency based on a specified index in exchange for receiving interest streams denominated in another currency. Such swaps may involve initial and final exchanges that correspond to the agreed upon notional amount.
The Fund may also enter into credit default swaps, index swaps and interest rate swaps. Credit default swaps may have as reference obligations one or more securities or a basket of securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. Index swaps, also called total return swaps, involves the Fund entering into a contract with a counterparty in which the counterparty makes payments to the Fund based on the positive returns of an index, such as a corporate bond index, in return for the Fund paying to the counterparty a fixed or variable interest rate, as well as paying to the counterparty any negative returns on the index. In a sense, the Fund is purchasing exposure to an index in the amount of the notional principal in return for making interest rate payments on the notional principal. As with interest-rate swaps, the notional principal does not actually change hands at any point in the transaction. Cross-currency swaps are interest rate swaps in which the notional amount upon which the fixed interest rate is accrued is denominated in another currency and the notional amount upon which the floating rate is accrued is denominated in another currency. The notional amounts are typically determined based on the spot exchange rate at the inception of the trade. The swaps in which the Fund may engage also include rate caps, floors and collars under which one party pays a single or periodic fixed amount(s) (or premium), and the other party pays periodic amounts based on the movement of a specified index.
Swaps do not typically involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets, or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. If there is a default by the counterparty, the Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary fund securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates, and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. Also, if a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap would likely decline.
Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange-trading. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks and may involve additional costs and risks not involved with uncleared swaps. Credit risk of cleared swap participants is concentrated in a few clearinghouses, and the consequences of insolvency of a clearinghouse are not clear. There is also a risk of loss by the Fund of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Fund has an open position, or the central counterparty in a swap contract.
U.S. GOVERNMENT AND RELATED OBLIGATIONS
U.S. government obligations include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. government or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government. U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. government differ in their interest rates, maturities and time of issuance, as well as with respect to whether they are guaranteed by the U.S. government. U.S. government and related obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations.
While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. government, securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Obligations of U.S. government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises historically have involved limited risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to any of these entities if it is not obligated to do so by law. Additionally, from time to time uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt limit, commonly called the “debt ceiling,” could increase the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities, cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded, increase volatility in the stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates, reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities, and/or increase the costs of various kinds of debt. If a U.S. government-sponsored entity is negatively impacted by legislative or regulatory action, is unable to meet its obligations, or its creditworthiness declines, the performance of the Fund, if it holds securities of that entity, will be adversely impacted.
WHEN, AS AND IF ISSUED SECURITIES
The Fund may purchase securities on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. At that time, the Fund will record the transaction and, in determining its net asset value, will reflect the value of the security daily. An increase in the percentage of the Fund assets committed to the purchase of securities on a “when, as and if issued” basis may increase the volatility of its net asset value. The Fund may also sell securities on a “when, as and if issued” basis provided that the issuance of the security will result automatically from the exchange or conversion of a security owned by the Fund at the time of sale.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The following investment restrictions are in addition to those described in the Prospectus. These investment restrictions are “fundamental” and may be changed with respect to the Fund only with the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s “outstanding voting securities” (which for this purpose and under the 1940 Act, means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares). As to any of the following investment restrictions, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in value of portfolio securities or amount of net assets will not be considered a violation of the investment restriction. In the case of borrowing, however, the Fund will promptly take action to reduce the amount of the Fund’s borrowings outstanding if, because of changes in the net asset value of the Fund due to market action, the amount of such borrowings exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The fundamental investment restrictions are as follows:
The Fund may not:
1. Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended and as interpreted or modified by regulation from time to time.
2.Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Fund may be considered an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in the disposition of restricted securities or in connection with its investments in other investment companies.
3.Make loans, except that the Fund may (i) lend portfolio securities, (ii) enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) purchase all or a portion of an issue of debt securities, bank loan participation interests, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’
acceptances, debentures or other securities, whether or not the purchase is made upon the original issuance of the securities, and (iv) participate in an interfund lending program with other registered investment companies.
4.Issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended and as interpreted or modified by regulation from time to time.
5.Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may (i) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein, (ii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, and (iii) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities.
6.Purchase or sell commodities, unless acquired as a result of owning securities or other instruments, but it may purchase, sell or enter into financial options and futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments and may invest in securities or other instruments backed by commodities.
7.Purchase any security if, as a result of that purchase, 25% or more of its total assets would be invested in securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry. These limits do not apply to (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or (ii) securities of other investment companies.
For purposes of Restriction 1, the 1940 Act generally permits the Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund's total assets from banks, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund's total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act generally requires the Fund to maintain at all times an "asset coverage" of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage generally means the ratio that the value of the Fund's total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings.
For purposes of Restriction 4, "senior securities" are generally Fund obligations that have a priority over the Fund's shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of Fund assets. The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from issuing senior securities, except that the Fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund's total assets from banks. The Fund also may borrow an amount equal to up to 5% of the Fund's total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities.
For the purposes of Restriction 7, companies in different geographical locations will not be deemed to be in the same industry if the investment risks associated with the securities of such companies are substantially different. For example, although generally considered to be “interest rate-sensitive,” investing in banking institutions in different countries is generally dependent upon substantially different risk factors, such as the condition and prospects of the economy in a particular country and in particular industries, and political conditions. Similarly, each foreign government issuing securities (together with its agencies and instrumentalities) will be treated as a separate industry. Additionally, the securities of state and municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry. Also, for the purposes of Restriction 7, investment companies are not considered to be part of an industry. To the extent the Fund invests its assets in underlying investment companies, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets may be indirectly exposed to a particular industry or group of related industries through its investment in one or more underlying investment companies.
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING
A discussion of exchange listing and trading matters associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Fund’s Prospectus under the headings “Summary Information—Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund,” “Additional Information About the Fund’s Investment Strategies and Risks—Risks of Investing in the Fund,” “Shareholder Information—Determination of NAV” and “Shareholder Information—Buying and Selling Exchange-Traded Shares.” The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, such sections of the Fund’s Prospectus.
The Shares of the Fund are expected to be approved for listing on the [ ] (the "Exchange"), subject to notice of issuance, and will trade in the secondary market at prices that may differ to some degree from their NAV. The Exchange may but is not required to remove the Shares of the Fund from listing if: (1) following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial holders of the Shares, (2) the Exchange becomes aware that the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act, (3) the Fund no longer complies with certain listing exchange rules, or (4) such other event shall occur or condition exists that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. In addition, the Exchange will remove the Shares from listing and trading upon termination of the Trust. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of Shares of the Fund will continue to be met.
As in the case of other securities traded on the Exchange, brokers’ commissions on secondary market transactions in Shares of the Fund will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.
In order to provide investors with a basis to gauge whether the market price of the Shares on the Exchange is approximately consistent with the current value of the assets of the Fund on a per Share basis, an “intra-day indicative value” (“IIV” and also known as the Indicative Optimized Portfolio Value) for the Fund may be disseminated through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association’s Network B. IIVs are disseminated during regular Exchange trading hours. The Fund is not involved in or responsible for the calculation or dissemination of the IIVs and makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the IIVs.
The IIV has a securities component and a cash component reflecting cash and other assets that may be held by the Fund. The securities values included in the IIV are the values of the Deposit Securities (as defined below under the heading “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units—Fund Deposit”) for the Fund. While the IIV reflects the approximate current value of the Deposit Securities required to be deposited in connection with the purchase of a Creation Unit, it does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities held by the Fund at a particular point in time because the current portfolio of the Fund may include securities that are not a part of the current Deposit Securities. Therefore, the Fund’s IIV that may be disseminated during the Exchange trading hours should not be viewed as a real-time update of the Fund’s NAV, which is calculated only once a day.
The cash component included in the IIV could consist of estimated accrued interest, dividends and other income, less expenses. If applicable, the IIV also reflects changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the applicable currency.
QUARTERLY PORTFOLIO SCHEDULE
The Trust is required to disclose, after its first and third fiscal quarters, the complete schedule of the Fund's portfolio holdings with the SEC on Form N-PORT. The Trust's Form N-PORT filings are available on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. You can write or email the SEC's Public Reference section and ask them to mail you information about the Fund. They will charge you a fee for this service. The Fund's complete schedule of portfolio holdings is also available through the Fund's website, at www.vaneck.com or by calling 800.826.2333.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE
The Fund’s portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services, including publicly accessible Internet web sites, such as www.vaneck.com. In addition, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for Creation Units, together with estimates and actual cash components is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation (the “NSCC”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC. The basket represents one Creation Unit of the Fund. The Trust, Adviser, Custodian (defined below) and Distributor (defined below) will not disseminate non-public information concerning the Trust.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES
VEARA, a wholly owned subsidiary of Van Eck Associates Corporation, acts as investment adviser to the Fund and, subject to the general supervision of the Board, is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the Fund. VEARA is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and with the CFTC as a CPO and commodity trading advisor under the CEA. VEARA’s principal business address is 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Trust and the Adviser (the “Investment Management Agreement”). Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Board and in conformity with the stated investment policies of the Fund, manages the investment of the Fund’s assets. The Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and providing continuous supervision of the investment portfolio of the Fund.
Indemnification. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Adviser for certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the federal securities laws, unless such loss or liability results from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or the reckless disregard of its obligations and duties.
Compensation. As compensation for its services under the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser will be paid a monthly fee based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets at the annual rate of [__%]. From time to time, the Adviser may waive all or a portion of its fees.
Under the Investment Management Agreement for the Fund, the Adviser is responsible for all expenses of the Fund, including the costs of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services, except for the fee payment
under the Investment Management Agreement, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest expense, offering costs, trading expenses, taxes (including accrued deferred tax liability) and extraordinary expenses. Offering costs excluded from the annual unitary management fee are: (a) legal fees pertaining to the Fund’s Shares offered for sale; (b) SEC and state registration fees; and (c) initial fees paid for Shares of the Fund to be listed on an exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser has agreed to pay such offering costs until at least [ ].
The Advisory Agreement provides that it shall continue in effect from year to year as long as it is approved at least annually by (1) the Board or (2) a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, provided that in either event such continuance also is approved by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. The Advisory Agreement is also terminable upon 60 days’ notice by the applicable Adviser and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
THE DISTRIBUTOR
Van Eck Securities Corporation ("VESC") is the principal underwriter and distributor of Shares. Its principal address is 666 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017 and investor information can be obtained by calling 800.826.2333. The Distributor has entered into an agreement with the Trust (the “Distribution Agreement”), pursuant to which it distributes Shares. Shares will be continuously offered for sale by the Trust through the Distributor only in Creation Units, as described below under “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units—Procedures for Creation of Creation Units.” Shares in less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor will deliver a prospectus to persons purchasing Shares in Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). The Distributor has no role in determining the investment policies of the Trust or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust.
The Distributor may also enter into sales and investor services agreements with broker-dealers or other persons that are Participating Parties and DTC Participants (as defined below) to provide distribution assistance, including broker-dealer and shareholder support and educational and promotional services but must pay such broker-dealers or other persons, out of its own assets.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION
The Adviser’s portfolio managers are paid a fixed base salary and a bonus. The bonus is based upon the quality of investment analysis and management of the funds for which they serve as portfolio manager. Portfolio managers who oversee accounts with significantly different fee structures are generally compensated by discretionary bonus rather than a set formula to help reduce potential conflicts of interest. At times, the Adviser and affiliates may manage accounts with incentive fees.
The Adviser’s portfolio managers may serve as portfolio managers to other clients. Such “Other Clients” may have investment objectives or may implement investment strategies similar to those of the Fund. When the portfolio managers implement investment strategies for Other Clients that are similar or directly contrary to the positions taken by the Fund, the prices of the Fund’s securities may be negatively affected. The compensation that the Fund’s portfolio manager receives for managing other client accounts may be higher than the compensation the portfolio manager receives for managing the Fund. The portfolio managers do not believe that their activities materially disadvantage the Fund. The Adviser has implemented procedures to monitor trading across funds and its Other Clients.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER SHARE OWNERSHIP
As of the date of this SAI, the Fund’s portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Fund.
OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED BY THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The following table provides the number of other accounts managed (excluding the Fund) and the total assets managed of such accounts by the Fund’s portfolio managers within each category of accounts, as of ________, 2026.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name of Portfolio Manager/Deputy Portfolio Manager | Category of Account | Other Accounts Managed (As of ________________) | Accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account |
Number of Accounts | Total Assets in Accounts | Number of Accounts | Total Assets in Accounts |
| Registered investment companies | | | | |
| Other pooled investment vehicles | | | | |
| Other accounts | | | | |
| Registered investment companies | | | | |
| Other pooled investment vehicles | | | | |
| Other accounts | | | | |
SECURITIES LENDING ARRANGEMENTS
Pursuant to a securities lending agreement (the “Securities Lending Agreement”) between the Fund and State Street (in such capacity, the “Securities Lending Agent”), the Fund may lend its securities through the Securities Lending Agent to certain qualified borrowers. The Securities Lending Agent administers the Trust's securities lending program. The Securities Lending Agent maintains records of loans made and income derived therefrom and makes available such records that the Trust deem necessary to monitor the securities lending program.
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
When selecting brokers and dealers to handle the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, the Adviser looks for prompt execution of the order at a favorable price. Generally, the Adviser works with recognized dealers in these securities, except when a better price and execution of the order can be obtained elsewhere. The Fund will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by exemptive order or applicable rule or regulation. The Adviser owes a duty to its clients to seek best execution on trades effected.
The Adviser assumes general supervision over placing orders on behalf of the Trust for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. If purchases or sales of portfolio securities of the Trust and one or more other investment companies or clients supervised by the Adviser are considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities are allocated among the several investment companies and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all by the Adviser. In some cases, this procedure
could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security. However, in other cases, it is possible that the ability to participate in volume transactions and to negotiate lower brokerage commissions will be beneficial to the Trust. The primary consideration is best execution. Under such circumstances, the portfolio managers may arrange to have the purchase and sale transactions effected directly between the funds and/or accounts (“cross transactions”). Cross transactions will be effected in accordance with procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act.
Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates are likely to result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses, additional taxable income at the Fund level and additional taxable distributions. The overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions is evaluated by the Adviser based upon its knowledge of available information as to the general level of commissions paid by other institutional investors for comparable services.
The Adviser may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer who furnishes brokerage and/or research services, a commission that is in excess of the commission another broker-dealer would have received for executing the transaction, if it is determined that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services as defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which have been provided. Such research services may include, among other things, analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends and portfolio strategy. Any such research and other information provided by brokers to the Adviser is considered to be in addition to and not in lieu of services required to be performed by the Adviser under its Advisory Agreement with the Trust. The research services provided by broker-dealers can be useful to the Adviser in serving its other clients or clients of the Adviser’s affiliates. The Board periodically reviews the Adviser’s performance of its responsibilities in connection with the placement of portfolio transactions on behalf of the Fund. The Board also reviews the commissions paid by the Fund over representative periods of time to determine if they are reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund.
BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s Prospectus entitled “Shareholder Information—Buying and Selling Exchange-Traded Shares.”
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for the Shares. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Certificates will not be issued for Shares.
DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).
Beneficial ownership of Shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in Shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of Shares.
Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the depositary agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the Shares holdings of each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding Shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in Shares as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by
DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of Shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.
The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such Shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.
DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to the Shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of Shares, unless the Trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.
CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
General
The Fund will issue and sell Shares only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without an initial sales load, at their NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined herein), of an order in proper form. An Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive, as part of a redemption, restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.
A “Business Day” with respect to the Fund is any day on which the NYSE is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day (Washington’s Birthday), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The times described below may change due to certain events such as the early closing of trading on the NYSE.
Fund Deposit
The consideration for a purchase of Creation Units generally consists of the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) and an amount of cash computed as described below (the “Cash Component”). The Cash Component together with the Deposit Securities, as applicable, are referred to as the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for Shares. The Cash Component represents the difference between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities plus applicable transaction fees (as described below).
The Administrator, through the NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the NYSE (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required amounts of each Deposit Security that the Fund would accept as Fund Deposit that day. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit composition is made available.
The Fund reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash—referred to as “cash in lieu” - to replace any Deposit Security. This may occur, for example, if a Deposit Security is not available in sufficient quantity for delivery, not eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC, the Federal Reserve System or the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC, not permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Trust as a result of an in-kind purchase order pursuant to local law or market convention, restricted under the securities laws or not eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant or the investor for which it is acting. In such cases where the Trust makes Market Purchases (as defined below) because a Deposit Security may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Trust as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities were purchased by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at the Adviser’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees and taxes. Brokerage commissions incurred in connection with the Trust’s acquisition of Deposit Securities may be at the expense of the Fund and, to the extent such commissions are at the expense of the Fund, will affect the value of all Shares of the Fund, but the Adviser may adjust the transaction fee to protect ongoing shareholders.
The Administrator, through the NSCC, also makes available on each Business Day, the estimated Cash Component effective through and including the previous Business Day, per outstanding Shares of the Fund.
Procedures for Creation of Creation Units
To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor to create Creation Units of the Fund, an entity or person must be an “Authorized Participant” which is a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Fund that allows the Authorized Participant to place order (“Participant Agreement”).
All orders to create Creation Units, whether through the Clearing Process or outside the Clearing Process, must be received by the Distributor no later than the closing time of the regular trading session on the NYSE (“Closing Time”) (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on the date such order is placed in order for creation of Creation Units to be effected based on the NAV of the Fund as determined on such date. The Business Day on which a creation order (or order to redeem as discussed below) is placed is herein referred to as the “Transmittal Date.” Orders must be transmitted by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor, as generally described below (see “—Placement of Creation Orders Using Clearing Process”). Severe economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.
Creation Units may be created in advance of the receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the Fund Deposit. In such cases, the Authorized Participant will remain liable for the full deposit of the missing portion(s) of the Fund Deposit and will be required to post collateral with the Trust consisting of cash at least equal to a percentage of the marked-to-market value of such missing portion(s). The Trust may use such collateral to buy the missing portion(s) of the Fund Deposit at any time and will subject such Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing such securities and the value of such collateral. The Trust will have no liability for any such shortfall. The Trust will return any unused portion of the collateral to the Authorized Participant once the entire Fund Deposit has been properly received by the Distributor and deposited into the Trust.
Orders to create Creation Units of the Fund shall be placed with an Authorized Participant, as applicable, in the form required by such Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement, and that, therefore, orders to create Creation Units of the Fund may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement. At any given time there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement. Those placing orders to create Creation Units of the Fund through the Clearing Process should afford sufficient time to permit proper submission of the order to the Distributor prior to the Closing Time on the Transmittal Date.
Orders for creation that are effected outside the Clearing Process are likely to require transmittal by the Authorized Participant earlier on the Transmittal Date than orders effected using the Clearing Process. Those persons placing orders outside the Clearing Process should ascertain the deadlines applicable to DTC and the Federal Reserve Bank wire system by contacting the operations department of the broker or depository institution effectuating such transfer of Deposit Securities and Cash Component.
Orders to create Creation Units of the Fund may be placed through the Clearing Process utilizing procedures applicable to funds holding domestic securities (“Domestic Funds”) (see “Placement of Creation Orders Using Clearing Process”) or outside the Clearing Process utilizing the procedures applicable to either Domestic Funds or funds holding foreign securities (“Foreign Funds”) (see “Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process--Domestic Funds” and “Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds”). In the event that the Fund includes both domestic and foreign securities, the time for submitting orders is as stated in the “Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds” and “Placement of Redemption Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds” sections below shall operate.
Placement of Creation Orders Using Clearing Process
Fund Deposits created through the Clearing Process, if available, must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement.
The Participant Agreement authorizes the Distributor to transmit to NSCC on behalf of the Authorized Participant such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the Authorized Participant’s creation order. Pursuant to such trade instructions from the Distributor to NSCC, the Authorized Participant agrees to transfer the requisite Deposit Securities (or contracts to purchase such Deposit Securities that are expected to be delivered in a “regular way” manner) and the Cash Component to the Trust by the prescribed settlement date. An order to create Creation Units of the Fund through the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor not later than the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. The delivery of Creation Units so created will occur by the prescribed settlement date.
Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Domestic Funds
Fund Deposits created outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. An Authorized Participant who wishes to place an order creating Creation Units of the Fund
to be effected outside the Clearing Process must state in such order that the Authorized Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that the creation of Creation Units will instead be effected through a transfer of securities and cash. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the Authorized Participant in a manner so as to ensure the timely delivery of the requisite amounts of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Trust.
All questions as to the amounts of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Distributor through the Federal Reserve wire system in a timely manner. An order to create Creation Units of the Fund outside the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor not later than the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date; and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. However, if the Distributor does not receive both the requisite Deposit Securities and the Cash Component in a timely fashion, such order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such cancelled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the current NAV of the Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created will occur by the prescribed settlement date.
Additional transaction fees may be imposed with respect to transactions effected outside the Clearing Process (through an Authorized Participant) and in circumstances in which any cash can be used in lieu of Deposit Securities to create Creation Units. (See “Creation Transaction Fee” section below.)
Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds
The Distributor will inform the Transfer Agent, the Adviser and the Custodian upon receipt of a Creation Order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate sub-custodian. The Custodian will cause the sub-custodian of the Fund to maintain an account into which the Deposit Securities (or the cash value of all or part of such securities, or “cash in lieu” amount) will be delivered. Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local custodian. The Trust must also receive, on or before the contractual settlement date, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Custodian to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component next determined after receipt in proper form of the purchase order, together with the creation transaction fee described below.
Once the Transfer Agent has accepted a creation order, the Transfer Agent will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit of the Fund against receipt of payment, at such NAV as will have been calculated after receipt in proper form of such order. The Transfer Agent will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance of such order.
Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian, the Distributor and the Adviser will be notified of such delivery and the Transfer Agent will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units.
Acceptance of Creation Orders
The Trust reserves the right to reject a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor, for any reason, including but not limited to the following: (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the creator or creators, upon obtaining the Shares, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding Shares of the Fund; (c) the Deposit Securities delivered are not as specified by the Administrator, as described above; (d) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; or (e) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Distributor and the Adviser make it for all practical purposes impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such circumstances include, without limitation, acts of God or public service or utility problems such as earthquakes, fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; wars; civil or military disturbances, including acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions; terrorism; sabotage; epidemics; riots; labor disputes; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, the Adviser, the Distributor, DTC, the NSCC or any other participant in the creation process, and similar extraordinary events. The Transfer Agent will notify an Authorized Participant if an order is rejected. The Trust, the Custodian, any sub-custodian, the Distributor and the Transfer Agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits to Authorized Participants nor shall any of them incur any liability to Authorized Participants for the failure to give any such notification.
All questions as to the amounts of the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.
Creation Transaction Fee
A standard (fixed) creation transaction fee for the Fund payable to the Custodian, in the amount of $[___], is imposed on each creation transaction regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased in the transaction. However, the Custodian
may increase the standard (fixed) creation transaction fee for administration and settlement of non-standard orders requiring additional administrative processing by the Custodian.
In addition, a variable charge for cash creations or for creations outside the Clearing Process may be imposed. In the case of cash creations or where the Trust permits or requires a creator to substitute cash in lieu of depositing a portion of Deposit Securities, the creator may be assessed an additional variable charge to compensate the Fund for the costs associated with purchasing the applicable securities. (See “Fund Deposit” section above.) As a result, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind creation order process, the Trust expects to purchase, in the secondary market or otherwise gain exposure to, the portfolio securities that could have been delivered as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons (“Market Purchases”). In such cases where the Trust makes Market Purchases, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities and/or financial instruments were purchased by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at the Adviser’s discretion, may be capped), the costs associated with certain derivative transactions, applicable registration fees, brokerage commissions and certain taxes. The Adviser may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the creation securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Component to protect ongoing shareholders. Creators of Creation Units are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Trust. The Fund may adjust or waive all or a portion of its creation transaction fee (including both the fixed and variable components) from time to time.
Redemption of Creation Units
Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Distributor, only on a Business Day and only through an Authorized Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement. The Trust will not redeem Shares in amounts less than Creation Units. Beneficial Owners also may sell Shares in the secondary market, but must accumulate enough Shares to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such Shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of Shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit. See the section entitled “Summary Information—Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund” and “Additional Information About the Fund’s Investment Strategies and Risks—Risks of Investing in the Fund” in the Prospectus.
The Fund Securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) are made available by the Administrator, through NSCC, prior to the opening of business on the NYSE (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time) on each day that the NYSE is open for business. An Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to make certain representations to the Trust. The Trust reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, and will typically require verification with respect to a redemption request from the Fund in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the Authorized Participant, upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its representations as determined by the Trust, the redemption request will not be considered to have been received in proper form, and may be rejected by the Trust.
The redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of Fund Securities as announced by the Administrator on the Business Day of the request for redemption, plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities, less the redemption transaction fee and variable fees described below. Should the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, a compensating cash payment to the Trust equal to the differential plus the applicable redemption transaction fee will be required to be arranged for by or on behalf of the redeeming shareholder. The Fund reserves the right to honor a redemption request by delivering a basket of securities or cash that differs from the Fund Securities.
Redemption Transaction Fee
The standard (fixed) redemption transaction fee of for the Fund payable to the Custodian of [$_____], is imposed on each redemption transaction regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed in the transaction. However, the Custodian may increase the standard (fixed) redemption transaction fee for administration and settlement of non-standard orders requiring additional administrative processing by the Custodian.
In addition, a variable charge for cash redemptions or redemptions outside the Clearing Process may be imposed. In the case of cash redemptions or partial cash redemptions (when cash redemptions are permitted or required for the Fund), an additional variable charge may also be imposed to compensate the Fund for the costs associated with selling the applicable securities. As a result, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind redemption order process, the Trust expects to sell, in the secondary market, the portfolio securities or settle any financial instruments that may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Authorized Participant as a result of an in-kind redemption order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons (“Market Sales”). In such cases where the Trust makes Market Sales, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities and/or financial instruments were sold or settled by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at the Adviser’s discretion, may be capped), the
costs associated with certain derivatives transactions, applicable registration fees, brokerage commissions and certain taxes (“Transaction Costs”). The Adviser may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the redemption securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Component to protect ongoing shareholders. In no event will the variable fees charged by the Fund in connection with a redemption exceed 2% of the value of each Creation Unit. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services. To the extent the Fund cannot recoup the amount of Transaction Costs incurred in connection with a redemption from the redeeming shareholder because of the 2% cap or otherwise, those Transaction Costs will be borne by the Fund’s remaining shareholders and negatively affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund may adjust or waive all or a portion of its redemption transaction fee (including both the fixed and variable components) from time to time.
Portfolio Trading by Authorized Participants
When creation or redemption transactions consist of cash, the transactions may require the Fund to contemporaneously transact with broker-dealers for purchases or sales of portfolio securities, as applicable. Depending on the timing of the transactions and certain other factors, such transactions may be placed with the purchasing or redeeming Authorized Participant in its capacity as a broker-dealer or with its affiliated broker-dealer and conditioned upon an agreement with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer to transact at guaranteed prices in order to reduce transaction costs incurred as a consequence of settling creations or redemptions in cash rather than in-kind.
Specifically, following the Fund’s receipt of a creation or redemption order, to the extent such purchases or redemptions consist of a cash portion, the Fund may enter an order with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer to purchase or sell the portfolio securities, as applicable. Such Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer will be required to guarantee that the Fund will achieve execution of its order at a price at least as favorable to the Fund as the Fund’s valuation of the portfolio securities used for purposes of calculating the NAV applied to the creation or redemption transaction giving rise to the order. Whether the execution of the order is at a price at least as favorable to the Fund will depend on the results achieved by the executing firm and will vary depending on market activity, timing and a variety of other factors.
If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than the Fund’s valuation of the Deposit Securities, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions, and the Fund will return to the Authorized Participant the execution performance deposit. If, however, the broker-dealer executing the order is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund retains the portion of the execution performance deposit equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs) and may require the Authorized Participant to deposit any additional amount required to cover the full amount of the actual execution performance guarantee.
Placement of Redemption Orders Using Clearing Process
Orders to redeem Creation Units of the Fund through the Clearing Process, if available, must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. An order to redeem Creation Units of the Fund using the Clearing Process is deemed received on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date; and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed; such order will be effected based on the NAV of the Fund as next determined. An order to redeem Creation Units of the Fund using the Clearing Process made in proper form but received by the Fund after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be deemed received on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The requisite Fund Securities (or contracts to purchase such Fund Securities which are expected to be delivered in a “regular way” manner) and the applicable cash payment will be transferred by the prescribed settlement date.
Placement of Redemption Orders Outside Clearing Process—Domestic Funds
Orders to redeem Creation Units of the Fund outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. An Authorized Participant who wishes to place an order for redemption of Creation Units of the Fund to be effected outside the Clearing Process must state in such order that the Authorized Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption of Creation Units of the Fund will instead be effected through transfer of Creation Units of the Fund directly through DTC. An order to redeem Creation Units of the Fund outside the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Transfer Agent on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date; (ii) such order is preceded or accompanied by the requisite number of Shares of Creation Units specified in such order, which delivery must be made through DTC to the Transfer Agent on such Transmittal Date; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed.
After the Transfer Agent has deemed an order for redemption outside the Clearing Process received, the Transfer Agent will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Fund Securities (or contracts to purchase such Fund Securities) and the cash redemption payment to the redeeming Beneficial Owner by the prescribed settlement date. An additional variable redemption transaction fee may also be imposed.
Placement of Redemption Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds
Arrangements satisfactory to the Trust must be in place for the Authorized Participant to transfer the Creation Units through DTC on or before the settlement date. Redemptions of Shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Fund reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Deposit Securities under such laws.
In connection with taking delivery of Shares for Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or entity acting on behalf of a redeeming shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. If neither the redeeming shareholder nor the entity acting on behalf of a redeeming shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Fund Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities in such jurisdictions, the Trust may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the redeeming shareholder will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.
Due to the schedule of holidays in certain countries or for other reasons, however, the delivery of redemption proceeds may take longer than the normal settlement periods. In such cases, the local market settlement procedures will not commence until the end of the local holiday periods. For redemptions submitted on a dividend declaration date, the Fund intends to settle redemption transactions on the third (3rd) Business Day following the date on which such request for redemption is deemed received date (“T+3”).
The Fund may effect deliveries of Creation Units and redemption proceeds on a basis other than as described above in order to accommodate local holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates, or under certain other circumstances. If in-kind creations are permitted or required by the Fund, the ability of the Trust to effect in-kind creations and redemptions as described above, of receipt of an order in good form is subject to, among other things, the condition that, within the time period from the date of the order to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are holidays in the applicable foreign market.
For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the applicable non-U.S. market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. equity market, the redemption settlement cycle may be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a non-U.S. market due to emergencies may also prevent the Foreign Funds from delivering securities within the normal settlement period.
The securities delivery cycles currently practicable for transferring portfolio securities to redeeming investors, coupled with non-U.S. market holiday schedules, will require a delivery process longer than seven calendar days, in certain circumstances. In such cases, the local market settlement procedures will not commence until the end of the local holiday periods. The timing of settlement may also be affected by the proclamation of new holidays, the treatment by market participants of certain days as “informal holidays” (e.g., days on which no or limited securities transactions occur, as a result of substantially shortened trading hours), the elimination of existing holidays or changes in local securities delivery practices.
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND THE BOARD
The Board has general oversight responsibility with respect to the operation of the Trust and the Fund. The Board has engaged VEARA to serve as the investment adviser for the Fund and is responsible for overseeing the provision of services by the Adviser and the other service providers to the Trust and the Fund in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws. The Board is currently composed of six (6) Trustees, five of whom are Independent Trustees. In addition to five (5) regularly scheduled meetings per year, the Independent Trustees meet regularly in executive sessions among themselves and with their counsel to consider a variety of matters affecting the Trust. These sessions generally occur prior to, or during, scheduled Board meetings and at such other times as the Independent Trustees may deem necessary. Each Independent Trustee (other than Sara Bonesteel and Kevin Moore, who each began serving as Trustee on December 5, 2025) attended at least 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board in the year ending December 31, 2025. As discussed in further detail below, the Board has established three (3) standing committees to assist the Board in performing its oversight responsibilities.
The Board believes that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust and each of the funds, including factors such as the number of funds that comprise the Trust, the variety of asset classes in which those funds invest, the net assets of the Fund, the committee structure of the Trust, and the management, distribution and other service arrangements of the Fund. In connection with its determination, the Board considered that the Board is comprised primarily of Independent Trustees, and that the Chairperson of the Board and the Chairperson of each of the Audit Committee and the Governance Committee is an Independent Trustee. The Board believes having an interested trustee on the Board and as Chairperson of the Investment Oversight Committee provides it with additional access to the perspectives and resources of the Advisers and their affiliates. In addition, to further align the Trustees’ interests with those of Fund shareholders, the Board has, among other things, adopted a policy requiring each Trustee to maintain a minimum direct or indirect investment in the Funds.
The Chairperson presides at all meetings of the Board and participates in the preparation of the agenda for such meetings. She also serves as a liaison with management, service providers, officers, attorneys, and the other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairperson may also perform other such functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Trustees believe that the Chairperson’s independence facilitates meaningful dialogue between the Adviser and the Independent Trustees. Except for any duties specified herein or pursuant to the Trust’s Master Trust Agreement, the designation of Chairperson does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally.
The Independent Trustees regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board believes that its Committees help ensure that the Trust has effective and independent governance and oversight. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Trustees from management of the Trust, and from the Adviser.
RISK OVERSIGHT
The Fund and the Trust are subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational, and valuation risks. Day-to-day risk management functions are within the responsibilities of the Adviser, the Distributor and the other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Fund’s investment management, distribution and business affairs. The Adviser, the Distributor and the other service providers have their own, independent interests and responsibilities in risk management, and their policies and methods of carrying out risk management functions will depend, in part, on their individual priorities, resources and controls.
Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Fund and the Trust and is addressed through various activities of the Board and its Committees. As part of its regular oversight of the Fund and Trust, the Board, directly or through a Committee, meets with representatives of various service providers and reviews reports from, among others, the Adviser, the Distributor, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund, and the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund regarding risks faced by the Fund and relevant risk management functions. The Board or Investment Oversight Committee, with the assistance of management, reviews investment policies and related risks in connection with its review of the Fund’s performance and its evaluation of the nature and quality of the services provided by the Adviser. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer for the Fund who oversees the implementation and testing of the Fund’s compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Fund and its principal service providers. The Chief Compliance Officer’s designation, removal and compensation must be approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees. Material changes to the compliance program are reviewed by and approved by the Board. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Fund’s advisory, distribution and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of their operations and the functions for which they are responsible, including the manner in which such service providers implement and administer their codes of ethics and related policies and procedures. For certain of its service providers, such as the Adviser and Distributor, the Board also receives reports periodically regarding business
continuity and disaster recovery plans, as well as actions being taken to address cybersecurity and other information technology risks. With respect to valuation, the Board approves and periodically reviews valuation policies and procedures applicable to valuing the Fund’s shares. The Adviser is responsible for the implementation and day-to-day administration of these valuation policies and procedures and provides reports periodically to the Board regarding these and related matters. In addition, the Board or the Audit Committee of the Board receives reports at least annually from the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund regarding tests performed by such firm on the valuation of all securities. Reports received from the Adviser and the independent registered public accounting firm assist the Board in performing its oversight function of valuation activities and related risks.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Fund and the Trust can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks to achieve the Fund’s or Trust’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Board that may relate to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the function of the Board with respect to risk management is one of oversight and not active involvement in, or coordination of, day-to-day risk management activities for the Fund or Trust. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.
TRUSTEE INFORMATION
The Trustees of the Trust, their address, position with the Trust, age and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
TRUSTEE’S NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND YEAR OF BIRTH | POSITION(S) HELD WITH TRUST, TERM OF OFFICE(2) AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED | PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST FIVE YEARS | NUMBER OF PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX(3) OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE | OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD OUTSIDE THE FUND COMPLEX(3) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS |
| INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES: |
Jayesh Bhansali 1964 (A)(G)(I) | Trustee (since 2022) | Chief Investment Officer, IRIQIV LLC (a multi-family office). Formerly, Managing Director and Lead Portfolio Manager, Nuveen, a TIAA company. | [13] | Trustee, YMCA Retirement Fund; Trustee of Judge Baker Children's Center; Director of Under One Roof. |
Sara Bonesteel 1963 (A)(G)(I) | Trustee (since 2025); Chairperson of the Audit Committee (since June 2026) | Chief Investment Officer, International Insurance, Prudential Financial (insurance company). | [13] | Independent Director, Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings (Regulatory Board for S&P Global Ratings); Investment Oversight Committee Member, Prudential Employee Pension Plans. Formerly, Director, Prudential Holdings of Japan (Japan Holdco of Prudential Financial); Director, PGIM LOM (UK regulated company); Board of Trustees, Chairman of the Investment Committee, The Newark Museum of Art. |
| | | | |
Kevin Moore 1980 (A)(G)(I) | Trustee (since 2025); Chairperson of the Governance Committee (since June 2026) | Founder & Managing Partner, Serac Ventures (venture capital firm). Formerly, Partner, Spur Capital Partners. | [13] | Mayoral appointed Trustee & Investment Committee Member, Oklahoma MAPS Operating & Investment Trust; Foundation Board Member, Dean A. McGee Eye Institute; Board Member, Presbyterian Health Foundation. Formerly, Advisory Board Member, i2E Investment Management. |
Jane DiRenzo Pigott 1957(A)(G) (I) | Trustee (since 2007); Chairperson of the Board (since 2020) | Managing Director, R3 Group LLC (consulting firm). | [13] | Board member for Gratitude Railroad LLC and Impact Engine Management, PBC; Trustee of Northwestern University, Lyric Opera of Chicago and the Chicago Symphony Orchestra. Formerly, Director and Chair of Audit Committee of 3E Company (services relating to hazardous material safety); Director of MetLife Investment Funds, Inc. |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
TRUSTEE’S NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND YEAR OF BIRTH | POSITION(S) HELD WITH TRUST, TERM OF OFFICE(2) AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED | PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST FIVE YEARS | NUMBER OF PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX(3) OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE | OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD OUTSIDE THE FUND COMPLEX(3) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS |
R. Alastair Short 1953 (A)(G)(I) | Trustee (since 2004) | President, Apex Capital Corporation (personal investment vehicle). | [91] | Chairman and Independent Director, EULAV Asset Management; Lead Independent Director, Total Fund Solution; Independent Director, Contingency Capital, LLC; Trustee, Kenyon Review; Trustee, Children's Village. Formerly, Independent Director, Tremont offshore funds. |
| | | | |
| INTERESTED TRUSTEE: |
Jan F. van Eck(4) 1963 (I) | Trustee (Since 2019); Chairperson of the Investment Oversight Committee (since 2020); Chief Executive Officer and President (Since 2010) | Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of VEAC, VEARA and VESC; Officer and/or Director of other companies affiliated with VEAC and/or the Trust. | [91] | Director, National Committee on US-China Relations. |
(1)The address for each Trustee and officer is 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(2)Trustee serves until resignation, death, retirement or removal.
(3) The Fund Complex consists of VanEck CLO Opportunities Fund, VanEck Funds, VanEck VIP Trust and VanEck ETF Trust.
(4) “Interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Mr. van Eck is an officer of VEAC, VEARA and VESC. In addition, Mr. van Eck and members of his family own 100% of the voting stock of VEAC, which in turns owns 100% of the voting stock of each of VEARA and VESC.
(A) Member of the Audit Committee.
(G) Member of the Governance Committee.
(I) Member of the Investment Oversight Committee.
Set forth below is additional information relating to the professional experience, attributes and skills of each Trustee relevant to such individual’s qualifications to serve as a Trustee:
Jayesh Bhansali has extensive business and financial experience and currently serves as the Chief Investment Officer
of IRIQIV LLC, a multi-family office. He was previously a Managing Director and Lead Portfolio Manager at
Nuveen, a TIAA company, and has over 25 years of experience in the investment management industry. Mr. Bhansali
also serves as a member of the board for multiple not-for-profit organizations.
Sara Bonesteel has extensive experience, particularly in the investment management industry. She previously served as Chief Investment Officer – International at Prudential Financial, overseeing $125 billion, globally. Ms. Bonesteel also led the Alternative Products asset management unit at PGIM. She also has experience in risk management, compliance and regulatory matters, particularly in her role as an Independent Director of Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings.
Kevin Moore has extensive business and financial experience and serves as Managing Partner of Serac Ventures, an early-stage venture capital firm that invests in fintech and SaaS companies in the United States. He previously served as a Partner at Spur Capital Partners, and has over 15 years’ investment experience in public and private markets. Mr. Moore has prior experience as a trustee and member of the investment committee for the Oklahoma Teachers Retirement System. He currently serves as a trustee and member of the investment committee for the Oklahoma MAPS Operating & Investment Trust, Dean McGee Eye Institute Foundation, and Presbyterian Health Foundation.
Jane DiRenzo Pigott has extensive business and financial experience and serves as Managing Director of R3 Group LLC, a firm specializing in talent retention, development and matriculation consulting services. Ms. Pigott has prior experience as an independent trustee of other mutual funds and previously served as chair of the global Environmental Law practice group at Winston & Strawn LLP.
R. Alastair Short has extensive business and financial experience, particularly in the investment management industry. He has served as a president, board member or executive officer of various businesses, including asset management and private equity investment firms.
Jan F. van Eck has extensive business and financial experience, particularly in the investment management industry. He currently serves as president, executive officer and/or board member of various businesses, including VEAC, VESC, and VEARA.
The forgoing information regarding the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee is provided pursuant to requirements of the SEC, and does not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
The Board has established a standing Audit Committee, a standing Governance Committee, and a standing Investment Oversight Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Trust.
Audit Committee. The duties of this Committee include meeting with representatives of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm to review fees, services, procedures, conclusions and recommendations of independent registered public accounting firms and to discuss the Trust’s system of internal controls. Thereafter, the Committee reports to the Board the Committee’s findings and recommendations concerning internal accounting matters as well as its recommendation for retention or dismissal of the auditing firm. Except for any duties specified herein or pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, the designation of Chairperson of the Audit Committee does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally. The Audit Committee met four times during the last fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Ms. Bonesteel (Chairperson), Mr. Bhansali, Mr. Moore, Mr. Short and Ms. Pigott.
Governance Committee. The duties of this Committee include the consideration of recommendations to the Trustees for the Board nominations for Trustees, review of the composition of the Board, compensation and similar matters. In addition, the Governance Committee periodically reviews the performance of the Board and its Committees, including the effectiveness and composition of the overall Board, Board’s Committees, and the Chairperson of the Board and other related matters. When considering potential nominees for election to the Board and to fill vacancies occurring on the Board, where shareholder approval is not required, and as part of the annual self-evaluation, the Governance Committee reviews the mix of skills and other relevant experiences of the Trustees. The Governance Committee met four times during the last fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Mr. Moore (Chairperson), Mr. Bhansali, Ms. Bonesteel, Mr. Short and Ms. Pigott.
The Independent Trustees shall, when identifying candidates for the position of Independent Trustee, consider candidates recommended by a shareholder of the Fund if such recommendation provides sufficient background information concerning the candidate and evidence that the candidate is willing to serve as an Independent Trustee if selected, and is received in a sufficiently timely manner. Shareholders should address recommendations in writing to the attention of the Governance Committee, c/o the Secretary of the Trust, at 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The Secretary shall retain copies of any shareholder recommendations which meet the foregoing requirements for a period of not more than 12 months following receipt. The Secretary shall have no obligation to acknowledge receipt of any shareholder recommendations.
Investment Oversight Committee. The duties of this Committee include the review of investment performance of the Funds, meeting with relevant Adviser personnel and outside experts, and overseeing the provision of investment-related services for the Funds. In addition, the Committee will review on a periodic basis and consider a variety of matters, such as proposed material changes to, each Fund’s investment strategy (if applicable), investment processes, investment personnel, non-personnel resources, and relevant investment markets. The Investment Oversight Committee was established by vote of the Board, effective January 1, 2020. This Committee met four times during the last fiscal year and currently consists of all the Trustees, and Mr. van Eck serves as Chairperson.
OFFICER INFORMATION
The executive officers of the Trust, their age and address, the positions they hold with the Trust, their term of office and length of time served and their principal business occupations during the past five years are shown below:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
OFFICER’S NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND YEAR OF BIRTH | POSITION(S) HELD WITH TRUST | TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED(2) | PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS |
Lawrence G. Altadonna, 1966 | Vice President and Treasurer | Since 2024 | Vice President of VEAC and VEARA; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Fund Assistant Treasurer and Vice President of Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC (June 2022-January 2024). |
| Orhan Dzemaili, 1974 | Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer | Since 2025 | Assistant Vice President of VEAC and VEARA; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. (September 2022- July 2025). |
| Matthew A. Babinsky, 1983 | Assistant Vice President and Assistant Secretary | Since 2016 | Deputy General Counsel (since 2026), Vice President and Assistant Secretary of VEAC, VEARA and Van Eck Securities Corporation (VESC); Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Vice President of VEAC, VEARA and VESC. |
| Russell G. Brennan, 1964 | Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer | Since 2008 | Assistant Vice President of VEAC; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. |
| Charles T. Cameron, 1960 | Vice President | Since 1996 | Portfolio Manager for VEAC; Officer and/or Portfolio Manager of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Director of Trading of VEAC. |
John J. Crimmins, 1957 | Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer | Since 2012 | Vice President of VEAC and VEARA; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Vice President of VESC. Formerly, Treasurer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. |
Susan Curry, 1966 | Assistant Vice President | Since 2022 | Assistant Vice President of VEAC, VEARA and VESC; Formerly, Managing Director, Legg Mason, Inc. |
F. Michael Gozzillo, 1965 | Chief Compliance Officer | Since 2018 | Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of VEAC and VEARA; Chief Compliance Officer of VESC; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of City National Rochdale, LLC and City National Rochdale Funds. |
Laura Hamilton, 1977 | Vice President | Since 2019 | Assistant Vice President of VEAC and VESC; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Operations Manager of Royce & Associates. |
Laura I. Martínez, 1980 | Vice President and Assistant Secretary | Vice President (since 2016); Assistant Secretary (since 2008) | Deputy General Counsel (since 2026), Vice President and Assistant Secretary of VEAC, VEARA and VESC; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. Formerly, Associate General Counsel of VEAC, VEARA and VESC. |
James Parker, 1969 | Assistant Treasurer | Since 2014 | Assistant Vice President of VEAC and VEARA; Manager, Portfolio Administration of VEAC and VEARA; Officer of other investment companies advised by VEAC and VEARA. |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
OFFICER’S NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND YEAR OF BIRTH | POSITION(S) HELD WITH TRUST | TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED(2) | PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS |
| Jonathan R. Simon, 1974 | Senior Vice President; Secretary and Chief Legal Officer | Senior Vice President (since 2016); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (since 2014) | Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of VEAC, VEARA and VESC; Officer and/or Director of other companies affiliated with VEAC and/or the Trust. |
Andrew Tilzer, 1972 | Assistant Vice President | Since 2021 | Vice President of VEAC and VEARA; Vice President of Portfolio Administration of VEAC. Formerly, Assistant Vice President, Portfolio Operations of VEAC. |
(1)The address for each Executive Officer is 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(2)Officers are elected yearly by the Board.
TRUSTEE SHARE OWNERSHIP
For each Trustee, the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee in the Fund and in all registered investment companies advised by the Adviser or its affiliates (“Family of Investment Companies”) that are overseen by the Trustee is shown below:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Name of Trustee | | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund+ (As of December 31, 2025) | | |
| Jayesh Bhansali | | None | | |
| Sara Bonesteel | | None | | |
| | Jon Lukomnik(1) | | None | | |
| Kevin Moore | | None | | |
| | Jane DiRenzo Pigott | | None | | |
| | R. Alastair Short | | None | | |
| Jan F. van Eck | | None | | |
| | | | | |
(1) Mr. Lukomnik retired from the Board of Trustees effective June 30, 2026.
+ VanEck Wealth Builer ETF has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Name of Trustee | | Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen By Trustee In Family of Investment Companies (As of December 31, 2025)* | |
| Jayesh Bhansali | | [ ] | |
| Sara Bonsteel | | [ ] | |
| Jon Lukomnik(1) | | [ ] | |
| Kevin Moore | | [ ] | |
| Jane DiRenzo Pigott | | [ ] | |
| R. Alastair Short | | [ ] | |
| Jan F. van Eck | | [ ] | |
(1) Mr. Lukomnik retired from the Board of Trustees effective June 30, 2026.
* Includes ownership through the Trust's deferred compensation plan as of December 31, 2025.
As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers, as a group, did not own any shares of the Fund.
As to each Independent Trustee and his/her immediate family members, no person owned beneficially or of record securities in an investment manager or principal underwriter of the Fund, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the investment manager or principal underwriter of the Fund.
2025 COMPENSATION TABLE
The Trustees are paid for services rendered to the Trust, VanEck VIP Trust and VanEck CLO Opportunities Fund (the “VanEck Trusts”), each a registered investment company managed by the Advisers or their affiliates, which are allocated to VanEck CLO Opportunities Fund and each series of the Trust and VanEck VIP Trust based on their average daily net assets. Each Independent Trustee is paid an annual retainer of $80,000, a per meeting fee of $10,000 for regularly scheduled meetings of the Board and a per meeting fee of $5,000 for special Board and/or Committee meetings. Upon the launch of a new series of the VanEck Trusts or registered investment company added to the VanEck Trusts, the annual retainer for each Independent Trustee will increase by $2,500. The VanEck Trusts pay the Chairperson of the Board an annual retainer of $30,000, the Chairperson of the Audit Committee an annual retainer of $15,000 and the Chairperson of the Governance Committee an annual retainer of $15,000. The VanEck Trusts also reimburse each Trustee for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such meetings. No pension or retirement benefits are accrued as part of Trustee compensation.
The table below shows the compensation paid to the Independent Trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Annual Independent Trustee fees may be reviewed periodically and changed by the Board.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Jayesh Bhansali(1) | Sara Bonesteel(2) | Jon Lukomnik(3) | Kevin Moore(4) | Jane DiRenzo Pigott(5) | R. Alastair Short | |
| Aggregate Compensation from the VanEck Trusts | $160,000 | $26,667 | $160,000 | $26,667 | $175,000 | $160,000 | |
| Aggregate Deferred Compensation from the VanEck Trusts | $— | $— | $— | $— | $— | $— | |
| Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of the VanEck Trusts’ Expenses | N/A | $— | N/A | $— | N/A | N/A | |
| Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement | N/A | $— | N/A | $— | N/A | N/A | |
Total Compensation From the VanEck Trusts and the Fund Complex(5) Paid to Trustee | $160,000 | $26,667 | $160,000 | $26,667 | $175,000 | $471,000 | |
(1)As of December 31, 2025, the value of Mr. Bhansali’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $79,267.
(2) Ms. Bonesteel’s term as Independent Trustee commenced effective December 5, 2025.
(3) As of December 31, 2025, the value of Mr. Lukomnik’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $2,135,827. Mr. Lukomnik retired from the Board of Trustees effective June 30, 2026.
(4) Mr. Moore’s term as Independent Trustee commenced effective December 5, 2025.
(5) As of December 31, 2025, the value of Ms. Pigott’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $758,992.
(6) The “Fund Complex” consists of the VanEck Trusts and VanEck ETF Trust.
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Principal Holders Ownership
As of the date of this SAI, no entity beneficially owned any voting securities of the Fund.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Adviser (and its principals, affiliates or employees) may serve as investment adviser to other client accounts and conduct investment activities for their own accounts. Such “Other Clients” may have investment objectives or may implement investment strategies similar to those of the Fund. When the Adviser implements investment strategies for Other Clients that are similar or directly contrary to the positions taken by the Fund, the prices of the Fund’s securities may be negatively affected. For example, when purchase or sales orders for the Fund are aggregated with those of other Funds and/or Other Clients and allocated among them, the price that the Fund pays or receives may be more in the case of a purchase or less in a sale than if the Adviser served as adviser to only the Fund. When Other Clients are selling a security that the Fund owns, the price of that security may decline as a result of the sales. The compensation that the Adviser receives from Other Clients may be higher than the compensation paid by the Fund to the Adviser. The Adviser has implemented procedures to monitor trading across the Fund and its Other Clients. Furthermore, the Adviser may recommend the Fund purchase securities of issues to which it, or its affiliate, acts as adviser, manager, sponsor, distributor, marketing agent, or in another capacity and for which it receives advisory or other fees. While this practice may create conflicts of interest, the Adviser has adopted procedures to minimize such conflicts.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Fund’s proxy voting record is available upon request and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Proxies for the Fund’s portfolio securities are voted in accordance with the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, which are set forth in Appendix A to this SAI.
The Trust is required to disclose annually the Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX covering the period July 1 through June 30 and file it with the SEC no later than August 31. Form N-PX for the Fund is available through the Fund’s website, at vaneck.com, or by writing to 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017. The Fund’s Form N-PX is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
CODE OF ETHICS
The Fund, the Adviser and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 17j-1”). Such Codes of Ethics require, among other things, that “access persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) conduct personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility. The Codes of Ethics allow such access persons to invest in securities that may be purchased and held by the Fund, provided such investments are done consistently with the provisions of the Codes of Ethics.
VALUATION OF SHARES
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s Prospectus entitled “Shareholder Information—Determination of NAV.”
The NAV per Share for the Fund is computed by dividing the value of the net assets of the Fund (i.e., the value of its total assets less total liabilities) by the total number of Shares outstanding. Expenses and fees, including the management fee, are accrued daily and taken into account for purposes of determining NAV. The NAV of the Fund is determined each business day as of the close of trading (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on the NYSE.
The values of the Fund’s portfolio securities are based on the securities’ closing prices on the markets on which the securities trade, when available. Due to the time differences between the United States and certain countries in which the Fund invests, securities on these exchanges may not trade at times when Shares of the Fund will trade. In the absence of a last reported sales price, or if no sales were reported, and for other assets for which market quotes are not readily available, values may be based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers or by an outside independent pricing service. Debt instruments with remaining maturities of more than 60 days are valued at the evaluated mean price provided by an outside independent pricing service. If an outside independent pricing service is unable to provide a valuation, the instrument is valued at the mean of the highest bid and the lowest asked quotes obtained from one or more brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser. Prices obtained by an outside independent pricing service may use information provided by market makers or estimates of market values obtained from yield data related to investments or securities with similar characteristics and may use a computerized grid matrix of securities and its evaluations in determining what it believes is the fair value of the portfolio securities. Short-term debt instruments having a maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars at the current market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more sources. If a market quotation for a security or other asset is not
readily available or the Adviser believes it does not otherwise accurately reflect the market value of the security or asset at the time the Fund calculates its NAV, the security or asset will be fair valued by the Adviser in accordance with the Trust’s valuation policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. The Fund may also use fair value pricing in a variety of circumstances, including but not limited to, situations when the value of a security in the Fund’s portfolio has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which the security is principally traded (such as a corporate action or other news that may materially affect the price of a security) or trading in a security has been suspended or halted. In addition, the Fund currently expects that it will fair value certain of the foreign equity securities held by the Fund, if any, each day the Fund calculates its NAV, except those securities principally traded on exchanges that close at the same time the Fund calculates its NAV.
Accordingly, the Fund’s NAV may reflect certain portfolio securities’ fair values rather than their market prices at the time the exchanges on which they principally trade close. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that a fair value determination for a security or other asset is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of such security or asset. With respect to securities that are principally traded on foreign exchanges, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell your Shares.
TAXES
The following summary outlines certain federal income tax considerations relating to an investment in the Fund by a taxable U.S. investor (as defined below). This summary is intended only to provide general information to U.S. investors that hold the shares as a capital asset, is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning, does not address any foreign, state or local tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, and does not address the tax considerations that may be relevant to investors subject to special treatment under the Code, including, without limitation, U.S. expatriates, brokers or dealers in securities, traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. investors (except to the limited extent discussed below), regulated investment companies, REITs, grantor trusts, U.S. investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, financial institutions, insurance companies, personal holding companies, or persons who acquire an interest in the Fund in connection with the performance of services. This summary should not be construed as legal or tax advice. This summary is based on the provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative pronouncements of the IRS and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this SAI. Those authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized herein. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the potential federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, with specific reference to their own tax situation.
As used herein, the term “U.S. investor” means an investor that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S., (2) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or of any political subdivision thereof, (3) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if (i) it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and one or more U.S. persons as described in Code Section 7701(a)(30) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. The term “Non-U.S. investor” means any investor that is not a U.S. investor, and who, in addition, is not a partnership or other fiscally transparent entity. If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership or equity owner in such other entity generally will depend on the status of the partner or equity owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity.
TAXATION OF THE FUND IN GENERAL
The Fund has elected and intends to operate in a manner that will permit it to qualify to be treated each taxable year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) satisfy certain diversification requirements.
As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and capital gain net income (net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders if at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year is distributed. However, if for any taxable year the Fund does not satisfy the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at the corporate income tax rate without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings or profits. In lieu of potential disqualification, the Fund is permitted to pay a tax for certain failures to satisfy the above requirements, which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
The Fund will be liable for a nondeductible 4% excise tax on amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement. To avoid the excise tax, during each calendar year the Fund must distribute, or be deemed to have distributed, (i) at least 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) at least 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the twelve month period ending on October 31 and (iii) all ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during such years. For this purpose, any income or gain retained by the Fund that is subject to corporate tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions to avoid this 4% excise tax.
The capital losses of the Fund, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Fund may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. Any net capital losses of the Fund realized that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Fund in succeeding taxable years.
TAXATION OF THE FUND'S INVESTMENTS
Original Issue Discount and Market Discount. For federal income tax purposes, debt securities purchased by the Fund may be treated as having original issue discount. Original issue discount represents interest for federal income tax purposes and can generally be defined as the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of a debt obligation over the issue price. Original issue discount is treated for federal income tax purposes as income earned by the Fund, whether or not any income is actually received, and therefore is subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Generally, the amount of original issue discount included in the income of the Fund each year is determined on the basis of a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the compounding of accrued interest. Because the Fund must include original issue discount in income regardless of whether they actually receive income, investment in original issue discount securities will make it more difficult for the Fund to make the distributions required for it to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code or to avoid the 4% excise tax described above.
Debt securities may be purchased by the Fund at a discount which exceeds the original issue discount remaining on the securities, if any, at the time the Fund purchased the securities. This additional discount represents market discount for federal income tax purposes. In the case of any debt security issued after July 18, 1984, having a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issue and having market discount, the gain realized on disposition will be treated as interest to the extent it does not exceed the accrued market discount on the security (unless the Fund elects to include such accrued market discount in income in the tax year to which it is attributable). Generally, market discount is accrued on a daily basis. The Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, part or all of any direct interest expense incurred or continued to purchase or carry any debt security having market discount, unless it makes the election to include market discount currently.
Options, Futures, Forward Contracts, Swap Agreements and Hedging Transactions. In general, option premiums received by the Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by the Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.
The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by the Fund as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the Fund on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.
In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, the Fund’s transactions in other derivatives instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short
sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivatives instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid the Fund-level tax.
Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.
Foreign Currency Transactions. Under Section 988 of the Code, special rules are provided for certain foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency gains or losses from foreign currency contracts (whether or not traded in the interbank market), from futures contracts on foreign currencies that are not “regulated futures contracts,” and from unlisted or equity options are treated as ordinary income or loss under Section 988 of the Code. The Fund may elect to have foreign currency-related regulated futures contracts and listed non-equity options be subject to ordinary income or loss treatment under Section 988 of the Code. In addition, in certain circumstances, the Fund may elect capital gain or loss treatment for foreign currency transactions. The rules under Section 988 of the Code may also affect the timing of income recognized by the Fund. The Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations excluding foreign currency gains that are not directly related to a regulated investment company’s investment in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) for purposes of the qualifying income test described above, and so the Fund may have to limit its investments in order to enable it to satisfy this test.
PFIC investments. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign companies that may be classified under the Code as PFICs. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least one-half of its assets constitute investment-type assets or 75% or more of its gross income is investment-type income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Fund generally intends to mark-to-market these securities under certain provisions of the Code and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of the Fund’s fiscal and excise tax years. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Fund is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Fund. Foreign companies are not required to identify themselves as PFICs. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Fund can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Fund to make a mark-to-market or other appropriate election. If the Fund is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.
Investments in Commodities and Commodity-Linked Derivatives. The Fund may gain exposure to the commodities markets through investments in commodity index-linked derivative instruments. Commodities, including precious metals, are not qualifying assets for purposes of satisfying the diversification requirements and gains from these investments are not considered qualifying income for purposes of satisfying the income requirement for treatment as a regulated investment company. An IRS revenue ruling holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps also is not qualifying income for purposes of the income requirement. In September 2016, the Internal Revenue Service announced that it will no longer issue private letter rulings on questions relating to the treatment of a corporation as a regulated investment company that require a determination of whether a financial instrument or position is a security under section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act. A financial instrument or position that constitutes a security under section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act generates qualifying income for a corporation taxed as a regulated investment company. The IRS also revoked private letter rulings issued to some funds regarding the treatment of income from commodity-linked notes held directly by such funds. Given the uncertainty surrounding the treatment of certain commodity-linked derivative instruments under the qualification tests for a regulated investment company, the Fund may face limits on its ability to invest directly in such derivative instruments.
Investment in Other RICs. The Fund may invest in shares of other RICs, including affiliated and unaffiliated open-end funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds (collectively, "underlying RICs"). Distributions received by the Fund from an underlying RIC generally will be includable in the Fund's investment company taxable income and, except to the extent designated by the underlying RIC as a capital gain dividend, exempt-interest dividend, or qualified dividend income, will be taxable to the Fund as ordinary income when distributed to the Fund's shareholders. Capital gain dividends received by the Fund from an underlying RIC will retain their character as long-term capital gain when distributed to the Fund's shareholders, provided the Fund properly reports such amounts as capital gain dividends.
TAXATION OF U.S. INVESTORS
Fund Distributions. Distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits, a portion of which may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates as discussed below. Dividends of net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss are generally taxable as ordinary income to shareholders. Distributions of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) that are properly reported by the Fund as such are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of the length of time the shares of the Fund have been held by such shareholders, except to the extent of gain from a sale or disposition of collectibles, such as precious metals, taxable currently at a maximum 24% rate. Any loss incurred on a redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Fund on those shares. Distributions by the Fund that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of shares.
Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net capital gain will be taxable as described above whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares. When distributions are received in the form of shares issued by the Fund, the amount of the dividend/distribution deemed to have been received by participating shareholders generally is the amount of cash which would otherwise have been received. In such case, participating shareholders will have a tax liability without a corresponding receipt of cash and will also have a basis for federal income tax purposes in each share received from the Fund equal to such amount of cash.
Dividends and/or distributions by the Fund result in a reduction in the net asset value of the Fund’s shares. Should a dividend/distribution reduce the net asset value below a shareholder’s cost basis, such dividend/distribution nevertheless would be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income or long-term capital gain as described above, even though, from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. In particular, investors should be careful to consider the tax implications of buying shares just prior to a dividend/distribution. The price of shares purchased at that time includes the amount of any forthcoming dividend/distribution. Those investors purchasing shares just prior to a dividend/distribution will then receive a return of their investment upon payment of such dividend/distribution which will nevertheless be taxable to them.
Qualified Dividend Income. A portion of the dividend income received by the Fund may constitute qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at a maximum rate of 20% to individuals, trusts and estates. If the aggregate amount of qualified dividend income received by the Fund during any taxable year is less than 95% of the Fund’s gross income (as specifically defined for that purpose), qualified dividend treatment applies only if and to the extent reported by the Fund as qualified dividend income. The Fund may report such dividends as qualified dividend income only to the extent the Fund itself has qualified dividend income for the taxable year with respect to which such dividends are made. Qualified dividend income is generally dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with comprehensive tax treaties with the United States, or whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States), provided the Fund has held the stock in such corporations for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (the “holding period requirement”). In order to be eligible for the 20% maximum rate on dividends from the Fund attributable to qualified dividends, shareholders must separately satisfy the holding period requirement with respect to their Fund shares.
Dividends-Received Deduction for Corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Fund that so qualifies will be reported by the Fund to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Fund from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Fund and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Fund may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Fund were debt-financed or held by the Fund for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Fund shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Fund dividends on your shares may also be reduced
or eliminated. Income derived by the Fund from investments in derivatives, fixed income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.
Pass-through of Foreign Tax Credits. The Fund may be subject to a tax on dividend or interest income received from securities of a non-U.S. issuer withheld by a foreign country at the source. The U.S. has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Fund’s assets to be invested within various countries is not known. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of a taxable year consists of stocks or securities in foreign corporations, and the Fund satisfies the holding period requirements, the Fund may elect to pass through to its shareholders the foreign income taxes paid thereby. A qualified fund of funds, i.e. a Fund at least 50 percent of the value of the total assets of which (at the close of each quarter of the taxable year) is represented by interests in other RICs, is eligible to pass-through to shareholders foreign tax credits. In such case, the shareholders would be treated as receiving, in addition to the distributions actually received by the shareholders, their proportionate share of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund or received from underlying funds, and will be treated as having paid such foreign taxes. The shareholders generally will be entitled to deduct or, subject to certain limitations, claim a foreign tax credit with respect to such foreign income taxes. A foreign tax credit may be allowed for shareholders who hold shares of the Fund for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning on the date that is 15 days before the ex-dividend date. Under certain circumstances, individual shareholders who have been passed through foreign tax credits of no more than $300 ($600 in the case of married couples filing jointly) during a tax year can elect to claim the foreign tax credit for these amounts directly on their federal income tax returns (IRS Forms 1040) without having to file a separate Form 1116 or having to comply with most foreign tax credit limitations, provided certain other requirements are met..
Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required to backup withhold federal income tax at a current rate of 24% from dividends paid to any shareholder who fails to furnish a certified taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) or who fails to certify that he or she is exempt from such withholding, or who the IRS notifies the Fund as having provided the Fund with an incorrect TIN or failed to properly report interest or dividends for federal income tax purposes. Any such withheld amount will be fully creditable on the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return, provided certain requirements are met. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties.
Medicare Tax. A U.S. person that is an individual is subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. person’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. person’s modified gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which currently is between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). Estates and trusts that do not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax are subject to the same 3.8% tax on the lesser of their undistributed net investment income and the excess of their adjusted gross income over a certain threshold. Net investment income generally includes dividends on our stock and gain from the sale of our stock. A prospective investor that is a U.S. individual, estate or trust is urged to consult a tax advisor regarding the applicability of this tax.
Dividends Declared in December and Paid in January. Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into account in the year in which the distributions are made. However, dividends declared in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders (and made by the Fund) on December 31 of such calendar year if such dividends are actually paid in January of the following year. Shareholders will be advised annually as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year in accordance with the guidance that has been provided by the IRS.
Wash Sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Fund shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Fund (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.
Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by the Fund, the Fund generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.
Reportable Transactions. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
TAXATION OF NON-U.S. INVESTORS
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. investor investing in the Fund is complex and will vary depending upon the circumstances of the Non-U.S. investor and the activities of the Fund. Distributions of ordinary income paid to Non-U.S. investors generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under an applicable treaty. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for certain capital gain dividends paid by the Fund from net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, if such amounts are reported by the Fund. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Prospective Non-U.S. investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences applicable to them.
FOREIGN ACCOUNT TAX COMPLIANCE ACT
As part of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, (“FATCA”), the Fund is required to impose a 30% withholding tax on income dividends paid by the Fund to (i) foreign financial institutions (“FFI’s”), including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain nonfinancial foreign entities (“NFFE’s”), unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. After December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Fund shares; however, based on proposed regulations recently issued by the IRS, which can be relied on currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected).To avoid possible withholding, FFI’s, other than FFIs subject to special treatment under certain intergovernmental agreements, will need to enter into agreements with the IRS which state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, account numbers and balances, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of U.S. account holders and comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts as well as agree to withhold tax on certain types of withholdable payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to applicable foreign account holders who fail to provide the required information to the IRS, or similar account information and required documentation to a local revenue authority, should an applicable intergovernmental agreement be implemented. NFFE’s will need to provide certain information regarding each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership, unless certain exceptions apply, or agree to provide certain information to the IRS.
The Fund may be subject to the FATCA withholding obligation, and also will be required to perform due diligence reviews to classify foreign entity investors for FATCA purposes. Investors are required to agree to provide information necessary to allow the Fund to comply with the FATCA rules. If the Fund is required to withhold amounts from payments pursuant to FATCA, investors will receive distributions that are reduced by such withholding amounts.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
The Trust is an open-end management investment company organized as a business trust under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on April 3, 1985. On May 1, 2016, Van Eck Funds changed its name to VanEck Funds.
The Board has authority to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, $.001 par value. Seven separate series of the Trust are currently being offered.
The Fund is classified as a non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act. A diversified fund is the Fund which meets the following requirements: At least 75% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), Government securities, securities of other investment companies and other securities for the purpose of this calculation limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. A non-diversified fund is any fund other than a diversified fund. This means that the fund at the close of each quarter of its taxable year must, in general, limit its investment in the securities of a single issuer to (i) no more than 25% of its assets, (ii) with respect to 50% of the fund’s assets, no more than 5% of its assets, and (iii) the fund will not own more than 10% of outstanding voting securities. The Fund is a separate pool of assets of the Trust which is separately managed and which may have a different investment objective from that of another Fund. The Board has the authority, without the necessity of a shareholder vote, to create any number of new series.
Each share of the Fund has equal dividend, redemption and liquidation rights and when issued is fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. Under the Trust’s Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement, as amended (the “Master Trust Agreement”), no annual or regular meeting of shareholders is required. Thus, there will ordinarily be no shareholder meetings unless required by the 1940 Act. The Board is a self-perpetuating body unless and until fewer than 50% of the Trustees, then
serving as Trustees, are Trustees who were elected by shareholders. At that time a meeting of shareholders will be called to elect additional trustees. On any matter submitted to the shareholders, the holder of each Trust share is entitled to one vote per share (with proportionate voting for fractional shares). Under the Master Trust Agreement, any Trustee may be removed by vote of two-thirds of the outstanding Trust shares, and holders of ten percent or more of the outstanding shares of the Trust can require the Board to call a meeting of shareholders for purposes of voting on the removal of one or more Trustees. Shares of the Fund vote as a separate class, except with respect to the election of Trustees and as otherwise required by the 1940 Act. On matters affecting an individual Fund, a separate vote of that Fund is required. Shareholders of the Fund are not entitled to vote on any matter not affecting that Fund. In accordance with the 1940 Act, under certain circumstances, the Trust will assist shareholders in communicating with other shareholders in connection with calling a special meeting of shareholders.
Under Massachusetts law, the shareholders of the Trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liability for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Master Trust Agreement disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees. The Master Trust Agreement provides for indemnification out of the Trust’s property of all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. The Adviser believes that, in view of the above, the risk of personal liability to shareholders is remote.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Custodian. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian of the Trust’s portfolio securities, cash, coins and bullion. The Custodian is authorized, upon the approval of the Trust, to establish credits or debits in dollars or foreign currencies with, and to cause portfolio securities of the Fund to be held by its overseas branches or subsidiaries, and foreign banks and foreign securities depositories which qualify as eligible foreign custodians under the rules adopted by the SEC.
Transfer Agent. State Street, serves as transfer agent for the Fund.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. ____________________, serves as independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust.
Counsel. Stradley Ronon Stevens and Young LLP, 2005 Market Street, Suite 2600, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Trust.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Fund does not have financial statements as it has not yet commenced operations.
APPENDIX A
VEARA'S PROXY VOTING POLICIES
VANECK PROXY VOTING POLICIES
VanEck (the “Adviser” or “VanEck”) has adopted the following policies and procedures which are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of its clients in accordance with its fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. When the Adviser has been granted proxy voting authority by a client, the adviser owes its clients the duties of care and loyalty in performing this service on their behalf. The duty of care requires the adviser to monitor corporate actions and vote client proxies. The duty of loyalty requires the adviser to cast the proxy votes in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of the client.
Rule 206(4)-6 also requires the Adviser to disclose information about the proxy voting procedures to its clients and to inform clients how to obtain information about how their proxies were voted. Additionally, Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act requires the Adviser to maintain certain proxy voting records.
The Adviser that exercises voting authority without complying with Rule 206(4)-6 will be deemed to have engaged in a “fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative” act, practice or course of business within the meaning of Section 206(4) of the Advisers Act.
The Adviser intends to vote all proxies in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, and in the best interests of clients without influence by real or apparent conflicts of interest. To assist in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall voting process, the Adviser has engaged an independent third party proxy voting specialist, Glass Lewis & Co., LLC. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and recordkeeping.
Resolving Material Conflicts of Interest
When a material conflict of interest exists, proxies will be voted in the following manner:
1. Strict adherence to the Glass Lewis guidelines, or
2.The potential conflict will be disclosed to the client:
a.with a request that the client vote the proxy,
b.with a recommendation that the client engage another party to determine how the proxy should be voted or
c.if the foregoing are not acceptable to the client, disclosure of how VanEck intends to vote and a written consent to that vote by the client.
Any deviations from the foregoing voting mechanisms must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer with a written explanation of the reason for the deviation.
A material conflict of interest means the existence of a business relationship between a portfolio company or an affiliate and the Adviser, any affiliate or subsidiary, or an “affiliated person” of a VanEck mutual fund. Examples of when a material conflict of interest exists include a situation where the adviser provides significant investment advisory, brokerage or other services to a company whose management is soliciting proxies; an officer of the Adviser serves on the board of a charitable organization that receives charitable contributions from the portfolio company and the charitable organization is a client of the Adviser; a portfolio company that is a significant selling agent of the Adviser’s products and services solicits proxies; a broker-dealer or insurance company that controls 5% or more of the Adviser’s assets solicits proxies; the Adviser serves as an investment adviser to the pension or other investment account of the portfolio company; the Adviser and the portfolio company have a lending relationship. In each of these situations voting against management may cause the Adviser a loss of revenue or other benefit.
Client Inquiries
All inquiries by clients as to how the Adviser has voted proxies must immediately be forwarded to Portfolio Administration.
Disclosure to Clients:
1.Notification of Availability of Information
a.Client Brochure - The Client Brochure or Part II of Form ADV will inform clients that they can obtain information from the Adviser on how their proxies were voted. The Client Brochure or Part II of Form ADV will be mailed to each client annually. The Legal Department will be responsible for coordinating the mailing with Sales/Marketing Departments.
2.Availability of Proxy Voting Information
a.At the client’s request or if the information is not available on the Adviser’s website, a hard copy of the account’s proxy votes will be mailed to each client.
Recordkeeping Requirements
1. VanEck will retain the following documentation and information for each matter relating to a portfolio security with respect to which a client was entitled to vote:
a.proxy statements received;
b.identifying number for the portfolio security;
c.shareholder meeting date;
d.brief identification of the matter voted on;
e.whether the vote was cast on the matter;
f.how the vote was cast (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of directors);
g.records of written client requests for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client;
h.a copy of written responses from the Adviser to any written or oral client request for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client; and any documents prepared by the Adviser that were material to the decision on how to vote or that memorialized the basis for the decision, if such documents were prepared.
2.Copies of proxy statements filed on EDGAR, and proxy statements and records of proxy votes maintained with a third party (i.e., proxy voting service) need not be maintained. The third party must agree in writing to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.
3.If applicable, any document memorializing that the costs of voting a proxy exceed the benefit to the client or any other decision to refrain from voting, and that such abstention was in the client’s best interest.
4.Proxy voting records will be maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two at the office of the Adviser. Proxy statements on file with EDGAR or maintained by a third party and proxy votes maintained by a third party are not subject to these particular retention requirements.
Voting Foreign Proxies
At times the Adviser may determine that, in the best interests of its clients, a particular proxy should not be voted. This may occur, for example, when the cost of voting a foreign proxy (translation, transportation, etc.) would exceed the benefit of voting the proxy or voting the foreign proxy may cause an unacceptable limitation on the sale of the security. Any such instances will be documented by the Portfolio Manager and reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer.
Securities Lending
Certain portfolios managed by the Adviser participate in securities lending programs to generate additional revenue. Proxy voting rights generally pass to the borrower when a security is on loan. The Adviser will use its best efforts to recall a security on loan and vote such securities if the Portfolio Manager determines that the proxy involves a material event.
Proxy Voting Policy
The Adviser has reviewed the Glass Lewis Proxy Guidelines (“Guidelines”) and has determined that the Guidelines are consistent with the Adviser’s proxy voting responsibilities and its fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. The Adviser will review any material amendments to the Guidelines.
While it is the Adviser’s policy to generally follow the Guidelines, the Adviser retains the right, on any specific proxy, to vote differently from the Guidelines, if the Adviser believes it is in the best interests of its clients. Any such exceptions will be documented by the Adviser and reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer.
The portfolio manager or analyst covering the security is responsible for making proxy voting decisions. Portfolio Administration, in conjunction with the portfolio manager and the custodian, is responsible for monitoring corporate actions and ensuring that corporate actions are timely voted.
United States
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines
www.glasslewis.com
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Table of Contents
Guidelines Introduction7
Summary of Changes for 20267
Clarifying Amendments8
Majority Vote for Election of Directors8
Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws8
Supermajority Vote Requirements8
General Approach to Shareholder Proposals8
A Board of Directors that Serves Shareholder Interest10
Election of Directors10
Independence10
Committee Independence13
Independent Chair14
Performance15
Board Responsiveness16
Board Responsiveness to Shareholder Proposals17
The Role of a Committee Chair18
Audit Committees and Performance18
Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee19
Material Weaknesses21
Compensation Committee Performance22
Nominating and Governance Committee Performance24
Board-Level Risk Management Oversight28
Board Oversight of Environmental and Social Issues28
Board Oversight of Technology29
Board Accountability for Environmental and Social Performance31
Director Commitments32
Other Considerations33
Controlled Companies35
Significant Shareholders36
Governance Following an IPO, Spin-Off, or Direct Listing36
Governance Following a Business Combination with a Special Purpose Acquisition Company37
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Dual-Listed or Foreign-Incorporated Companies38
OTC-listed Companies38
Mutual Fund Boards39
Declassified Boards40
Board Composition and Refreshment41
Board Diversity42
Board Gender Diversity42
Board Underrepresented Community Diversity43
State Laws on Diversity43
Disclosure of Director Diversity and Skills43
Proxy Access44
Majority Vote for Election of Directors44
The Majority Vote Standard44
The Plurality Vote Standard45
Conflicting and Excluded Proposals45
Transparency and Integrity in Financial Reporting48
Auditor Ratification48
Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification49
Pension Accounting Issues50
The Link Between Compensation and Performance51
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)51
Say-on-Pay Voting Recommendations52
Company Responsiveness54
Pay for Performance54
Short-Term Incentives56
Long-Term Incentives57
Grants of Front-Loaded Awards58
Linking Executive Pay to Environmental and Social Criteria59
One-Time Awards60
Contractual Payments and Arrangements60
Sign-on Awards and Severance Benefits61
Change in Control61
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Excise Tax Gross-ups61
Amended Employment Agreements62
Recoupment Provisions (Clawbacks)62
Hedging of Stock63
Pledging of Stock63
Executive Ownership Guidelines64
Compensation Consultant Independence64
CEO Pay Ratio64
Frequency of Say-on-Pay65
Vote on Golden Parachute Arrangements65
Equity-Based Compensation Proposals65
Option Exchanges and Repricing67
Option Backdating, Spring-Loading and Bullet-Dodging68
Director Compensation Plans69
Employee Stock Purchase Plans69
Executive Compensation Tax Deductibility — Amendment to IRC 162(M)70
Governance Structure and the Shareholder Franchise71
Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws71
Anti-Takeover Measures71
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)71
NOL Poison Pills72
Fair Price Provisions73
Control Share Statutes74
Quorum Requirements74
Director and Officer Indemnification75
Officer Exculpation75
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Reincorporation75
Exclusive Forum and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions76
Mandatory Arbitration Provisions77
Authorized Shares78
Advance Notice Requirements79
Virtual Shareholder Meetings79
Voting Structure80
Multi-Class Share Structures80
Cumulative Voting81
Supermajority Vote Requirements82
Transaction of Other Business82
Anti-Greenmail Proposals82
Mutual Funds: Investment Policies and Advisory Agreements82
Real Estate Investment Trusts83
Preferred Stock Issuances at REITs83
Business Development Companies84
Authorization to Sell Shares at a Price Below Net Asset Value84
Auditor Ratification and Below-NAV Issuances84
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies85
Extension of Business Combination Deadline85
SPAC Board Independence85
Director Commitments of SPAC Executives86
Shareholder Proposals86
Overall Approach to Environmental, Social & Governance Issues 87
Connect with Glass Lewis89
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
About Glass Lewis
Glass Lewis is the world’s choice for governance solutions. We enable institutional investors and publicly
listed companies to make informed decisions based on research and data. We cover 30,000+ meetings each year,
across approximately 100 global markets. Our team has been providing in-depth analysis of companies since
2003, relying solely on publicly available information to inform its policies, research, and voting
recommendations.
Our customers include the majority of the world’s largest pension plans, mutual funds, and asset
managers, collectively managing over $40 trillion in assets. We have teams located across the United States,
Europe, and Asia-Pacific giving us global reach with a local perspective on the important governance issues.
Investors around the world depend on Glass Lewis’ Viewpoint platform to manage their proxy voting, policy
implementation, recordkeeping, and reporting. Our industry leading Proxy Paper product provides
comprehensive research and voting recommendations weeks ahead of voting deadlines. Public companies can
also use our innovative Report Feedback Statement to deliver their opinion on our proxy research directly to the
voting decision makers at every investor client in time for voting decisions to be made or changed.
The research team engages extensively with public companies, investors, regulators, and other industry
stakeholders to gain relevant context into the realities surrounding companies, sectors, and the market in
general. This enables us to provide the most comprehensive and pragmatic insights to our customers.
Join the Conversation
Glass Lewis is committed to ongoing engagement with all market participants.
info@glasslewis.com | www.glasslewis.com
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Purpose
The purpose of the Benchmark Policy proxy research and advice is to serve as a framework that facilitates
shareholder voting in favor of governance structures that will drive performance and promote and maintain
long-term shareholder value.
Guidelines Introduction
Summary of Changes for 2026
Glass Lewis evaluates these guidelines on an ongoing basis and formally updates them on an annual basis.
For 2026, the language in this document has been updated to clarify that these guidelines contain the views of
the Benchmark Policy. The Benchmark Policy reflects broad investor opinion and widely accepted governance
principles and is intended to provide clients with nuanced analysis informed by market best practice, regulation,
and prevailing investor sentiment. This change better conveys Glass Lewis’ role as a service provider to a diverse,
global client base with a wide spectrum of viewpoints and objectives. The Benchmark Policy represents just one
of Glass Lewis’ policy offerings.
In addition, the following noteworthy revisions have been made to the Benchmark Policy, which are summarized
below and discussed in greater detail in the relevant section of this document.
Mandatory Arbitration Provisions
The Benchmark Policy guidelines now include a discussion on its approach to mandatory arbitration provisions.
Specifically, when evaluating companies’ governing documents following completion of a company’s IPO, spin-
off, or direct listing, the Benchmark Policy will review whether a company has adopted a mandatory arbitration
provision or other potentially negative governance provisions. In such cases, it may lead the Benchmark Policy to
issue a recommendation that shareholders oppose the election of the chair of the governance committee, or, in
certain circumstances, the entire committee. In addition, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that
shareholders vote against any bylaw or charter amendment seeking to adopt a mandatory arbitration provision
unless the company provides sufficient rationale and disclosure.
Pay-for-Performance Methodology
The “Pay for Performance” section of these guidelines has been updated to reflect enhancements and
modifications to Glass Lewis’s proprietary pay-for-performance model. Rather than a single letter grade of “A”
through “F”, the model will use a scorecard-based approach, consisting of up to six tests. Each test will receive a
rating, which will be aggregated on a weighted basis to determine an overall score ranging from 0 to 100. To
better understand the model, please see the Pay-for-Performance Methodology Overview.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Clarifying Amendments
The following sections of the Benchmark Policy have been clarified:
Shareholder Rights
The Benchmark Policy’s discussion on cases where the board has amended the company’s governing documents
to reduce or remove important shareholder rights has been updated to reflect additional considerations that
may lead the Benchmark Policy to recommend that shareholders vote against the chair of the governance
committee, or the entire committee. Examples of amendments that could lead to such recommendations
include those that: (i) limit the ability of shareholders to submit shareholder proposals; (ii) limit the ability of
shareholders to file derivative lawsuits; and (iii) implement plurality voting in lieu of majority voting.
Majority Vote for Election of Directors
The Benchmark Policy’s discussion on voting standards for the election of directors has been updated to make
certain clarifying changes and update outdated references. There have been no changes in policy or approach as
a result of these updates.
Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws
The Benchmark Policy’s approach to amendments to the certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws has been
consolidated into a single section. The Benchmark Policy guidelines now stipulate that it evaluates proposed
amendments to a company's certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws on a case-by-case basis. The Benchmark
Policy is strongly opposed to the practice of bundling several amendments under a single proposal because it
prevents shareholders from reviewing each amendment on its own merit. In general, the Benchmark Policy will
recommend voting for amendments that are unlikely to have a material negative impact on shareholders'
interests.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
The Benchmark Policy’s discussion on supermajority vote requirements has been updated to clarify that, in cases
where a company seeks to abolish supermajority voting requirements, the Benchmark Policy will evaluate such
proposals on a case-by-case basis. The Benchmark Policy has also been updated to reflect that when companies
have a large or controlling shareholder, supermajority vote requirements may be appropriate to protect the
interests of minority shareholders and that, in such cases, the Benchmark Policy may oppose the elimination of
these requirements.
General Approach to Shareholder Proposals
Noting the dynamic nature of, and impending changes to, the shareholder proposal process in the United States,
the Benchmark Policy has adjusted some of its language regarding the general approach to shareholder
proposals, including guidance around companies’ treatment of the SEC’s former no-action process. While this
specific guidance has been removed, the Benchmark Policy will generally approach these matters with the basic
premise that shareholders should be afforded the opportunity to vote on matters of material importance. Given
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
ongoing changes and the prospect of additional changes to the shareholder proposal process, the Benchmark
Policy may be updated prior to or during the 2026 proxy season should its approach to these matters change or
regulatory developments warrant such an update.
1 NASDAQ originally proposed a five-year look-back period but both it and the NYSE ultimately settled on a three-year look-
back prior to finalizing their rules. The Benchmark Policy views a five-year standard for former employment relationships as
more appropriate, because the unwinding of conflicting relationships between former management and board members is
more likely to be complete and final after five years. However, the five-year look-back period is not applied to directors who
have previously served as executives of the company on an interim basis for less than one year.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
A Board of Directors that Serves Shareholder
Interest
Election of Directors
The Benchmark Policy looks for talented boards with a record of protecting shareholders and delivering value
over the medium- and long-term. It takes the view that a board can best protect and enhance the interests of
shareholders if it is sufficiently independent, has a record of positive performance, and consists of individuals
with diverse backgrounds and a breadth and depth of relevant experience.
Independence
The independence of directors, or lack thereof, is ultimately demonstrated through the decisions they make. In
assessing the independence of directors, the Benchmark Policy will take into consideration, when appropriate,
whether a director has a track record indicative of making objective decisions. Likewise, when assessing the
independence of directors, the Benchmark Policy will also consider a director’s track record on other boards that
could indicate a lack of objective decision-making. The determination of whether a director is independent or
not takes into consideration both compliance with applicable independence listing requirements as well as
judgments made by the director.
The Benchmark Policy looks at each director nominee to examine the director’s relationships with the company,
the company’s executives, and other directors to evaluate whether personal, familial, or financial relationships
(not including director compensation) may impact the director’s decisions. Such relationships may make it
difficult for a director to put shareholders’ interests above the director’s or the related party’s interests.
Thus, the Benchmark Policy puts directors into three categories based on an examination of the type of
relationship they have with the company:
Independent Director — An independent director has no material financial, familial or other current
relationships with the company, its executives, or other board members, except for board service and
standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that existed within three to five years1 before the
inquiry are usually considered “current” for purposes of this test. For material financial relationships
with the company, the Benchmark Policy applies a three-year look back, and for former employment
relationships with the company, it applies a five-year look back.
Affiliated Director — An affiliated director has (or within the past three years, had) a material financial,
familial or other relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the
2 If a company does not consider a non-employee director to be independent, that director will be classified as an affiliate
under the Benchmark Policy.
3 The Benchmark Policy allows a five-year grace period for former executives of the company or merged companies who
have consulting agreements with the surviving company. (The Benchmark Policy does not automatically recommend voting
against directors in such cases for the first five years.) If the consulting agreement persists after this five-year grace period,
the Benchmark Policy applies the materiality thresholds outlined in the definition of “material.”
4 This includes a director who serves on a board as a representative (as part of his or her basic responsibilities) of an
investment firm with greater than 20% ownership. However, while the Benchmark Policy will generally consider them to be
affiliated, it will not recommend voting against these individuals unless (i) the investment firm has disproportionate board
representation or (ii) the director serves on the audit committee.
5 The Benchmark Policy may deem such a transaction to be immaterial where the amount represents less than 1% of the
firm’s annual revenues and the board provides a compelling rationale as to why the director’s independence is not affected
by the relationship.
6 The Benchmark Policy will generally take into consideration the size and nature of such charitable entities in relation to
the company’s size and industry along with any other relevant factors such as the director’s role at the charity. However,
unlike for other types of related party transactions, The Benchmark Policy generally does not apply a look-back period to
affiliated relationships involving charitable contributions; if the relationship between the director and the school or charity
ceases, or if the company discontinues its donations to the entity, the Benchmark Policy will consider the director to be
independent.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
company.2 This includes directors whose employers have a material financial relationship with the
company.3 In addition, the Benchmark Policy considers a director who either owns or controls 20% or
more of the company’s voting stock, or is an employee or affiliate of an entity that controls such
amount, as an affiliate.4
The Benchmark Policy considers 20%+ shareholders as affiliates because they typically have access to, and
involvement with, the management of a company that is fundamentally different from that of ordinary
shareholders. More importantly, these holders may have interests that diverge from those of ordinary holders,
for reasons such as the liquidity (or lack thereof) of their holdings, personal tax issues, etc. In addition, a director
who owns 20% or more of a company can exert disproportionate influence on the board, and, therefore, such a
director’s independence may be hampered, particularly when serving on the audit committee.
The Benchmark Policy applies a three-year look back period to all directors who have an affiliation with the
company other than former employment, for which it applies a five-year look back.
Definition of “Material”: A material relationship is one in which the dollar value meets or exceeds:
•$50,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for directors who are paid for a service they have agreed
to perform for the company, outside of their service as a director, including professional or other
services. This threshold also applies to directors who are the majority or principal owner of a firm that
receives such payments; or
•$120,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for those directors employed by a professional services firm
such as a law firm, investment bank, or consulting firm and the company pays the firm, not the
individual, for services.5 This dollar limit would also apply to charitable contributions to schools where a
board member is a professor; or charities where a director serves on the board or is an executive;6 and
any aircraft and real estate dealings between the company and the director’s firm; or
7 This includes cases where a director is employed by, or closely affiliated with, a private equity firm that profits from an
acquisition made by the company. Unless disclosure suggests otherwise, the Benchmark Policy presumes the director is
affiliated.
8 Pursuant to SEC rule Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act, compensation exceeding $120,000 is
the minimum threshold deemed material for disclosure of transactions involving family members of directors.
8 With a staggered board, if the affiliates or insiders that the Benchmark Policy would consider opposing are not actually up
for election, the concern regarding those directors will instead be noted. The Benchmark Policy will not recommend voting
against the other affiliates or insiders who are up for election just to achieve two-thirds independence. However, a
recommendation to oppose the election of directors subject to the concern at their next election will be considered, if the
issue giving rise to the concern is not resolved.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•1% of either company’s consolidated gross revenue for other business relationships (e.g., where the
director is an executive officer of a company that provides services or products to or receives services or
products from the company).7
Definition of “Familial” — Familial relationships include a person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings,
grandparents, uncles, aunts, cousins, nieces, nephews, in-laws, and anyone (other than domestic employees)
who shares such person’s home. A director is an affiliate if: i) he or she has a family member who is employed by
the company and receives $120,0008 or more in annual compensation; or, ii) he or she has a family member who
is employed by the company and the company does not disclose this individual’s compensation.
Definition of “Company” — A company includes any parent or subsidiary in a group with the company or any
entity that merged with, was acquired by, or acquired the company.
Inside Director — An inside director simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee of the
company. This category may include a board chair who acts as an employee of the company or is paid as
an employee of the company. An inside director who derives a greater amount of income as a result of
affiliated transactions with the company rather than through the compensation paid by the company
(i.e., salary, bonus, etc. as a company employee) may face a conflict between making decisions that are
in the best interests of the company versus those in the director’s own best interests. Therefore, the
Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against such a director.
Additionally, the Benchmark Policy considers a director who is currently serving in an interim management
position as an insider, while a director who previously served in an interim management position for less than
one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered independent. Moreover, a director who
previously served in an interim management position for over one year and is no longer serving in such capacity
is considered an affiliate for five years following the date of the director’s resignation or departure from the
interim management position.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence
Prevailing market practice indicates that a board will be most effective in protecting shareholders’ interests if it
is at least two-thirds independent. For example the Business Roundtable, the Conference Board, and the Council
of Institutional Investors (CII) each advocate that two-thirds of the board be independent. Where more than
one-third of the members are affiliated or inside directors, the Benchmark Policy typically8 recommends voting
against some of the inside and/or affiliated directors in order to satisfy the two-thirds threshold.
9 ICGN Global Principles, 2.4.
10 The Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against an audit committee member who owns 20% or more of the
company’s stock. Market best practice indicates that there should be a maximum of one director (or no directors if the
committee is composed of less than three directors) who owns 20% or more of the company’s stock on the compensation,
nominating, and governance committees.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Additionally, many investors support the appointment of an independent presiding or lead director with
authority to set meeting agendas and to lead sessions outside the insider or affiliated chair’s presence.9 In
accordance with best practice, boards should appoint an independent lead director when the chair is not
independent, and especially when the board is insufficiently independent.
Committee Independence
Generally, only independent directors should serve on a company’s audit, compensation, nominating, and
governance committees.10 The Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote against any
affiliated or inside director seeking appointment to an audit, compensation, nominating, or governance
committee, or who has served in that capacity in the past year, except in certain circumstances.
Pursuant to Section 952 of the Dodd-Frank Act, as of January 11, 2013, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) approved new listing requirements for both the NYSE and NASDAQ which require that boards
apply enhanced standards of independence when making an affirmative determination of the independence of
compensation committee members. Specifically, when making this determination, in addition to the factors
considered when assessing general director independence, the board’s considerations must include: (i) the
source of compensation of the director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by
the listed company to the director (the “Fees Factor”); and (ii) whether the director is affiliated with the listing
company, its subsidiaries, or affiliates of its subsidiaries (the “Affiliation Factor”).
It is important for boards to consider these enhanced independence factors when assessing compensation
committee members. However, as discussed above in the section titled Independence, the Benchmark Policy’s
definitions and categories are applied when assessing the independence of directors, and these standards also
consider consulting and advisory fees paid to the director, as well as the director’s affiliations with the company
and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against compensation
committee members who are not independent based on these standards.
Independent Chair
In line with CII’s Policies on Corporate Governance and the International Corporate Governance Network’s
(ICGN) Global Governance Principles, the Benchmark Policy is of the view that the board should be chaired by an
independent director. Separating the roles of CEO (or, more rarely, another executive position) and chair
generally creates a better governance structure than a combined CEO/chair position. An executive manages the
business according to a course the board charts. Executives should report to the board regarding their
performance in achieving goals set by the board. This is needlessly complicated when a CEO chairs the board,
since a CEO/chair presumably will have a significant influence over the board.
While many companies have an independent lead or presiding director who performs many of the same
functions of an independent chair (e.g., setting the board meeting agenda), this alternate form of independent
board leadership typically does not provide as robust protection for shareholders as an independent chair.
11 Global Board and CEO Practice. “2024 CEO Transitions: The measure of the market.” Spencer Stuart, February 2025.
12 Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2025, p. 5.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
It can become difficult for a board to fulfill its role of overseer and policy setter when a CEO/chair controls the
agenda and the boardroom discussion. Such control can allow a CEO to have an entrenched position, leading to
longer-than-optimal terms, fewer checks on management, less scrutiny of the business operation, and
limitations on independent, shareholder-focused goal setting by the board.
A CEO should set the strategic course for the company, with the board’s approval, and the board should enable
the CEO to carry out the CEO’s vision for accomplishing the board’s objectives. Failure to achieve the board’s
objectives should lead the board to replace that CEO with someone in whom the board has confidence.
Likewise, an independent chair can better oversee executives and set a pro-shareholder agenda without the
management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face. Such oversight and concern for
shareholders allows for a more proactive and effective board of directors that is better able to look out for the
interests of shareholders.
Further, it is the board’s responsibility to select a chief executive who can best serve a company and its
shareholders and to replace this person when his or her duties have not been appropriately fulfilled. Such a
replacement becomes more difficult and may happen less frequently when the chief executive is also in the
position of overseeing the board.
Moreover, many companies appear to be moving toward more independent board leadership — one study
indicates that only 5%of incoming S&P 1500 CEOs in 2024 were awarded the chair title.11 Another study found
that 61% of S&P 500 boards separated the CEO and chair roles in 2025 ( up from 37%in 2009) although the same
study found that only 42%of S&P 500 boards have truly independent chairs.12
In addition, the Benchmark Policy scrutinizes avowedly “independent” chairs and lead directors. Directors
serving in these roles should be unquestionably independent, or the company should not treat them as such.
The Benchmark Policy does not recommend that shareholders vote against CEOs who chair the board. However,
it typically supports separating the roles of chair and CEO whenever that question is directly posed in a proxy
(typically in the form of a shareholder proposal).
Further, where a company has neither an independent chair nor independent lead director, the Benchmark
Policy will recommend voting against the chair of the governance committee.
Performance
The most crucial test of a board’s commitment to the company and its shareholders lies in the actions of the
board and its members. The Benchmark Policy looks at the performance of these individuals as directors and
executives of the company and of other companies where they have served.
A director’s past conduct is often indicative of future conduct and performance. Directors with a history of
overpaying executives or of serving on boards where avoidable disasters have occurred often serve on the
boards of companies with similar problems. The Benchmark Policy leverages a proprietary database of directors
that tracks the performance of directors across companies worldwide.
13 However, where a director has served for less than one full year, the Benchmark Policy will typically not recommend
voting against for failure to attend 75% of meetings. Rather, the analysis will include a note regarding the poor attendance
with a recommendation to track this issue going forward. The Benchmark Policy will also refrain from recommending
opposition to directors when the proxy discloses that the director missed the meetings due to serious illness or other
extenuating circumstances.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Performance
The Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote against directors who have served on
boards or as executives of companies with records of poor performance, inadequate risk oversight, excessive
compensation, audit- or accounting-related issues, and/or other indicators of mismanagement or actions against
the interests of shareholders. The Benchmark Policy will evaluate such directors based on, among other factors,
the length of time passed since the incident giving rise to the concern, shareholder support for the director, the
severity of the issue, the director’s role (e.g., committee membership), director tenure at the subject company,
whether ethical lapses accompanied the oversight lapse, and evidence of strong oversight at other companies.
Likewise, the backgrounds of those who serve on key board committees are examined to ensure that they have
the required skills and diverse backgrounds to make informed judgments about the subject matter for which the
committee is responsible.
Many shareholders generally avoid electing directors who have a record of not fulfilling their responsibilities to
shareholders at any company where they have held a board or executive position. The Benchmark Policy
typically recommends voting against:
•A director who fails to attend a minimum of 75% of board and applicable committee meetings,
calculated in the aggregate.13
•A director who belatedly filed a significant form(s) 4 or 5, or who has a pattern of late filings if the late
filing was the director’s fault (the analysis looks at these late filing situations on a case-by-case basis).
•A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious and material restatement occurred after
the CEO had previously certified the pre-restatement financial statements.
•A director who has received two against recommendations under the Benchmark Policy for identical
reasons within the prior year at different companies (the same situation must also apply at the company
being analyzed).
Furthermore, with consideration given to the company’s overall corporate governance, pay-for-performance
alignment and board responsiveness to shareholders, the Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against
directors who served throughout a period in which the company performed significantly worse than peers and
the directors have not taken reasonable steps to address the poor performance.
Board Responsiveness
Boards should generally be responsive to shareholders when a significant percentage of shareholders vote
contrary to the recommendation of management, depending on the issue.
When 20% or more of shareholders vote contrary to management (which occurs when more than 20% of votes
on the proposal are cast as “against” and/or abstain), market best practice indicates that boards engage with
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
shareholders on the issue and demonstrate some initial level of responsiveness. These include instances when
20% or more of shareholders:
(i)withhold votes from (or vote against) a director nominee; or
(ii)vote against a management-sponsored proposal.
Many investors view a 20% threshold as significant enough to warrant a close examination of the underlying
issues and an evaluation of whether the board responded appropriately following the vote, particularly in the
case of a vote on executive compensation or on the election of a director. While the 20% threshold alone will
not automatically generate a negative vote recommendation under the Benchmark Policy on a future proposal
on the same topic, it may be a contributing factor to a recommendation to vote against such a proposal in the
event the Benchmark Policy determines that the board did not respond appropriately.
When a majority of shareholders vote contrary to management, boards are generally expected to engage with
shareholders on the issue and provide a more robust response to fully address shareholder concerns. These
include instances when a majority or more of shareholders:
(i)withhold votes from (or vote against) a director nominee;
(ii)vote against a management-sponsored proposal;
At controlled companies and companies that have multi-class share structures with unequal voting rights, the
Benchmark Policy will carefully examine the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated
shareholders when determining whether board responsiveness is warranted. In the case of companies that have
multi-class share structures with unequal voting rights, the Benchmark Policy will generally examine the level of
approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders on a “one share, one vote” basis. At controlled
and multi-class companies, when at least 20% or more of unaffiliated shareholders vote contrary to
management, market best practice indicates a preference that boards engage with shareholders and
demonstrate some initial level of responsiveness, and when a majority or more of unaffiliated shareholders vote
contrary to management, the Benchmark Policy will look to boards to engage with unaffiliated shareholders and
provide a more robust response to address shareholder concerns.
As a general framework, the evaluation of board responsiveness involves a review of publicly available
disclosures (e.g., the proxy statement, annual report, 8-Ks, company website, etc.) released after the date of the
company’s last annual meeting through the publication date of the most current Proxy Paper. Depending on the
specific issue, the focus typically includes, but is not limited to, the following:
•At the board level, any changes in directorships, committee memberships, disclosure of related party
transactions, meeting attendance, or other responsibilities;
•Any revisions made to the company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governance documents;
•Any press or news releases indicating changes in, or the adoption of, new company policies, business
practices or special reports; and
•Any modifications made to the design and structure of the company’s compensation program, as well as
an assessment of the company’s engagement with shareholders on compensation issues as discussed in
the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A), particularly following a material vote against a
company’s say-on-pay.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•Proxy statement disclosure discussing the board’s efforts to engage with shareholders and the actions
taken to address shareholder concerns.
The Benchmark Policy analysis will include a case-by-case assessment of the specific elements of board
responsiveness that were examined along with an explanation of how that assessment impacts the current
voting recommendations.
Board Responsiveness to Shareholder Proposals
Majority-Supported Shareholder Proposals
Clear action from the board is generally expected when shareholder proposals receive support from a majority
of votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes). This may include fully implementing the request of
the shareholder proposal and/or engaging with shareholders on the issue and providing sufficient disclosures to
address shareholder concerns.
Significantly Supported Shareholder Proposals
A shareholder proposal that receives significant support (generally more than 30% but less than majority of
votes cast) typically reflects concern about an issue by a substantial portion of the company’s shareholders. In
these circumstances, many investors expect the board to show an initial level of responsiveness to the concern.
Therefore, in instances where a shareholder proposal has received at least 30% shareholder support, boards
should generally engage with shareholders on the issue and provide disclosure addressing shareholder concerns
and outreach initiatives. To be clear, this does not involve an expectation that the board fully implement the
request of the shareholder proposal. Rather, the Benchmark Policy looks for some level of board outreach and
disclosure concerning the issue and the Board’s response to it.
Further, as discussed above, at controlled companies and companies that have multi-class share structures with
unequal voting rights, the Benchmark Policy will carefully examine the level of approval or disapproval attributed
to unaffiliated shareholders when determining whether board responsiveness is warranted.
The Role of a Committee Chair
Given their assigned leadership role and additional responsibilities, a designated committee chair is generally
considered to have primary responsibility for the actions of their respective committee. As such, many of the
Benchmark Policy’s committee-specific voting recommendations are against the applicable committee chair
rather than the entire committee (depending on the seriousness of the issue). In cases where the committee
chair is not up for election due to a staggered board, and where multiple concerns have been identified, the
Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against other members of the committee who are up for
election, on a case-by-case basis.
In cases where the Benchmark Policy would ordinarily recommend voting against a committee chair but the
chair is not specified, the following general rules are applied:
•If there is no committee chair, the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against the longest-serving
committee member or, if the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, the longest-
serving board member serving on the committee (i.e., in either case, the “senior director”); and
14 Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise. The Conference Board. 2003.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•If there is no committee chair, but multiple senior directors are serving on the committee, the
Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against both (or all) such senior directors.
In accordance with prevailing market practice, companies should provide clear disclosure of which director is
charged with overseeing each committee. In cases where that simple framework is ignored and a reasonable
analysis cannot determine which committee member is the designated leader, many investors take the view
that shareholder action against the longest serving committee member(s) is warranted. To reiterate, this only
applies if the Benchmark Policy would ordinarily recommend voting against the committee chair but there is
either no such position or no designated director in such role.
Audit Committees and Performance
Audit committees are integral in overseeing the financial reporting process because stable capital markets
depend on reliable, transparent, and objective financial information to support an efficient and effective capital
market process. Audit committees play a vital role in providing this disclosure to shareholders.
When assessing an audit committee’s performance, investors should be aware that an audit committee does not
prepare financial statements, is not responsible for making the key judgments and assumptions that affect the
financial statements, and does not audit the numbers or the disclosures provided to investors. Rather, an audit
committee monitors and oversees the process and procedures that management and auditors perform. The
1999 Report and Recommendations of the Blue Ribbon Committee on Improving the Effectiveness of Corporate
Audit Committees stated it best:
A proper and well-functioning system exists, therefore, when the three main groups responsible for
financial reporting — the full board including the audit committee, financial management including the
internal auditors, and the outside auditors — form a ‘three legged stool’ that supports responsible
financial disclosure and active participatory oversight. However, in the view of the Committee, the audit
committee must be ‘first among equals’ in this process, since the audit committee is an extension of the
full board and hence the ultimate monitor of the process.
Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee
For an audit committee to function effectively on investors’ behalf, it must include members with sufficient
knowledge to diligently carry out their responsibilities. In its audit and accounting recommendations, the
Conference Board Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise said “members of the audit committee
must be independent and have both knowledge and experience in auditing financial matters.”14
Many investors are skeptical of audit committees where there are members that lack expertise as a Certified
Public Accountant (CPA), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) or corporate controller, or similar experience. The
Benchmark Policy will not necessarily recommend voting against members of an audit committee if they lack
such expertise on that basis alone. However, where there are indications of poor oversight or problems such as
restatements, the lack of relevant skills and experience among audit committee members may contribute to a
recommendation to oppose the election of the chair and/or other members of the audit committee.
The Benchmark Policy generally assesses audit committees against the decisions they make with respect to their
oversight and monitoring roles. The quality and integrity of the financial statements and earnings reports, the
15 The Benchmark Policy may exempt certain audit committee members from the above threshold if, upon further analysis
of relevant factors- such as the director’s experience, the size, industry-mix and location of the companies involved and the
director’s attendance at all the companies-it can reasonably be determined that the audit committee member is likely not
hindered by multiple audit committee commitments.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
completeness of disclosures necessary for investors to make informed decisions, and the effectiveness of the
internal controls should provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are materially free from
errors. The independence of the external auditors and the results of their work all provide useful information by
which to assess the audit committee.
When assessing the decisions and actions of the audit committee, the Benchmark Policy typically defers to the
judgment of the committee members and generally recommends voting in favor of its members. However, the
Benchmark Policy will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the following:
•All members of the audit committee when options were backdated, there is a lack of adequate controls
in place, there was a resulting restatement, and disclosures indicate there was a lack of documentation
with respect to the option grants.
•The audit committee chair, if the audit committee does not have a financial expert or the committee’s
financial expert does not have a demonstrable financial background sufficient to understand the
financial issues unique to public companies.
•The audit committee chair, if the audit committee did not meet at least four times during the year.
•The audit committee chair, if the committee has less than three members.
•Any audit committee member who sits on more than three public company audit committees, unless
the audit committee member is a retired CPA, CFO, controller or has similar experience, in which case
the limit shall be four committees, taking time and availability into consideration including a review of
the audit committee member’s attendance at all board and committee meetings.15
•All members of an audit committee who are up for election and who served on the committee at the
time of the audit, if audit and audit-related fees total one-third or less of the total fees billed by the
auditor.
•The audit committee chair, when tax and/or other fees are greater than audit and audit-related fees
paid to the auditor for more than one year in a row (in which case the Benchmark Policy also
recommends against ratification of the auditor).
•The audit committee chair when fees paid to the auditor are not disclosed.
•All members of an audit committee where non-audit fees include fees for tax services (including, but not
limited to, such things as tax avoidance or shelter schemes) for senior executives of the company. Such
services are prohibited by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB).
•All members of an audit committee who reappointed an auditor that the Benchmark Policy no longer
considers to be independent for reasons unrelated to fee proportions.
•All members of an audit committee when audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with
other companies in the same industry.
16 Auditors are required to report all potential illegal acts to management and the audit committee unless they are clearly
inconsequential in nature. If the audit committee or the board fails to take appropriate action on an act that has been
determined to be a violation of the law, the independent auditor is required to send a section 10A letter to the SEC. Such
letters are rare and therefore should be taken seriously.
17 Research indicates that revenue fraud now accounts for over 60% of SEC fraud cases, and that companies that engage in
fraud experience significant negative abnormal stock price declines—facing bankruptcy, delisting, and material asset sales
at much higher rates than do non-fraud firms (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
“Fraudulent Financial Reporting: 1998-2007.” May 2010).
18 The SEC issued guidance in March 2021 related to classification of warrants as liabilities at special purpose acquisition
companies (SPACs). The Benchmark Policy will generally refrain from recommending against audit committee members
when the restatement in question is solely as a result of the aforementioned SEC guidance.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•The audit committee chair, if the committee failed to put auditor ratification on the ballot for
shareholder approval. However, if the non-audit fees or tax fees exceed audit plus audit-related fees in
either the current or the prior year, then the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against the entire
audit committee.
•All members of an audit committee where the auditor has resigned and reported that a section 10A16
letter has been issued.
•All members of an audit committee at a time when material accounting fraud occurred at the
company.17
•All members of an audit committee at a time when annual and/or multiple quarterly financial
statements had to be restated, and any of the following factors apply:18
oThe restatement involves fraud or manipulation by insiders;
oThe restatement is accompanied by an SEC inquiry or investigation;
oThe restatement involves revenue recognition;
oThe restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to costs of goods sold, operating
expense, or operating cash flows; or
oThe restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to net income, 10% adjustment to
assets or shareholders equity, or cash flows from financing or investing activities.
•All members of an audit committee if the company repeatedly fails to file its financial reports in a timely
fashion. For example, the company has filed two or more quarterly or annual financial statements late
within the last five quarters.
•All members of an audit committee when it has been disclosed that a law enforcement agency
has charged the company and/or its employees with a violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act (FCPA).
•All members of an audit committee when the company has aggressive accounting policies or lack of
sufficient transparency in its financial statements.
•All members of the audit committee when there is a disagreement with the auditor and the auditor
resigns or is dismissed (e.g., the company receives an adverse opinion on its financial statements from
the auditor).
19 The Council of Institutional Investors. “Corporate Governance Policies,” p. 4, April 5, 2006; and “Letter from Council of
Institutional Investors to the AICPA,” November 8, 2006.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•All members of the audit committee if the contract with the auditor specifically limits the auditor’s
liability to the company for damages.19
•All members of the audit committee who served since the date of the company’s last annual meeting if,
since the last annual meeting, the company has reported a material weakness that has not yet been
corrected and the company has not disclosed a remediation plan; or when a material weakness has been
ongoing for more than one year and the company has not disclosed an updated remediation plan that
clearly outlines the company’s progress toward remediating the material weakness.
Material Weaknesses
Effective internal controls over financial reporting should ensure the integrity of companies’ accounting and
financial reporting.
The SEC guidance regarding Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting requires that
reports on internal control should include: (i) a statement of management's responsibility for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the company; (ii) management's assessment
of the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the company's
most recent fiscal year; (iii) a statement identifying the framework used by management to evaluate the
effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting; and (iv) a statement that the registered
public accounting firm that audited the company's financial statements included in the annual report has issued
an attestation report on management's assessment of the company's internal control over financial reporting.
A material weakness occurs when a company identifies a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal
controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the
company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Failure to
maintain effective internal controls can create doubts regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may lead to companies publishing
financial statements that are not free of errors or misstatements.
It is the responsibility of audit committees to ensure that material weaknesses are remediated in a timely
manner and that companies disclose remediation plans that include detailed steps to resolve a given material
weakness. In cases where a material weakness has been ongoing for more than one fiscal year, it is generally
expected that the company will disclose an updated remediation plan at least annually thereafter. Updates to
existing remediation plans should state the progress the company has made toward remediating the material
weakness and the remaining actions the company plans to take until the material weakness is fully remediated.
When a material weakness is reported and the company has not disclosed a remediation plan, or when a
material weakness has been ongoing for more than one year and the company has not disclosed an updated
remediation plan that clearly outlines its progress toward remediating the material weakness, the Benchmark
Policy will consider recommending that shareholders vote against all members of a company’s audit committee
who served on the committee during the time when the material weakness was identified.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Many investors view audit committee reports that are boilerplate and which provide little or no information or
transparency as unfavorable. Therefore, when a problem such as a material weakness, restatement or late filings
occurs, the Benchmark Policy will take into consideration the transparency of the audit committee report.
Compensation Committee Performance
Compensation committees have a critical role in determining the compensation of executives. This includes
deciding the basis on which compensation is determined, as well as the amounts and types of compensation
to be paid. This process begins with the hiring and initial establishment of employment agreements, including
the terms for such items as pay, pensions and severance arrangements. It is important in establishing
compensation arrangements that compensation be consistent with, and based on the long-term economic
performance of, the business’s long-term shareholder returns.
Compensation committees are also responsible for the oversight of the transparency of compensation. This
oversight includes disclosure of compensation arrangements, the matrix used in assessing pay for performance,
and the use of compensation consultants. In order to ensure the independence of the board’s compensation
consultant, market best practice indicates a preference that the compensation committee only engage a
compensation consultant that is not also providing any services to the company or management apart from their
contract with the compensation committee. It is important to many investors that they have clear and complete
disclosure of all the significant terms of compensation arrangements in order to make informed decisions with
respect to the oversight and decisions of the compensation committee.
Finally, compensation committees are responsible for oversight of internal controls over the executive
compensation process. This includes controls over gathering information used to determine compensation,
establishing equity award plans, and granting equity awards. For example, the use of a compensation consultant
who maintains a business relationship with company management may cause the committee to make decisions
based on information that is compromised by the consultant’s conflict of interests. Lax controls can also
contribute to improper awards of compensation such as through granting of backdated or spring-loaded
options, or granting of bonuses when triggers for bonus payments have not been met.
A careful review of the CD&A report included in each company’s proxy is central to understanding the actions of
the compensation committee. The Benchmark Policy analysis includes a review of the CD&A in the evaluation of
the overall compensation practices of a company, as overseen by the compensation committee. The CD&A is
also integral to the evaluation of compensation proposals at companies, such as advisory votes on executive
compensation.
When assessing the performance of compensation committees, the Benchmark Policy will consider
recommending that shareholders vote against the following:
•All members of a compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to address
shareholder concerns following majority shareholder rejection of the say-on-pay proposal in the
previous year. Where the proposal was approved but there was significant shareholder opposition (i.e.,
greater than 20% of votes cast) to the say-on-pay proposal in the prior year and the board did not
respond sufficiently to the vote, including actively engaging shareholders on this issue, the Benchmark
Policy will also consider recommending voting against the chair of the compensation committee or all
members of the compensation committee, depending on the severity and history of the compensation
problems and the level of shareholder opposition.
20 If a company provides shareholders with a say-on-pay proposal, the Benchmark Policy will initially only recommend
voting against the company's say-on-pay proposal and will not recommend voting against the members of the
compensation committee unless there is a pattern of failing to align pay and performance and/or the company exhibits
egregious compensation practices. For cases in which the disconnect between pay and performance is marginal and the
company has outperformed its peers, the Benchmark Policy may consider not recommending against compensation
committee members.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•All members of the compensation committee who are up for election and served on the committee
when the company failed to align pay with performance if shareholders are not provided with an
advisory vote on executive compensation at the annual meeting.20
•Any member of the compensation committee who has served on the compensation committee of at
least two other public companies that have consistently failed to align pay with performance and whose
oversight of compensation at the company in question is suspect.
•All members of the compensation committee (during the relevant time period) if the company entered
into excessive employment agreements and/or severance agreements.
•All members of the compensation committee when performance goals were changed (i.e., lowered)
when employees failed or were unlikely to meet original goals, or performance-based compensation was
paid despite goals not being attained.
•All members of the compensation committee if excessive employee perquisites and benefits
were allowed.
•The compensation committee chair if the compensation committee did not meet during the year.
•All members of the compensation committee when the company repriced options or completed a “self
tender offer” without shareholder approval within the past two years.
•All members of the compensation committee when vesting of in-the-money options is accelerated.
•All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were backdated. The
Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against an executive director who played a role in and
participated in option backdating.
•All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were spring-loaded or
otherwise timed around the release of material information.
•All members of the compensation committee when a new employment contract is given to an executive
that does not include a clawback provision and the company had a material restatement, especially if
the restatement was due to fraud.
•The chair of the compensation committee where the CD&A provides insufficient or unclear information
about performance metrics and goals, where the CD&A indicates that pay is not tied to performance, or
where the compensation committee or management has excessive discretion to alter performance
terms or increase amounts of awards in contravention of previously defined targets.
•All members of the compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to implement a
shareholder proposal regarding a compensation-related issue, where the proposal received the
affirmative vote of a majority of the voting shares at a shareholder meeting, and when a reasonable
21 In all other instances (i.e., a non-compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented) the
Benchmark Policy recommends that shareholders vote against the members of the governance committee.
22 If the board does not have a committee responsible for governance oversight and the board did not implement a
shareholder proposal that received the requisite support, the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against the entire
board. If the shareholder proposal at issue requested that the board adopt a declassified structure, the Benchmark Policy
will recommend voting against all director nominees up for election.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
analysis suggests that the compensation committee (rather than the governance committee) should
have taken steps to implement the request.21
•All members of the compensation committee when the board has materially decreased proxy statement
disclosure regarding executive compensation policies and procedures in a manner which substantially
impacts shareholders’ ability to make an informed assessment of the company’s executive pay practices.
•All members of the compensation committee when new excise tax gross-up provisions are adopted in
employment agreements with executives, particularly in cases where the company previously
committed not to provide any such entitlements in the future.
•All members of the compensation committee when the board adopts a frequency for future advisory
votes on executive compensation that differs from the frequency approved by shareholders.
•The chair of the compensation committee when” mega-grants” have been granted and the awards
present concerns such as excessive quantum, lack of sufficient performance conditions, and/or are
excessively dilutive, among others.
Nominating and Governance Committee Performance
The nominating and governance committee is responsible for the board-level governance of the company and
its executives. In performing this role, the committee is responsible and accountable for selection of objective
and competent board members. It is also responsible for providing leadership on governance policies adopted
by the company, such as decisions to implement shareholder proposals that have received a majority vote. At
most companies, a single committee is charged with these oversight functions; at others, the governance and
nominating responsibilities are apportioned among two separate committees.
Many investors take the view that boards should have diverse backgrounds and members with a breadth and
depth of relevant experience and that nominating and governance committees should consider diversity when
making director nominations within the context of each specific company and its industry. Shareholders are
generally best served when boards make an effort to ensure a constituency that is not only reasonably diverse
on the basis of age, race, gender and ethnicity, but also on the basis of geographic knowledge, industry
experience, board tenure and culture. For further information on board diversity, please see In-Depth Report:
Board Gender Diversity.
Regarding the committee responsible for governance, the Benchmark Policy will consider recommending that
shareholders vote against the following:
•All members of the governance committee22 during whose tenure a shareholder proposal relating to
important shareholder rights received support from a majority of the votes cast (excluding abstentions
and broker non-votes) and the board has not begun to implement or enact the request of the
23 Where a compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented, and when a reasonable analysis
suggests that the members of the compensation committee (rather than the governance committee) bear the responsibility
for failing to implement the request, the Benchmark Policy recommends that shareholders only vote against members of
the compensation committee.
24 Market expectations are such that one independent individual be appointed to serve as the lead or presiding director.
When such a position is rotated among directors from meeting to meeting, the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting
against the governance committee chair as the lack of fixed lead or presiding director means that, effectively, the board
does not have an independent board leader.
25 A forum selection clause is a bylaw provision stipulating that a certain state or federal jurisdiction is the exclusive forum
for specified legal matters. Such a clause effectively limits a shareholder's legal remedy regarding appropriate choice of venue
and related relief.
26 The analysis will evaluate the circumstances surrounding the adoption of any forum selection clause as well as the
general provisions contained therein. Where it can be reasonably determined that a forum selection clause is narrowly
crafted to suit the particular circumstances facing the company and/or a reasonable sunset provision is included, the
Benchmark Policy may make an exception to this policy.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
proposal.23 Examples of such shareholder proposals include those seeking a declassified board structure,
a majority vote standard for director elections, or a right to call a special meeting. In determining
whether a board has sufficiently implemented such a proposal, the Benchmark Policy will examine the
quality of the right enacted or proffered by the board for any conditions that may unreasonably
interfere with the shareholders’ ability to exercise the right (e.g., overly restrictive procedural
requirements for calling a special meeting).
•The governance committee chair when the chair is not independent and an independent lead or
presiding director has not been appointed.24
•The governance committee chair at companies with a multi-class share structure and unequal voting
rights when the company does not provide for a reasonable sunset of the multi-class share structure
(generally seven years or less).
•In the absence of a nominating committee, the governance committee chair when there are fewer than
five, or the whole governance committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.
•The governance committee chair when the committee fails to meet during the year.
•The governance committee chair, when, for two consecutive years, the company provides what is
considered by the Benchmark Policy to be “inadequate” related party transaction disclosure (i.e., the
nature of such transactions and/or the monetary amounts involved are unclear or excessively vague,
thereby preventing a shareholder from being able to reasonably interpret the independence status of
multiple directors above and beyond what the company maintains is compliant with SEC or applicable
stock exchange listing requirements).
•The governance committee chair, when during the past year the board adopted a forum selection clause
(i.e., an exclusive forum provision)25 designating either a state's courts for intra-corporate disputes, and/
or federal courts for matters arising under the Securities Act of 1933 without shareholder approval,26 or
if the board is currently seeking shareholder approval of a forum selection clause pursuant to a bundled
bylaw amendment rather than as a separate proposal.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•All members of the governance committee during whose tenure the board adopted, without
shareholder approval, provisions in its charter or bylaws that, through rules on director compensation,
may inhibit the ability of shareholders to nominate directors.
•The governance committee chair, when the board takes actions to limit shareholders’ ability to vote on
matters material to shareholder rights (e.g., through the practice of excluding a shareholder proposal by
means of ratifying a management proposal that is materially different from the shareholder proposal).
•The governance committee chair when directors’ records for board and committee meeting attendance
are not disclosed, or when it is indicated that a director attended less than 75% of board and committee
meetings but disclosure is sufficiently vague that it is not possible to determine which specific director’s
attendance was lacking.
•The governance committee chair when a detailed record of proxy voting results from the prior annual
meeting has not been disclosed.
•The governance committee chair when a company does not clearly disclose the identity of a shareholder
proponent (or lead proponent when there are multiple filers) in their proxy statement. For a detailed
explanation of this policy, please refer to the comprehensive Benchmark Policy Guidelines for
Shareholder Proposals & ESG-Related Issues, available at www.glasslewis.com/voting-policies-current/.
In addition, the Benchmark Policy may recommend that shareholders vote against the chair of the governance
committee, or the entire committee, when the board has amended the company’s governing documents to
reduce or remove important shareholder rights, or to otherwise impede the ability of shareholders to exercise
such rights, and has done so without seeking shareholder approval. Examples of board actions that may result in
such a recommendation include:
•The elimination of the ability of shareholders to call a special meeting or to act by written consent;
•An increase to the ownership threshold required for shareholders to call a special meeting;
•An increase to vote requirements for charter or bylaw amendments; The adoption of provisions that
limit the ability of shareholders to pursue full legal recourse — such as bylaws that require arbitration of
shareholder claims or that require shareholder plaintiffs to pay the company’s legal expenses in the
absence of a court victory (i.e., “fee-shifting” or “loser pays” bylaws);
•The adoption of provisions that limit the ability of shareholders to submit shareholder proposals;
•The adoption of provisions that limit the ability of shareholders to file derivative lawsuits;
•The adoption of a plurality voting standard for the election of directors in lieu of a majority voting
standard;
•The adoption of a classified board structure; or
•The elimination of the ability of shareholders to remove a director without cause.
Regarding the nominating committee, the Benchmark Policy will consider recommending that shareholders vote
against the following:
27 Considering that shareholder disapproval clearly relates to the director who received a greater than 50% against vote
rather than the nominating chair, the Benchmark Policy reviews the severity of the issue(s) that initially raised shareholder
concern as well as company responsiveness to such matters, and will only recommend voting against the nominating chair if
a reasonable analysis suggests that it would be most appropriate. In rare cases, the Benchmark Policy will consider
recommending against the nominating chair when a director receives a substantial (i.e., 20% or more) vote against based on
the same analysis.
28 Women and directors that identify with a gender other than male or female.
29 For more information on how the Benchmark Policy applies these diversity considerations, see the Section below on
“Board Diversity”.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•All members of the nominating committee, when the committee nominated or renominated
an individual who had a significant conflict of interest or whose past actions demonstrated a lack of
integrity or inability to represent shareholder interests.
•The nominating committee chair, if the nominating committee did not meet during the year.
•In the absence of a governance committee, the nominating committee chair when the chair is not
independent, and an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.
•The nominating committee chair, when there are fewer than five, or the whole nominating committee
when there are more than 20 members on the board.
•The nominating committee chair, when a director received a greater than 50% against vote the prior
year and not only was the director not removed, but the issues that raised shareholder concern were
not corrected.27
•The chair of the nominating committee of a board that is not at least 30% gender diverse,28 or all
members of the nominating committee of a board with no gender diverse directors, at companies within
the Russell 3000 index. For companies outside of the Russell 3000 index, the Benchmark Policy will
recommend voting against the chair of the nominating committee if there are no gender diverse
directors.
•The chair of the nominating committee of a board with fewer than one director from an
underrepresented community on the board, at companies within the Russell 1000 index.29
•The nominating committee chair when, alongside other governance or board performance concerns, the
average tenure of non-executive directors is 10 years or more and no new independent directors have
joined the board in the past five years. The Benchmark Policy will not make recommendations solely on
this basis; rather, insufficient board refreshment may be a contributing factor in the recommendations
when additional board-related concerns have been identified.
In addition, the Benchmark Policy may consider recommending shareholders vote against the chair of the
nominating committee where the board’s failure to ensure the board has directors with relevant experience,
either through periodic director assessment or board refreshment, has contributed to a company’s poor
performance. Where these issues warrant shareholder opposition and in the absence of both a governance and
a nominating committee, the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against the board chair, unless the chair
also serves as the CEO, in which case it will recommend voting against the longest-serving director.
30 A committee responsible for risk management could be a dedicated risk committee, the audit committee, or the finance
committee, depending on a given company’s board structure and method of disclosure. At some companies, the entire
board is charged with risk management.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Board-Level Risk Management Oversight
The Benchmark Policy evaluates the risk management function of a public company board on a strictly case-by-
case basis. Sound risk management, while necessary at all companies, is particularly important at financial firms,
which inherently maintain significant exposure to financial risk. Market best practice indicates that financial
firms should have a chief risk officer reporting directly to the board and a dedicated risk committee or a
committee of the board charged with risk oversight. Moreover, many non-financial firms maintain strategies
that involve a high level of exposure to financial risk. Similarly, since many non-financial firms have complex
hedging or trading strategies, those firms should also have a chief risk officer and a risk committee.
These views on risk oversight are consistent with those expressed by various regulatory bodies. In its December
2009 Final Rule release on Proxy Disclosure Enhancements, the SEC noted that risk oversight is a key
competence of the board and that additional disclosures would improve investor and shareholder
understanding of the role of the board in the organization’s risk management practices. The final rules, which
became effective on February 28, 2010, explicitly require companies and mutual funds to describe (while
allowing for some degree of flexibility) the board’s role in the oversight of risk.
When analyzing the risk management practices of public companies, the Benchmark Policy will take note of any
significant losses or writedowns on financial assets and/or structured transactions. In cases where a company
has disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where the company’s board-level risk committee’s poor oversight
contributed to the loss, the Benchmark Policy will recommend that shareholders vote against such committee
members on that basis. In addition, in cases where a company maintains a significant level of exposure to
financial risk but fails to disclose any explicit form of board-level risk oversight (via a dedicated committee or
otherwise),30 the Benchmark Policy will consider recommending a vote against the board chair on that basis.
However, it generally would not recommend voting against a combined chair/CEO, except in egregious cases.
Board Oversight of Environmental and Social Issues
Insufficient oversight of material environmental and social issues can present direct legal, financial, regulatory
and reputational risks that could serve to harm shareholder interests. Therefore, shareholders generally benefit
when such issues are carefully monitored and managed by companies, and when companies have an
appropriate oversight structure in place to ensure that they are mitigating attendant risks and capitalizing on
related opportunities to the best extent possible.
To that end, the Benchmark Policy looks to companies to ensure that boards maintain clear oversight of material
risks to their operations, including those that are environmental and social in nature. These risks could include,
but are not limited to, matters related to climate change, human capital management, diversity, stakeholder
relations, and health, safety & environment. Given the importance of the board’s role in overseeing
environmental and social risks, this responsibility should be formally designated and codified in the appropriate
committee charters or other governing documents.
While it is important that material environmental and social issues are overseen at the board level and that
shareholders are afforded meaningful disclosure of these oversight responsibilities, the Benchmark Policy is of
the view that that companies should determine the best structure for this oversight. This oversight can be
31 CII Policies on Corporate Governance, 2.7; ICGN Global Principles, 6.2.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
effectively conducted by specific directors, the entire board, a separate committee, or combined with the
responsibilities of a key committee.
For companies in the Russell 3000 index and in instances where material oversight concerns are identified, the
Benchmark Policy will review a company’s overall governance practices and identify which directors or board-
level committees have been charged with oversight of environmental and/or social issues. Furthermore, given
the importance of the board’s role in overseeing environmental and social risks, the Benchmark Policy will
generally recommend voting against the governance committee chair of a company in the Russell 1000 index
that fails to provide explicit disclosure concerning the board’s role in overseeing these issues.
When evaluating the board’s role in overseeing environmental and/or social issues, the Benchmark Policy will
examine a company’s committee charters and governing documents to determine if the company has codified
and maintained a meaningful level of oversight of and accountability for a company’s material environmental
and social impacts.
Board Oversight of Technology
Cyber Risk Oversight
Companies and consumers are exposed to a growing risk of cyber-attacks. These attacks can result in customer
or employee data breaches, harm to a company’s reputation, significant fines or penalties, and an interruption
to a company’s operations. Further, in some instances, cyber breaches can result in national security concerns,
such as those impacting companies operating as utilities, defense contractors, and energy companies.
In response to these issues, regulators have increasingly been focused on ensuring companies are providing
appropriate and timely disclosures and protections to stakeholders that could have been adversely impacted by
a breach in a company’s cyber infrastructure.
On July 26, 2023, the SEC approved final rules requiring public companies to report cybersecurity incidents
deemed material within four days of identifying them, detailing their nature, scope, timing, and material impact
under Item 1.05 on Form 8-K.
Furthermore, in annual reports, companies must disclose their processes for assessing, identifying, and
managing material cybersecurity risks, along with their material effects; and describe whether any risks from
prior incidents have materially affected its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition (or are
reasonably likely to), pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 106. Item 106 will also require registrants to describe the
board of directors’ oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats and management’s role and expertise in
assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats. Similar rules were also adopted for foreign
private issuers. The final rules became effective on September 5, 2023.
Given the regulatory focus on, and the potential adverse outcomes from, cyber-related issues, many investors
view cyber risk as material for all companies. Accordingly, it is critical that companies evaluate and mitigate
these risks to the greatest extent possible. 31 With that view, all issuers are encouraged to provide clear
disclosure concerning the role of the board in overseeing issues related to cybersecurity, including how
companies are ensuring directors are fully versed on this rapidly evolving and dynamic issue. Such disclosure can
help shareholders understand the seriousness with which companies take this issue.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
In the absence of material cyber incidents, the Benchmark Policy will generally not make voting
recommendations on the basis of a company’s oversight or disclosure concerning cyber-related issues. However,
in instances where cyber-attacks have caused significant harm to shareholders, the board’s oversight of
cybersecurity as well as the company’s response and disclosures will be closely evaluated.
Moreover, in instances where a company has been materially impacted by a cyber-attack, it is reasonable for
shareholders to expect periodic updates communicating the company’s ongoing progress towards resolving and
remediating the impact of the cyber-attack. Shareholders are best served when such updates include (but are
not necessarily limited to) details such as when the company has fully restored its information systems, when
the company has returned to normal operations, what resources the company is providing for affected
stakeholders, and any other potentially relevant information, until the company considers the impact of the
cyber-attack to be fully remediated. These disclosures should focus on the company’s response to address the
impacts to affected stakeholders and should not reveal specific and/or technical details that could impede the
company’s response or remediation of the incident or that could assist threat actors.
In such instances, the Benchmark Policy may recommend against appropriate directors if the board’s oversight,
response or disclosure concerning cybersecurity-related issues is found to be insufficient, or are not provided to
shareholders.
Board Oversight of Artificial Intelligence
In recent years, companies have rapidly begun to develop and adopt uses for artificial intelligence (AI)
technologies throughout various aspects of their operations. Deployed and overseen effectively, AI technologies
have the potential to make companies’ operations and systems more efficient and productive. However, as the
use of these technologies has grown, so have the potential risks associated with companies’ development and
use of AI. Given these potential risks, boards should be cognizant of, and take steps to mitigate exposure to, any
material risks that could arise from their use or development of AI.
Companies that use or develop AI technologies should consider adopting strong internal frameworks that
include ethical considerations and ensure they have provided a sufficient level of oversight of AI. As such,
boards may seek to ensure effective oversight and address skills gaps by engaging in continued board education
and/or appointing directors with AI expertise. With that view, all companies that develop or employ the use of
AI in their operations should provide clear disclosure concerning the role of the board in overseeing issues
related to AI, including how companies are ensuring directors are fully versed on this rapidly evolving and
dynamic issue. Such disclosure can help shareholders understand the seriousness with which companies take
this issue.
While market best practice indicates that it is important that these issues are overseen at the board level and
that shareholders are afforded meaningful disclosure of these oversight responsibilities, generally, companies
should determine the best structure for this oversight. This oversight can be effectively conducted by specific
directors, the entire board, a separate committee, or combined with the responsibilities of a key committee.
In the absence of material incidents related to a company’s use or management of AI-related issues, the
Benchmark Policy will generally not make voting recommendations on the basis of a company’s oversight of, or
disclosure concerning, AI-related issues. However, in instances where there is evidence that insufficient
oversight and/or management of AI technologies has resulted in material harm to shareholders, the Benchmark
Policy will review a company’s overall governance practices and identify which directors or board-level
committees have been charged with oversight of AI-related risks. It will also closely evaluate the board’s
response to, and management of, this issue as well as any associated disclosures and may recommend against
32 This policy will generally apply to companies in the following SASB-defined industries: agricultural products, air freight &
logistics, airlines, chemicals, construction materials, containers & packaging, cruise lines, electric utilities & power
generators, food retailers & distributors, health care distributors, iron & steel producers, marine transportation, meat,
poultry & dairy, metals & mining, non-alcoholic beverages, oil & gas, pulp & paper products, rail transportation, road
transportation, semiconductors, waste management.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
appropriate directors if the board’s oversight, response or disclosure concerning AI-related issues is found to be
insufficient.
Board Accountability for Environmental and Social Performance
The Benchmark Policy carefully monitors companies’ performance with respect to environmental and social
issues, including those related to climate and human capital management. In situations where a company has
not properly managed or mitigated material environmental or social risks to the detriment of shareholder value,
or when such mismanagement has threatened shareholder value, the Benchmark Policy may recommend that
shareholders vote against the members of the board who are responsible for oversight of environmental and
social risks. In the absence of explicit board oversight of environmental and social issues, the Benchmark Policy
may recommend that shareholders vote against members of the audit committee. In making these
determinations, the Benchmark Policy will carefully review the situation, its effect on shareholder value, as well
as any corrective action or other response made by the company.
For more information on how the Benchmark Policy evaluates environmental and social issues, please see the
“Overall Approach to ESG” section of these guidelines as well as the comprehensive Benchmark Policy Guidelines
for Shareholder Proposals & ESG-Related Issues, available at www.glasslewis.com/voting-policies-current/.
Board Accountability for Climate-Related Issues
Given the exceptionally broad impacts of a changing climate on companies, the economy, and society in general,
climate risk can present a material risk for companies in all industries. Accordingly, it is important that boards
consider and evaluate their operational resilience under lower-carbon scenarios. While all companies maintain
exposure to climate-related risks, additional consideration should be given to, and disclosure should be provided
by, those companies whose own GHG emissions represent a financially material risk. For companies with this
increased risk exposure, the Benchmark Policy evaluates whether companies are providing clear and
comprehensive disclosure regarding these risks, including how they are being mitigated and overseen. Such
information is crucial to allow investors to understand the company’s management of this issue as well as the
potential impact of a lower carbon future on the company’s operations.
In line with this view, the Benchmark Policy will carefully examine the climate-related disclosures provided by
companies in the S&P 500 index with material exposure to climate risk stemming from their own operations,32
as well as companies where their emissions, climate impacts, or stakeholder scrutiny thereof, represent an
outsized, financially material risk, in order to assess whether they have produced disclosures in line with the
recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), IFRS S2 Climate-related
Disclosures, or other equivalent climate reporting framework. The Benchmark Policy will also assess whether
these companies have disclosed explicit and clearly defined board-level oversight responsibilities for climate-
related issues. In instances where either (or both) of these disclosures are found to be absent or significantly
lacking, the Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against the chair of the committee (or board) charged
with oversight of climate-related issues, or if no committee has been charged with such oversight, the chair of
the governance committee. Further, the Benchmark Policy may extend this recommendation on this basis to
33 For example, the 2015-2016 NACD Public Company Governance Survey states that, on average, directors spent a total of
248.2 hours annual on board-related matters during the past year, which it describes as a “historically high level” that is
significantly above the average hours recorded in 2006. Additionally, the 2025 Spencer Stuart Board Index indicates that,
56% of S&P 500 CEOs do not serve on a public company board in addition to their own, while 41.6% of S&P 500 CEOs serve
on one additional public board, 1.4% of CEOs serve on two additional public company boards, and no CEOs serve on three.
34 When the executive officer in question serves only as an executive at a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) the
Benchmark Policy will generally apply the higher threshold of five public company directorships.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
additional members of the responsible committee in cases where the committee chair is not standing for
election due to a classified board, or based on other factors, including the company’s size, industry and its
overall governance profile.
Director Commitments
Directors should have the necessary time to fulfill their duties to shareholders, as overcommitted directors may
pose a material risk to a company’s shareholders, particularly during periods of crisis. In addition, recent
research indicates that the time commitment associated with being a director has been on a significant upward
trend in the past decade.33 As a result, the Benchmark Policy generally recommends that shareholders vote
against a director who serves as an executive officer (other than executive chair) of any public company34 while
serving on more than one external public company board, a director who serves as an executive chair of any
public company while serving on more than two external public company boards, and any other director who
serves on more than five public company boards.
Because executives will primarily devote their attention to executive duties, the Benchmark Policy generally will
not recommend that shareholders vote against overcommitted directors at the companies where they serve as
an executive.
When determining whether a director’s service on an excessive number of boards may limit the ability of the
director to devote sufficient time to board duties, the Benchmark Policy may consider other potentially relevant
factors such as the size and location of the other companies where the director serves on the board, the
director’s board roles at the companies in question, whether the director serves on the board of any large
privately-held companies, the director’s tenure on the boards in question, and the director’s attendance record
at all companies. In the case of directors who serve in executive roles other than CEO (e.g., executive chair), the
specific duties and responsibilities of that role will be evaluated in determining whether an exception is
warranted.
The Benchmark Policy may also refrain from recommending against certain directors if the company provides
sufficient rationale for their continued board service. This rationale should allow shareholders to evaluate the
scope of the directors’ other commitments, as well as their contributions to the board including specialized
knowledge of the company’s industry, strategy or key markets, the diversity of skills, perspective and
background they provide, and other relevant factors. The Benchmark Policy will also generally refrain from
recommending a vote against a director who serves on an excessive number of boards within a consolidated
group of companies in related industries, or a director who represents a firm whose sole purpose is to manage a
portfolio of investments which include the company.
35 The Benchmark Policy will generally refrain from recommending against a director who provides consulting services for
the company if the director is excluded from membership on the board’s key committees and we have not identified
significant governance concerns with the board.
36 The Benchmark Policy does not apply a look-back period for this situation. The interlock policy applies to both public and
private companies. On a case-by-case basis, other types of interlocking relationships will be evaluated, such as interlocks with
close family members of executives or within group companies. Further, the analysis also evaluates multiple board interlocks
among non-insiders (i.e., multiple directors serving on the same boards at other companies), for evidence of a pattern of
poor oversight.
37 Refer to the “Governance Structure and the Shareholder Franchise” section for further discussion of anti-takeover
measures, including poison pills.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Other Considerations
In addition to the three key characteristics — independence, performance, experience —used to evaluate board
members, the Benchmark Policy also considers conflict-of-interest issues as well as the size of the board of
directors when making voting recommendations.
Conflicts of Interest
Board members should be wholly free of identifiable and substantial conflicts of interest, regardless of the
overall level of independent directors on the board. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy recommends that
shareholders vote against the following types of directors:
•A CFO who is on the board: The CFO holds a unique position relative to financial reporting and disclosure
to shareholders. Due to the critical importance of financial disclosure and reporting, the CFO should
report to the board and not be a member of it.
•A director who provides — or a director who has an immediate family member who provides — material
consulting or other material, professional services to the company. These services may include legal,
consulting,35 or financial services. These relationships may create conflicts for directors, since they may
be forced to weigh their own interests against shareholder interests when making board decisions. In
addition, a company’s decisions regarding where to turn for the best professional services may be
compromised when doing business with the professional services firm of one of the company’s
directors.
•A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, who is engaging in airplane, real estate,
or similar deals, including perquisite-type grants from the company, amounting to more than $50,000.
Directors who receive these sorts of payments from the company will have to make unnecessarily
complicated decisions that may pit their interests against those of shareholders.
•Interlocking directorships: CEOs or other top executives who serve on each other’s boards can create an
interlock that poses conflicts that should be avoided to ensure the promotion of shareholder interests
above all else.36
•All board members who served at a time when a poison pill with a term of longer than one year was
adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months.37 In the event a board is
classified and shareholders are, therefore, unable to vote against all directors, the Benchmark Policy will
recommend voting against the remaining directors the next year they are up for a shareholder vote. If a
poison pill with a term of one year or less was adopted without shareholder approval, and without
adequate justification, the Benchmark Policy will consider recommending that shareholders vote against
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
all members of the governance committee. If the board has, without seeking shareholder approval, and
without adequate justification, extended the term of a poison pill by one year or less in two consecutive
years, the Benchmark Policy will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the entire
board.
Size of the Board of Directors
While there is no consensus on a universally applicable optimal board size, market best practice indicates that,
absent compelling circumstances, boards should have at least five directors to ensure sufficient diversity in
decision-making and to enable the formation of key board committees with independent directors. Conversely,
boards with more than 20 members will typically suffer under the weight of “too many cooks in the kitchen” and
have difficulty reaching consensus and making timely decisions. Sometimes the presence of too many voices can
make it difficult to draw on the wisdom and experience in the room by virtue of the need to limit the discussion
so that each voice may be heard.
To that end, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends voting against the chair of the nominating committee
(or the governance committee, in the absence of a nominating committee) at a board with fewer than five
directors or more than 20 directors.
Controlled Companies
Controlled companies warrant certain exceptions to the Benchmark Policy’s independence standards. The
board’s function is to protect shareholder interests; however, when an individual or entity (or group of
shareholders party to a formal agreement) owns more than 50% of the voting shares, the interests of the
majority of shareholders are the interests of that entity or individual. Consequently, the Benchmark Policy does
not apply the usual two-thirds board independence rule and, therefore, will not recommend voting against
boards whose composition reflects the makeup of the shareholder base.
Independence Exceptions
The independence exceptions made for controlled companies are as follows:
•The Benchmark Policy does not require that controlled companies have boards that are at least two-
thirds independent. So long as the insiders and/or affiliates are connected with the controlling entity,
the presence of non-independent board members is acceptable.
•The compensation committee and nominating and governance committees do not need to consist solely
of independent directors.
oStanding nominating and corporate governance committees at controlled companies are
unnecessary. Although having a committee charged with the duties of searching for, selecting,
and nominating independent directors can be beneficial, the unique composition of a controlled
company’s shareholder base can make such committees weak and irrelevant.
oIndependent compensation committees at controlled companies are also unnecessary. Although
independent directors are the best choice for approving and monitoring senior executives’ pay,
controlled companies serve a unique shareholder base whose voting power ensures the
protection of its interests. As such, having affiliated directors on a controlled company’s
compensation committee is acceptable. However, given that a controlled company has certain
obligations to minority shareholders, many investors agree that insiders should not serve on the
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
compensation committee. Therefore, the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting against any
insider (the CEO or otherwise) serving on the compensation committee.
•Controlled companies do not need an independent chair or an independent lead or presiding director.
Although an independent director in a position of authority on the board — such as chair or presiding
director — can best carry out the board’s duties, controlled companies serve a unique shareholder base
whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests.
Size of the Board of Directors
The Benchmark Policy has no board size requirements for controlled companies.
Audit Committee Independence
Despite a controlled company’s status, unlike for the other key committees, market best practice indicates that
audit committees should consist solely of independent directors. Regardless of a company’s controlled status,
the interests of all shareholders must be protected by ensuring the integrity and accuracy of the company’s
financial statements. Allowing affiliated directors to oversee the preparation of financial reports could create an
insurmountable conflict of interest. As such, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote
against any affiliated or inside director serving on an audit committee.
Board Responsiveness at Multi-Class Companies
At controlled companies and companies that have multi-class share structures with unequal voting rights, the
level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders will be carefully examined when
determining whether board responsiveness is warranted. In the case of companies that have multi-class share
structures with unequal voting rights, the Benchmark Policy analysis will generally include an examination of the
level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders on a “one share, one vote” basis. At
controlled and multi-class companies, when at least 20% or more of unaffiliated shareholders vote contrary to
management, boards should engage with shareholders and demonstrate some initial level of responsiveness;
and when a majority or more of unaffiliated shareholders vote contrary to management, boards should engage
with unaffiliated shareholders and provide a more robust response to fully address shareholder concerns.
Significant Shareholders
Where an individual or entity holds between 20-50% of a company’s voting power, the Benchmark Policy allows
for proportional representation on the board and committees (excluding the audit committee) based on the
individual or entity’s percentage of ownership.
Governance Following an IPO, Spin-Off, or Direct Listing
Companies that have recently completed an initial public offering (IPO), spin-off, or direct listing should generally
be allowed adequate time to fully comply with marketplace listing requirements and meet basic corporate
governance standards. The Benchmark Policy typically refrains from making recommendations on the basis of
governance standards (e.g., board independence, committee membership and structure, meeting attendance,
etc.) during the one-year period following an IPO.
However, some cases warrant shareholder action against the board of a company that has completed an IPO,
spin-off, or direct listing within the past year. When evaluating companies that have recently gone public, the
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
analysis will review the terms of the applicable governing documents in order to determine whether shareholder
rights are being severely restricted indefinitely. Many investors view board approval of highly restrictive
governing documents as a problematic governance practice and believe that such boards have demonstrated
that they may subvert shareholder interests following the IPO. In the evaluation of the governing documents,
the Benchmark Policy will consider:
•The adoption of anti-takeover provisions, such as a poison pill or classified board.
•Supermajority vote requirements to amend governing documents.
•The presence of exclusive forum or fee-shifting provisions.
•The presence of mandatory arbitration provisions.
•Whether shareholders can call special meetings or act by written consent.
•The voting standard provided for the election of directors.
•The ability of shareholders to remove directors without cause.
•The presence of evergreen provisions in the company’s equity compensation arrangements.
•The presence of a multi-class share structure that does not afford common shareholders voting power
that is aligned with their economic interest.
In cases where it has been determined that the board has approved overly restrictive governing documents, the
Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against members of the governance committee. If there is no
governance committee, or if a portion of such committee members are not standing for election due to a
classified board structure, the recommendation may be expanded to additional director nominees, based on
who is standing for election.
In cases where, preceding an IPO, the board adopts a multi-class share structure where voting rights are not
aligned with economic interest, or an anti-takeover provision, such as a poison pill or classified board, the
Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against all members of the board who served at the time of
the IPO if the board: (i) did not also commit to submitting these provisions to a shareholder vote at the
company’s first shareholder meeting following the IPO; or (ii) did not provide for a reasonable sunset of these
provisions (generally three to five years in the case of a classified board or poison pill; or seven years or less in
the case of a multi-class share structure). In the case of a multi-class share structure, if these provisions are put
to a shareholder vote, the analysis will examine the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated
shareholders when determining the vote outcome.
Adopting an anti-takeover device can unfairly penalize future shareholders who (except for electing to buy or
sell the stock) are unable to weigh in on a matter that could potentially negatively impact their ownership
interest. This notion is strengthened when a board adopts a classified board with an infinite duration or a poison
pill with a five- to ten-year term immediately prior to going public, thereby insulating management for a
substantial amount of time.
In addition, shareholders should also be wary of companies that adopt supermajority voting requirements
before their IPO. Absent explicit provisions in the articles or bylaws stipulating that certain policies will be
phased out over a certain period of time, long-term shareholders could find themselves in the predicament of
having to attain a supermajority vote to approve future proposals seeking to eliminate such policies.
38 Where a company is not included in a relevant stock index (i.e. S&P 500, Russell 1000, or Russell 3000) due to its status as
a dual-listed or foreign-incorporated company and has comparable market capitalization as companies included in the
relevant index, the Benchmark Policy will generally apply the policies that relate to companies included in the relevant
index.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Governance Following a Business Combination with a Special Purpose Acquisition
Company
The business combination of a private company with a publicly traded special purpose acquisition company
(SPAC) facilitates the private entity becoming a publicly traded corporation. Thus, the business combination
represents the private company’s de-facto IPO. Some cases may warrant shareholder action against the board
of a company that has completed a business combination with a SPAC within the past year.
At meetings where shareholders vote on the business combination of a SPAC with a private company,
shareholders are generally voting on a new corporate charter for the post-combination company as a condition
for approval of the business combination. In many cases, shareholders are faced with the dilemma of having to
approve corporate charters that severely restrict shareholder rights to facilitate the business combination.
Therefore, when shareholders are required to approve binding charters as a condition for approval of a business
combination with a SPAC, many investors expect that shareholders be provided with advisory votes on material
charter amendments as a means to voice their opinions on such restrictive governance provisions.
When evaluating companies that have recently gone public via a business combination with a SPAC, the
Benchmark Policy will review the terms of the applicable governing documents to determine whether
shareholder rights are being severely restricted indefinitely and whether these restrictive provisions were put
forth for a shareholder vote on an advisory basis at the prior meeting where shareholders voted on the business
combination.
In cases where, prior to the combined company becoming publicly traded, the board adopts a multi-class share
structure where voting rights are not aligned with economic interest, or an anti-takeover provision, such as a
poison pill or classified board, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against all members of the
board who served at the time of the combined company becoming publicly traded if the board: (i) did not also
submit these provisions to a shareholder vote on an advisory basis at the prior meeting where shareholders
voted on the business combination; (ii) did not also commit to submitting these provisions to a shareholder vote
at the company’s first shareholder meeting following the company becoming publicly traded; or (iii) did not
provide for a reasonable sunset of these provisions (generally three to five years in the case of a classified board
or poison pill; or seven years or less in the case of a multi-class share structure).
As previously stated, the Benchmark Policy takes the view that adopting an anti-takeover device unfairly
penalizes future shareholders who (except for electing to buy or sell the stock) are unable to weigh in on a
matter that could potentially negatively impact their ownership interest. Accordingly, the same principles
outlined in the above section regarding the adoption of anti-takeover devices also apply to companies who have
recently completed a business combination.
Dual-Listed or Foreign-Incorporated Companies
For companies that trade on multiple exchanges or are incorporated in foreign jurisdictions but trade only in the
U.S., the Benchmark Policy applies the governance standard most relevant in each situation.38 The Benchmark
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Policy will consider a number of factors in determining which country-specific governance standard to apply,
including but not limited to: (i) the corporate governance structure and features of the company including
whether the board structure is unique to a particular market; (ii) the nature of the proposals; (iii) the location of
the company’s primary listing, if one can be determined; (iv) the regulatory/governance regime that the board is
reporting against; and (v) the availability and completeness of the company’s SEC filings.
OTC-listed Companies
Companies trading on the OTC Bulletin Board are not considered “listed companies” under SEC rules and
therefore not subject to the same governance standards as listed companies. Nonetheless, more stringent
corporate governance standards should be applied to these companies given that their shares are still publicly
traded.
When reviewing OTC companies, the analysis will review the available disclosure relating to the shareholder
meeting to determine whether shareholders are able to evaluate several key pieces of information, including: (i)
the composition of the board’s key committees, if any; (ii) the level of share ownership of company insiders or
directors; (iii) the board meeting attendance record of directors; (iv) executive and non-employee director
compensation; (v) related-party transactions conducted during the past year; and (vi) the board’s leadership
structure and determinations regarding director independence.
The Benchmark Policy raises particular concern when company disclosure lacks any information regarding the
board’s key committees. Committees of the board are an essential tool for clarifying how the responsibilities of
the board are being delegated, and specifically for indicating which directors are accountable for ensuring: (i) the
independence and quality of directors, and the transparency and integrity of the nominating process; (ii)
compensation programs that are fair and appropriate; (iii) proper oversight of the company’s accounting,
financial reporting, and internal and external audits; and (iv) general adherence to principles of good corporate
governance.
In cases where shareholders are unable to identify which board members are responsible for ensuring oversight
of the above-mentioned responsibilities, the Benchmark Policy may consider recommending against certain
members of the board. It is the responsibility of the corporate governance committee to provide thorough
disclosure of the board’s governance practices. In the absence of such a committee, it is appropriate to hold the
board’s chair or, if such individual is an executive of the company, the longest-serving non-executive board
member accountable.
Mutual Fund Boards
Mutual funds, or investment companies, are structured differently from regular public companies (i.e., operating
companies). Typically, members of a fund’s advisor are on the board and management takes on a different role
from that of regular public companies. Thus, the Benchmark Policy focuses on a short list of requirements,
although many of the Benchmark Policy guidelines remain the same.
The following mutual fund policies are similar to the policies for regular public companies:
•Size of the board of directors — The board should be made up of between five and twenty directors.
•The CFO on the board — Neither the CFO of the fund nor the CFO of the fund’s registered investment
advisor should serve on the board.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•Independence of the audit committee — The audit committee should consist solely of independent
directors.
•Audit committee financial expert — At least one member of the audit committee should be designated
as the audit committee financial expert.
The following differences from regular public companies apply at mutual funds:
•Independence of the board —Market best practice indicates that three-fourths of an investment
company’s board should be made up of independent directors. This is consistent with a proposed SEC
rule on investment company boards. The Investment Company Act requires 40% of the board to be
independent. However, in 2001, the SEC amended the Exemptive Rules to require that a majority of a
mutual fund board be independent. In 2005, the SEC proposed increasing the independence threshold
to 75%, and the following year a federal appeals court ordered that this rule amendment be put back
out for public comment, putting it back into “proposed rule” status. Since mutual fund boards play a
vital role in overseeing the relationship between the fund and its investment manager, there is greater
need for independent oversight than there is for an operating company board.
•When the auditor is not up for ratification — The Benchmark Policy does not recommend voting against
the audit committee if the auditor is not up for ratification. Due to the different legal structure of an
investment company compared to an operating company, the auditor of an investment company (i.e.,
mutual fund) does not conduct the same level of financial review for each investment company as for an
operating company.
•Non-independent chair —The Benchmark Policy generally prefers that the roles of a mutual fund’s chair
and CEO should be separate. Accordingly, it recommends voting against the chair of an investment
company’s nominating committee as well as the board chair if the chair and CEO of a mutual fund are
the same person and the fund does not have an independent lead or presiding director.
•Multiple funds overseen by the same director — Unlike service on a public company board, mutual
fund boards require much less of a time commitment. Mutual fund directors typically serve on dozens of
other mutual fund boards, often within the same fund complex. The Investment Company Institute’s
(ICI) Overview of Fund Governance Practices, 1994-2012, indicates that the average number of funds
served by an independent director in 2012 was 53. Absent evidence that a specific director is hindered
from being an effective board member at a fund due to service on other funds’ boards, the Benchmark
Policy does not maintain a cap on the number of outside mutual fund boards that a director can serve
on.
Declassified Boards
Investors broadly view the repeal of staggered boards and the annual election of directors favorably. Generally,
staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than boards that are elected annually. Furthermore, the
annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on shareholder interests.
Empirical studies have shown: (i) staggered boards are associated with a reduction in a firm’s valuation; and (ii)
in the context of hostile takeovers, staggered boards operate as a takeover defense, which entrenches
management, discourages potential acquirers, and delivers a lower return to target shareholders.
39 Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates IV, Guhan Subramanian, “The Powerful Antitakeover Force of Staggered Boards: Further
Findings and a Reply to Symposium Participants,” 55 Stanford Law Review 885-917 (2002).
40 Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen, “The Costs of Entrenched Boards” (2004).
41 Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen and Charles C.Y. Wang, “Staggered Boards and the Wealth of Shareholders: Evidence from
a Natural Experiment,” SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1706806 (2010), p. 26.
42 Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2025, p. 46.
43 Brad Goldberg, Michael Mencher, and Vince Flynn, “Proxy Season Highlights: Shareholder and Management Proposals,”
Cooley LLP, July 22, 2025.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Some research has indicated that shareholders are worse off when a staggered board blocks a transaction, and
that, when a staggered board negotiates a friendly transaction, no statistically significant difference in premium
occurs.39 Additional research found that charter-based staggered boards “reduce the market value of a firm by
4% to 6% of its market capitalization” and that “staggered boards bring about, and not merely reflect, this
reduction in market value.”40 A subsequent study reaffirmed that classified boards reduce shareholder value,
finding “that the ongoing process of dismantling staggered boards, encouraged by institutional investors, could
well contribute to increasing shareholder wealth.”41
Shareholders have increasingly come to agree with this view. In 2025, 89% of S&P 500 companies had
declassified boards, up from 68% in 2009.42 Management proposals to declassify boards are typically approved
with near unanimity and shareholder proposals on the topic often receive strong shareholder support; in 2025,
shareholder proposals requesting that companies declassify their boards received average support of 77.9%
(excluding abstentions and broker non-votes).43 Further, in the first half of 2025, over half of all those companies
targeted by shareholder proposals requesting that all directors stand for election annually did not recommend
that shareholders oppose the resolution, a departure from the more typical management recommendation to
vote against shareholder proposals.
Given that declassified boards promote director accountability, the empirical evidence suggesting staggered
boards reduce a company’s value, and the established shareholder opposition to such a structure, the
Benchmark Policy supports the declassification of boards and the annual election of directors.
Board Composition and Refreshment
Many investors support routine director evaluation, including independent external reviews, and periodic board
refreshment to foster the sharing of diverse perspectives in the boardroom and the generation of new ideas and
business strategies. The Benchmark Policy is of the view that the board should evaluate the need for changes to
board composition based on an analysis of skills and experience necessary for the company, as well as the
results of the director evaluations, as opposed to relying solely on age or tenure limits. When necessary,
shareholders can address concerns regarding proper board composition through director elections.
A director’s experience can be a valuable asset to shareholders because of the complex, critical issues that
boards face. This said, in rare circumstances, a lack of refreshment can contribute to inadequate board
responsiveness to poor company performance.
The Benchmark Policy will note as a potential concern instances where the average tenure of non-executive
directors is 10 years or more and no new directors have joined the board in the past five years. While the
analysis will highlight this as a potential area of concern, the Benchmark Policy will not make recommendations
strictly on this basis, unless other governance or board performance concerns are identified.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
On occasion, age or term limits can be used to remove a director for boards that are unwilling to police their
membership and enforce turnover. Some shareholders support term limits to force change in such
circumstances.
While age limits can aid board succession planning, the long-term impact of age limits restricts experienced and
potentially valuable board members from service through an arbitrary means. Accordingly, many shareholders
favor monitoring the board’s overall composition, including the diversity of its members, the alignment of the
board’s areas of expertise with a company’s strategy, the board’s approach to corporate governance, and its
stewardship of company performance, rather than imposing inflexible rules that don’t necessarily correlate with
returns or benefits for shareholders.
However, if a board adopts term/age limits, it should not waive such limits. In cases where the board waives its
term/age limits for two or more consecutive years, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that
shareholders vote against the nominating and/or governance committee chair, unless a compelling rationale is
provided for why the board is proposing to waive this rule, such as consummation of a corporate transaction.
Board Diversity
The Benchmark Policy’s approach to providing proxy voting guidance considering diversity factors at U.S.
companies and its display in Proxy Papers was modified in March 2025. For more information, please see the
2025 Supplemental Statement on Diversity Considerations at US Companies.
Many investors consider it important to ensure that the board is composed of directors who have a diversity of
skills, thought and experience, as such diversity benefits companies by providing a broad range of perspectives
and insights. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy closely reviews the board’s composition for representation of
diverse director candidates. For further information on board diversity, please see In-Depth Report: Board
Gender Diversity.
Board Gender Diversity
The nominating and governance committee is responsible for ensuring sufficient board diversity, or for publicly
communicating its rationale or a plan for increasing diversity. As such, the Benchmark Policy will generally
recommend voting against the chair of the nominating committee of a board that is not at least 30% gender
diverse, or all members of the nominating committee of a board with no gender diverse directors, at companies
within the Russell 3000 index. For companies outside the Russell 3000 index, the Benchmark Policy requires a
minimum of one gender diverse director.
When making these voting recommendations, a company’s disclosure of its diversity considerations will be
carefully reviewed and the Benchmark Policy may refrain from recommending that shareholders vote against
directors when boards have provided sufficient rationale for the lack of diversity or a plan to address the lack of
diversity, including a timeline of when the board intends to appoint additional gender diverse directors
(generally by the next annual meeting or as soon as reasonably practicable).
The gender diversity recommendations may be extended to additional members of the nominating committee in
cases where the committee chair is not standing for election due to a classified board, or based on other factors,
including the company’s size and industry, applicable laws in its state of headquarters, and its overall
governance profile.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Board Underrepresented Community Diversity
The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend against the chair of the nominating committee of a board with
fewer than one director from an underrepresented community at companies within the Russell 1000 index.
The Benchmark Policy defines “underrepresented community director” as an individual who self-identifies as
Black, African American, North African, Middle Eastern, Hispanic, Latino, Asian, Pacific Islander, Native American,
Native Hawaiian, or Alaskan Native, or who self-identifies as a member of the LGBTQIA+ community. For the
purposes of this evaluation, the analysis will rely solely on self-identified demographic information as disclosed
in company proxy statements.
When making these voting recommendations, a company’s disclosure of its diversity considerations will be
carefully reviewed and the Benchmark Policy may refrain from recommending that shareholders vote against
directors when boards have provided a sufficient rationale or plan to address the lack of diversity on the board,
including a timeline to appoint additional directors from an underrepresented community (generally by the next
annual meeting or as soon as reasonably practicable).
These recommendations may be extended to additional members of the nominating committee in cases where
the committee chair is not standing for election due to a classified board structure, or based on other factors,
including the company’s size and industry, applicable laws in its state of headquarters, and its overall
governance profile.
State Laws on Diversity
Several states have begun to encourage board diversity through legislation. Some state laws have imposed
mandatory board composition requirements, while other states have enacted legislation that encourages
companies to diversify their boards, but does not mandate board composition requirements. Furthermore,
several states have enacted or considered enacting certain disclosure or reporting requirements in filings made
with each respective state annually.
The Benchmark Policy will recommend in accordance with mandatory board composition requirements set forth
in applicable state laws when they come into effect. It will generally refrain from recommending shareholder
opposition to directors on this basis when applicable state laws do not mandate board composition
requirements, are non-binding, or solely impose disclosure or reporting requirements.
Disclosure of Director Diversity and Skills
Company disclosure is critical to allow shareholders to measure the mix of diverse attributes and skills of
directors. Accordingly, at companies in the Russell 1000 index, the Benchmark Policy analysis includes a review
of how a company’s proxy statement presents: (i) the board’s current percentage of racial/ethnic diversity; (ii)
whether the board’s definition of diversity explicitly includes gender and/or race/ethnicity; (iii) whether the
board has adopted a policy requiring women and minorities to be included in the initial pool of candidates when
selecting new director nominees (aka “Rooney Rule”); and (iv) board skills disclosure. Such ratings will help
inform the assessment of a company’s overall governance and may be a contributing factor in voting
recommendations when additional board-related concerns have been identified.
At companies in the Russell 1000 index that have not provided any disclosure in any of the above categories, the
Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against the chair of the nominating and/or governance
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
committee. Further, when companies in the Russell 1000 index have not provided any disclosure of individual or
aggregate racial/ethnic minority board demographic information, the Benchmark Policy will generally
recommend voting against the chair of the nominating and/or governance committee.
Proxy Access
In lieu of running their own contested election, proxy access not only allows certain shareholders to nominate
directors to company boards but also ensures that the shareholder nominees would be included on the
company’s ballot, significantly enhancing the ability of shareholders to play a meaningful role in selecting their
representatives. Market best practice generally supports affording shareholders the right to nominate director
candidates to management’s proxy as a means to ensure that significant, long-term shareholders have the ability
to nominate candidates to the board.
Companies generally seek shareholder approval to amend their bylaws to adopt proxy access in response to
shareholder engagement or pressure, usually in the form of a shareholder proposal requesting proxy access,
although some companies may adopt some elements of proxy access without prompting. The Benchmark Policy
considers several factors when evaluating whether to support proposals for companies to adopt proxy access,
including the specified minimum ownership and holding requirement for shareholders to nominate one or more
directors, as well as company size, performance and responsiveness to shareholders.
For a discussion of Benchmark Policy approach to shareholder proposals regarding proxy access, refer to Glass
Lewis’ Benchmark Policy Guidelines for Shareholder Proposals & ESG-Related Issues, available at
www.glasslewis.com.
Majority Vote for Election of Directors
To promote a basic level of director accountability, investors broadly agree that companies should require that
directors must receive a majority of votes cast to be elected. Unlike a plurality vote standard, a majority voting
standard allows shareholders to collectively vote to reject a director they believe will not pursue and protect
their best interests, which many investors view as leading to more attentive directors. For a detailed overview of
voting standards for director elections in the U.S., please refer to the Market Overview – U.S. Election of
Directors Voting Standards.
Majority Voting Standards
In line with CII’s Policies on Corporate Governance and ICGN’s Global Governance Principles and in accordance
with broad investor sentiment, directors should generally be elected by a majority of votes cast in uncontested
elections. Further, many investors expect that directors who fail to receive the support of a majority of votes
cast in an uncontested election step down from the board as soon as practicable and not be reappointed.
Majority voting standards have been adopted by most large cap and S&P 500 companies. Under a majority
voting standard, uncontested nominees are elected to the board when they receive a higher number of votes
cast "for" than the number of votes cast "against".
Most, though not all, majority voting policies contain resignation clauses, whereby nominees who fail to receive
a majority of shareholder votes must submit their conditional resignation to the board. The board may opt to
44 Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2025, p. 46.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
either accept or reject the nominee's resignation, which gives the board final authority over whether to accept
the outcome of the shareholders' vote.
However, majority voting alongside a resignation policy may be viewed by investors as insufficient, because
requiring a director to resign is not the same as requiring a majority vote to elect a director. As such, this
modified approach does not allow shareholders to have a definitive voice in the election process. As of 2025,
88% of the S&P 500 Index has implemented a resignation policy for directors failing to receive majority
shareholder support, compared to 65% in 2009.44
Although shareholders only rarely fail to support directors, the occasional majority vote against a director’s
election will likely deter the election of directors with a record of ignoring shareholder interests. The Benchmark
Policy will, therefore, generally support proposals calling for the election of directors by a majority vote, except
in cases of contested director elections. Further, most directors who fail to receive a majority shareholder vote
in favor of their election do not step down, underscoring the need for true majority voting.
Plurality Voting Standards
Plurality voting remains the default voting standard for uncontested elections of directors at most mid- and
small-cap companies. Under a plurality voting standard, director nominees receiving the most “for” votes are
elected to office until all available board seats are filled, regardless of whether those nominees receive a
majority of votes cast in favor of their election (i.e., more than 50% of the total votes). As a result, in an
uncontested election, where the number of director nominees is equal to the number of available board seats, it
is possible for a nominee to secure their election by receiving a single “for” vote.
Generally, in a plurality election shareholders who wish to oppose a nominee can only “withhold” their vote,
rather than vote “against”. While withholding a vote provides shareholders with a symbolic means of
communicating their disapproval of a candidate, it has no legal effect on the outcome of the election and is thus
equivalent to an abstention. Though it is rare, this means that in some cases directors receiving a greater
number of “withhold” votes than “for” votes can be elected to office.
Conflicting and Excluded Proposals
SEC Rule 14a-8(i)(9) allows companies to exclude shareholder proposals “if the proposal directly conflicts with
one of the company’s own proposals to be submitted to shareholders at the same meeting.” On October 22,
2015, the SEC issued Staff Legal Bulletin No. 14H (SLB 14H) clarifying its rule concerning the exclusion of certain
shareholder proposals when similar items are also on the ballot. SLB 14H increased the burden on companies to
prove to SEC staff that a conflict exists; therefore, many companies still chose to place management proposals
alongside similar shareholder proposals in many cases.
During the 2018 proxy season, a new trend in the SEC’s interpretation of this rule emerged. Upon submission of
shareholder proposals requesting that companies adopt a lower special meeting threshold, several companies
petitioned the SEC for no-action relief under the premise that the shareholder proposals conflicted with
management’s own special meeting proposals, even though the management proposals set a higher threshold
than those requested by the proponent. No-action relief was granted to these companies; however, the SEC
stipulated that the companies must state in the rationale for the management proposals that a vote in favor of
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
management’s proposal was tantamount to a vote against the adoption of a lower special meeting threshold. In
certain instances, shareholder proposals to lower an existing special meeting right threshold were excluded on
the basis that they conflicted with management proposals seeking to ratify the existing special meeting rights.
The exclusion of these shareholder proposals can be problematic as, in these instances, shareholders are not
offered any enhanced shareholder right, nor would the approval (or rejection) of the ratification proposal
initiate any type of meaningful change to shareholders’ rights.
In instances where companies have excluded shareholder proposals, such as those instances where special
meeting shareholder proposals are excluded as a result of “conflicting” management proposals, the Benchmark
Policy will take a case-by-case approach, taking into account the following issues:
•The threshold proposed by the shareholder resolution;
•The threshold proposed or established by management and the attendant rationale for the threshold;
•Whether management’s proposal is seeking to ratify an existing special meeting right or adopt a bylaw
that would establish a special meeting right; and
•The company’s overall governance profile, including its overall responsiveness to and engagement with
shareholders.
The Benchmark Policy generally favors a 10-15% special meeting right. Accordingly, it will generally recommend
voting for management or shareholder proposals that fall within this range. When faced with conflicting
proposals, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend in favor of the lower special meeting right and will
recommend voting against the proposal with the higher threshold.
However, in instances where there are conflicting management and shareholder proposals and a company has
not established a special meeting right, the Benchmark Policy may recommend that shareholders vote in favor
of the shareholder proposal and that they abstain from a management-proposed bylaw amendment seeking to
establish a special meeting right. An abstention can ensure that shareholders are sending a clear signal regarding
their preference for the appropriate threshold for a special meeting right, while not directly opposing the
establishment of such a right.
In cases where the company excludes a shareholder proposal seeking a reduced special meeting right by means
of ratifying a management proposal that is materially different from the shareholder proposal, the Benchmark
Policy will generally recommend voting against the chair or members of the governance committee. In other
instances of conflicting management and shareholder proposals, the Benchmark Policy will consider the
following:
•The nature of the underlying issue;
•The benefit to shareholders of implementing the proposal;
•The materiality of the differences between the terms of the shareholder proposal and management
proposal;
•The context of a company’s shareholder base, corporate structure and other relevant circumstances;
and
45 Colleen Honigsberg, Robert Jackson. “Exxon’s Suit Against its Own Shareholders Threatens Valuable Bargaining.”
Promarket. July 16, 2024.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•A company’s overall governance profile and, specifically, its responsiveness to shareholders as
evidenced by a company’s response to previous shareholder proposals and its adoption of progressive
shareholder rights provisions.
In recent years, the considerations given by the SEC when determining whether companies may exclude certain
shareholder proposals have been dynamic. As of Fall 2025, these changes have accelerated as the SEC has
announced a series of current and planned measures that may significantly change the number and type of
shareholder proposals that come to a vote at U.S. companies.
While the impact of these changes and how investors respond to them is uncertain at this time, the Benchmark
Policy will generally approach these matters with the basic premise that shareholders should be afforded the
opportunity to vote on matters of material importance. To be sure, the Benchmark Policy respects the
limitations placed on shareholder proponents, as certain shareholder proposals can unduly burden companies or
cross the line between the purview of shareholders and that of the board. It also recognizes that not all
shareholder proposals serve the long-term interests of shareholders.
Nonetheless, the Benchmark Policy views the basic right of shareholders to file proposals as critical to the proper
functioning of our system of corporate governance and in the best economic interest of all shareholders. A
number of important corporate governance reforms, such as declassified boards and majority voting, would not
have been achieved without shareholders' willingness and ability to submit proposals, for which they bear the
costs and only realize a portion of the benefits. Empirical evidence has shown that even withdrawn shareholder
proposals, such as those on executive compensation, can encourage beneficial corporate practices, thereby
benefiting all shareholders.45
The SEC’s ongoing changes and their ramifications will be closely monitored as the 2026 proxy season in the
United States approaches. The Benchmark Policy may be updated prior to or during the 2026 proxy season
should its approach to these matters change or regulatory developments warrant such an update.
46 “Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury.” p. VIII:20,
October 6, 2008.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Transparency and Integrity in Financial
Reporting
Auditor Ratification
The auditor’s role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the financial information
necessary for protecting shareholder value. Shareholders rely on the auditor to ask tough questions and to do a
thorough analysis of a company’s books to ensure that the information provided to shareholders is complete,
accurate, fair, and that it is a reasonable representation of a company’s financial position. The only way
shareholders can make rational investment decisions is if the market is equipped with accurate information
about a company’s fiscal health. As stated in the October 6, 2008 Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the
Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury:
“The auditor is expected to offer critical and objective judgment on the financial matters under
consideration, and actual and perceived absence of conflicts is critical to that expectation. The
Committee believes that auditors, investors, public companies, and other market participants must
understand the independence requirements and their objectives, and that auditors must adopt a mindset
of skepticism when facing situations that may compromise their independence.”
As such, shareholders should demand an objective, competent and diligent auditor who performs at or above
professional standards at every company in which the investors hold an interest. Like directors, auditors should
be free from conflicts of interest and should avoid situations requiring a choice between the auditor’s interests
and those of the shareholders they serve. Almost without exception, shareholders should be able to annually
review an auditor’s performance and to annually ratify a board’s auditor selection. Moreover, in October 2008,
the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that “to further enhance audit committee
oversight and auditor accountability ... disclosure in the company proxy statement regarding shareholder
ratification [should] include the name(s) of the senior auditing partner(s) staffed on the engagement.”46
On August 16, 2011, the PCAOB issued a Concept Release seeking public comment on ways that auditor
independence, objectivity and professional skepticism could be enhanced, with a specific emphasis on
mandatory audit firm rotation. The PCAOB convened several public roundtable meetings during 2012 to further
discuss such matters. Auditor rotation can ensure both the independence of the auditor and the integrity of the
audit. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy will typically recommend that shareholders support proposals to
require auditor rotation when the proposal uses a reasonable period of time (usually not less than 5-7 years),
particularly at companies with a history of accounting problems.
On June 1, 2017, the PCAOB adopted new standards to enhance auditor reports by providing additional
important information to investors. For companies with fiscal year end dates on or after December 15, 2017,
reports were required to include the year in which the auditor began serving consecutively as the company’s
auditor. For large accelerated filers with fiscal year ends of June 30, 2019 or later, and for all other companies
with fiscal year ends of December 15, 2020 or later, communication of critical audit matters (CAMs) are also
47 An auditor does not audit interim financial statements. Thus, the Benchmark Policy generally will not oppose auditor
ratification due to a restatement of interim financial statements unless the nature of the misstatement is clear from a
reading of the incorrect financial statements.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
required. CAMs are matters that have been communicated to the audit committee, are related to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements, and involve especially challenging, subjective, or
complex auditor judgment.
The additional reporting requirements are beneficial for investors as they can provide investors with information
that is critical to making an informed judgment about an auditor’s independence and performance.
Furthermore, the additional requirements are an important step toward enhancing the relevance and usefulness
of auditor reports, which too often are seen as boilerplate compliance documents that lack the relevant details
to provide meaningful insight into a particular audit.
Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification
The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend support for a company’s choice of auditor, except when there
are credible indications that the auditor’s independence or audit integrity may have been compromised. Where
a board has not allowed shareholders to review and ratify an auditor, the Benchmark Policy will typically
recommend voting against the audit committee chair. When there have been material restatements of annual
financial statements or material weaknesses in internal controls, the Benchmark Policy will typically recommend
voting against the entire audit committee.
Reasons why the Benchmark Policy may not recommend ratification of an auditor include:
•When audit fees plus audit-related fees total less than the tax fees and/or other non-audit fees.
•Recent material restatements of annual financial statements, including those resulting in the reporting
of material weaknesses in internal controls and including late filings by the company where the auditor
bears some responsibility for the restatement or late filing.47
•When the auditor performs prohibited services such as tax-shelter work, tax services for the CEO or CFO,
or contingent-fee work, such as a fee based on a percentage of economic benefit to the company.
•When audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the same
industry.
•When the company has aggressive accounting policies.
•When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in its financial statements.
•Where the auditor limited its liability through its contract with the company or the audit contract
requires the corporation to use alternative dispute resolution procedures without adequate justification.
•Presence of other relationships or concerns with the auditor that might suggest a conflict between the
auditor’s interests and shareholder interests.
•In determining whether shareholders would benefit from rotating the company’s auditor, where
relevant, the Benchmark Policy will consider factors that may call into question an auditor’s
effectiveness, including auditor tenure, a pattern of inaccurate audits, and any ongoing litigation or
significant controversies. When considering ongoing litigation and significant controversies, the
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Benchmark Policy is mindful that such matters may involve unadjudicated allegations and does not
assume the truth of such allegations or that the law has been violated. Instead, the Benchmark Policy
focuses more broadly on whether, under the particular facts and circumstances presented, the nature
and number of such lawsuits or other significant controversies reflects on the risk profile of the company
or suggests that appropriate risk mitigation measures may be warranted.
Pension Accounting Issues
A pension accounting question occasionally raised in proxy proposals is what effect, if any, projected returns on
employee pension assets should have on a company’s net income. This issue often arises in the context of
executive-compensation and the extent to which pension accounting should be reflected in business
performance for purposes of calculating payments to executives.
In accordance with prevailing market practice, pension credits should generally not be included in measuring
income that is used to award performance-based compensation. Because many of the assumptions used in
accounting for retirement plans are subject to the company’s discretion, management would have an obvious
conflict of interest if pay were tied to pension income, as projected income from pensions does not truly reflect
a company’s performance.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
The Link Between Compensation and
Performance
The compensation awarded to senior executives is an important area in which the board's priorities are
revealed. Executive compensation should be linked directly with the performance of the business the executive
is charged with managing. Market best practice indicates that the most effective compensation arrangements
provide for an appropriate mix of performance-based short- and long-term incentives in addition to fixed pay
elements while promoting a prudent and sustainable level of risk-taking.
Comprehensive, timely and transparent disclosure of executive pay is critical to allowing shareholders to
evaluate the extent to which pay is aligned with company performance. The disclosure of performance metrics
and goals is an important component in assessing executive compensation. Performance metrics must vary
depending on the company and industry, among other factors, and may include a wide variety of financial
measures as well as industry-specific performance indicators. However, companies should disclose why the
specific performance metrics were selected and how the actions they are designed to incentivize will lead to
better corporate performance.
It is rarely in shareholders’ interests to disclose competitive data about individual salaries below the
senior executive level. Such disclosure could create internal personnel discord that would be counterproductive
for the company and its shareholders. Shareholders likely do not need nor would they benefit from detailed
reports about individual management employees other than the most senior executives.
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation
(Say-on-Pay)
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) required most
companies to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation at the first shareholder meeting that occurs six
months after enactment of the bill (January 21, 2011).
This practice of allowing shareholders a non-binding vote on a company’s compensation report is standard
practice in many non-U.S. countries and has been a requirement for most companies in the United Kingdom
since 2003 and in Australia since 2005. Although say-on-pay proposals are non-binding, a high level of “against”
or “abstain” votes indicates substantial shareholder concern about a company’s compensation policies and
procedures.
Given the complexity of most companies’ compensation programs, the Benchmark Policy applies a highly
nuanced approach when analyzing advisory votes on executive compensation. Each company’s compensation is
reviewed on a case-by-case basis, recognizing that each company must be examined in the context of industry,
size, maturity, performance, financial condition, its historic pay for performance practices, and any other
relevant internal or external factors.
Companies should design and apply specific compensation policies and practices that are appropriate to the
circumstances of the company and, in particular, will attract and retain competent executives and other staff,
while motivating them to grow the company’s long-term shareholder value.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Where specific policies and practices serve to reasonably align compensation with performance, and such
practices are adequately disclosed, the Benchmark Policy will typically recommend that shareholders support
the company’s approach. If, however, those specific policies and practices fail to demonstrably link
compensation with performance, additional scrutiny is applied and the Benchmark Policy may recommend a
vote against the say-on-pay proposal.
Say-on-pay proposals are reviewed on both a qualitative and quantitative basis, with a focus on
several main areas:
•The overall design and structure of the company’s executive compensation programs including selection
and challenging nature of performance metrics;
•The implementation and effectiveness of the company’s executive compensation programs, including
pay mix and use of performance metrics in determining pay levels;
•The quality and content of the company’s disclosure;
•The quantum paid to executives; and
•The link between compensation and performance, as indicated by the company’s current and past pay-
for-performance scores.
Significant changes or modifications are reviewed, including post fiscal year-end changes and one-time awards,
particularly where the changes touch upon issues that are material to the alignment between pay and
shareholder interests. Additionally, while generally rare in the U.S. market, beneficial features such as, but not
limited to, post-vesting and/or post-retirement holding requirements may be viewed positively in the holistic
analysis.
Say-on-Pay Voting Recommendations
There are many elements that may drive voting recommendations. Informed by market best practices and
widespread investor sentiment, the following factors have been identified as particularly important in
Benchmark Policy voting recommendations:
•Evidence of a pattern of poor pay-for-performance practices (e.g., deficient or failing pay-for-
performance scores or a misalignment between incentive payouts and the shareholder experience),
•Unclear or questionable disclosure regarding the overall compensation structure (e.g., limited
information regarding benchmarking processes, limited rationale for bonus performance metrics and
targets, etc.),
•Questionable adjustments to certain aspects of the overall compensation structure (e.g., limited
rationale for significant changes to performance targets or metrics, the payout of guaranteed bonuses or
sizable retention grants, etc.), and/or
•Other egregious compensation practices.
The analysis of executive compensation programs is approached on a case-by-case basis. All factors related to
named executive officer compensation are reviewed, including quantitative analyses, structural features, the
presence of effective best practice policies, disclosure quality and trajectory-related factors. Except for
particularly egregious pay decisions and practices, no one factor would ordinarily lead to an unfavorable
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
recommendation under the Benchmark Policy without a review of the company’s rationale and/or the influence
of such decisions or practices on other aspects of the pay program, most notably the company’s ability to align
executive pay with performance and the shareholder experience.
Although not an exhaustive list, the following factors are generally viewed negatively under the Benchmark
Policy:
•Inappropriate or outsized self-selected peer groups and/or benchmarking issues such as compensation
targets set well above the median without adequate justification;
•Egregious or excessive bonuses, equity awards, perquisites or severance payments, including golden
handshakes and golden parachutes;
•Insufficient response to low shareholder support on prior say-on-pay and/or other related compensation
proposals;
•Problematic contractual payments, such as guaranteed bonuses;
•Adjustments to performance results that lead to problematic pay outcomes;
•Insufficiently challenging performance targets and/or high potential payout opportunities;
•Performance targets that are lowered without justification;
•Discretionary bonuses paid when short- or long-term incentive plan targets were not met;
•High executive pay relative to peers that is not justified by outstanding company performance; and
•Inappropriate terms for the long-term incentive plans (please see “Long-Term Incentives” for more
information).
The aforementioned issues influence the assessment of the structure of a company’s compensation program.
Structure is evaluated on a “Good, Fair, Poor” rating scale whereby a “Good” rating represents a compensation
program with little to no concerns and market-leading practices, a “Fair” rating represents a compensation
program with some concerns but general adherence to best practices and a “Poor” rating represents a
compensation program that deviates significantly from best practice or contains one or more egregious
compensation practices. However, it should be noted that this rating is independent of any qualitative
assessment used in Glass Lewis’s proprietary pay-for-performance model.
It is important for companies to provide investors with clear and complete disclosure of all the significant terms
of compensation arrangements. Similar to structure, disclosure is evaluated on a “Good, Fair, Poor” rating scale.
A “Good” rating represents a thorough discussion of all elements of compensation with rationale. A “Fair” rating
represents an adequate discussion of all or most elements of compensation with rationale. A “Poor” rating
represents an incomplete or absent discussion of compensation. In instances where a company has simply failed
to provide sufficient disclosure of its policies, the Benchmark Policy may recommend that shareholders oppose
this proposal solely on this basis, regardless of the appropriateness of compensation levels. Regulatory
disclosure rules such as smaller reporting company disclosure standards may condone the omission of key
executive compensation information. However, companies should provide sufficient information in the proxy
statement to enable shareholders to vote in an informed manner.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
In general, most companies will fall within the “Fair” range for both structure and disclosure, and the “Good”
and “Poor” ratings to highlight outliers.
Where egregious compensation practices are identified, shareholder opposition to the compensation committee
may be recommended under the Benchmark Policy based on the practices or actions of its members during the
year. Such practices may include approving large one-off payments, the inappropriate, unjustified use of
discretion, or sustained poor pay for performance practices. (Refer to the section on "Compensation Committee
Performance" for more information.)
Company Responsiveness
When companies receive a significant level of shareholder opposition to a say-on-pay proposal, defined as
when more than 20% of votes on the proposal are cast as “against” and/or “abstain”, it is considered best
practice for the board to demonstrate a commensurate level of engagement and responsiveness to the concerns
behind the disapproval, with a particular focus on responding to shareholder feedback. When assessing the level
of opposition to say-on-pay proposals, the level of opposition among disinterested shareholders as an
independent group may also be examined. While sweeping changes may not be made to a compensation
program without due consideration, the Benchmark Policy is of the view that the compensation committee
should demonstrate its responsiveness to significant opposition in its proxy statement. Although a majority of
shareholders may still have voted in favor of the proposal, the average approval rate for say-on-pay proposals is
typically above 90%, and support levels substantially below this level are outside of the norm. In general, market
expectations regarding the minimum appropriate levels of responsiveness will correspond to the level of
shareholder opposition, as expressed both through the magnitude of opposition in a single year, and whether
shareholder disapproval continues over a sustained period.
Appropriate responses to significant opposition to compensation plans include engagement with shareholders,
especially those that dissented to the proposal, to identify their concerns where possible, and, where
reasonable, implementing changes and/or making commitments that directly address those concerns within the
company’s compensation program. In cases where particularly egregious pay decisions caused a say-on-pay
proposal to fail, any changes made that directly address structural concerns about the pay decision are
considered. In the absence of any evidence in the disclosure that the board is actively engaging shareholders on
these issues and responding accordingly, the Benchmark Policy may hold compensation committee members
accountable for failing to adequately respond to shareholder opposition. Regarding such recommendations,
careful consideration will be given to the level of shareholder opposition, the severity of the issue, and the
company’s historical compensation practices.
Pay for Performance
An integral part of a well-structured compensation package is a successful link between pay and performance.
The Glass Lewis proprietary pay-for-performance model, which serves as the primary quantitative analysis, was
developed to better evaluate the link between pay and performance. Generally, compensation and performance
are measured against a peer group of appropriate companies that may overlap, to a certain extent, with a
company’s self-disclosed peers. This quantitative analysis provides a consistent framework and historical context
for clients to determine how well companies link executive compensation to relative performance. The
methodology takes a scorecard-based approach in evaluating pay-and-performance alignment. Final alignment
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
scores are determined by the weighted sum of up to six tests, each with their own severity rating. Overall scores
and ratings range as follows:
•Severe Concern: 0 to 20 points
•High Concern: 21 to 40 points
•Medium Concern: 41 to 60 points
•Low Concern: 61 to 80 points
•Negligible Concern: 81 to 100 points
The individual tests are as follows:
•Granted CEO Pay vs. TSR
•Granted CEO Pay vs. Financial Performance
•CEO STI Payouts vs. TSR
•Total Granted NEO Pay vs. Financial Performance
•CEO Compensation-Actually-Paid (“CAP”) vs. TSR
•Qualitative Factors (Downward Modifier)
Separately, a specific comparison between the company’s executive pay levels and its peers’ executive pay levels
may be discussed in the analysis for additional insight into the score. Likewise, a specific comparison between
the company’s performance and its peers’ performance may be reflected in the analysis for further context.
Companies that demonstrate a weaker link (an overall rating of “Severe Concern” or “High Concern”) are more
likely to receive a negative recommendation under the Benchmark Policy; however, other qualitative factors are
considered in developing recommendations, as each company is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. These
additional factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the overall incentive structure; (ii) the trajectory of the
program and any disclosed future changes; (iii) the operational, economic and business context for the year in
review; (iv) the relevance of selected performance metrics; and (v) reasonable long-term payout levels. These
factors may provide sufficient rationale for the Benchmark Policy to recommend in favor of a proposal even if
there is an identified disconnect between pay and performance.
In determining the peer groups used in Glass Lewis’s pay-for-performance scores, a proprietary methodology is
utilized that considers both market and industry peers, along with each company’s self-disclosed peers and
peers of those company-disclosed peers. Each component is considered on a weighted basis and is subject to
size-based ranking and screening. Since the peer group is based on an independent, proprietary technique, it will
often differ from the one used by the company which, in turn, could affect the resulting analyses. While Glass
Lewis’s independent, rigorous methodology provides a valuable perspective on the company’s compensation
program, the company’s self-selected peer group may also be presented in the Proxy Paper for comparative
purposes and for supplemental analyses.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Short-Term Incentives
A short-term bonus or incentive (STI) should be demonstrably tied to performance. Whenever possible, a mix of
corporate and individual performance measures is appropriate. Based on prevailing market practice, it is
generally expected that performance measures for STI plans are based on company-wide or divisional financial
measures as well as non-financial, qualitative or non-formulaic factors, such as those related to safety,
environmental issues, and customer satisfaction, when such metrics are material to the company’s overall
health. While companies operating in different sectors or markets may seek to utilize a wide range of metrics,
these measures should be appropriately tied to a company’s business drivers.
The Benchmark Policy also looks for the disclosure of the threshold, target and maximum performance goals and
corresponding payout levels that can be achieved under STI plans and expects stretching performance targets
for the maximum award to be achieved. Any increase in the potential target and maximum award should be
clearly justified to shareholders, as should any decrease in target and maximum performance goals from the
previous year.
Disclosure of some measures or performance targets may include commercially confidential information.
Therefore, in some cases, it may be reasonable to exclude such information, as long as the company provides
sufficient justification for non-disclosure. However, where a short-term bonus has been paid, companies are
generally expected to disclose the extent to which performance has been achieved against relevant targets,
including disclosure of the actual target achieved.
Where management has received significant short-term incentive payments but overall performance and/or the
shareholder experience over the measurement year prima facie appears to be poor or negative, the Benchmark
Policy looks to companies to provide a clear explanation of why these significant short-term payments were
made. Also, it is generally expected that any significant changes to the program structure should be
accompanied by rationalizing disclosure. Further, where a company has applied upward discretion, which
includes lowering goals mid-year, increasing calculated payouts or retroactively pro-rating performance periods,
a robust discussion of why the decision was necessary is warranted.
Adjustments to GAAP figures may be considered in assessing the effectiveness of the incentive at tying executive
pay with performance. Where companies use non-GAAP or bespoke metrics, clear reconciliations between these
figures and GAAP figures in audited financial statements should be provided. Moreover, in circumstances where
significant adjustments were applied to performance results, thorough, detailed discussion of adjustments akin
to a GAAP-to-non-GAAP reconciliation and their impact on payouts within the proxy statement could be
warranted. The absence of such enhanced disclosure for significant adjustments will impact the assessment of
the quality of disclosure and, in turn, may play a role in the Benchmark Policy’s recommendation on a company’s
the advisory vote on executive compensation.
The Benchmark Policy recognizes the importance of the compensation committee’s prudent and responsible
exercise of discretion over incentive pay outcomes to account for significant, material events that would
otherwise be excluded from performance results of selected metrics of incentive programs. For instance,
litigation settlement charges are typically removed from non-GAAP results before the determination of
formulaic incentive payouts, or health and safety failures may not be reflected in performance results where
companies do not expressly include health and safety metrics in incentive plans. Such events may nevertheless
be consequential to corporate performance results, impact the shareholder experience, and, in some cases,
present financially material risks. Conversely, certain events may adversely impact formulaic payout results
despite being outside executives' control. The Benchmark Policy looks to companies to provide thorough
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
discussion of how such events were considered in the committee’s decisions to exercise discretion over
incentive payouts.
The use of a non-formulaic plan, alone, does not generally result in a recommendation against a pay program
under the Benchmark Policy. If a company has chosen to rely primarily on a subjective assessment or the board’s
discretion in determining short-term bonuses, a meaningful discussion of the board’s rationale in determining
the bonuses paid as well as a rationale for the use of a non-formulaic mechanism is reviewed within the proxy
statement. Particularly where the aforementioned disclosures are substantial and satisfactory, such a structure
will not provoke serious concern in the analysis on its own. However, in conjunction with other significant issues
in a program’s design or operation, such as a disconnect between pay and performance, the absence of a cap on
payouts, or a lack of performance-based long-term awards, the use of a non-formulaic bonus may contribute to
a negative recommendation under the Benchmark Policy.
Long-Term Incentives
Equity-based incentive programs, which are often the primary long-term incentive (LTI) for executives, are
generally the most significant portion of the overall compensation program. When used appropriately, these
programs can provide a vehicle for linking an executive’s pay to company performance, thereby aligning an
executive’s interests with those of shareholders. In addition, equity-based compensation can be an effective way
to attract, retain and motivate key employees.
There are certain elements that are common to most well-structured LTI plans. These include:
•No re-testing or lowering of performance conditions;
•Performance metrics that cannot be easily manipulated by management;
•Two or more performance metrics;
•At least one relative performance metric that compares the company’s performance to a relevant peer
group or index;
•Vesting and/or performance periods of at least three years;
•Stretching metrics that incentivize executives to strive for outstanding performance while not
encouraging excessive risk-taking;
•Reasonable individual award limits;
•Equity granting practices that are clearly disclosed; and
•Additional post-vesting holding periods to encourage long-term executive share ownership.
In evaluating long-term incentive grants, prevailing market practice generally indicates that at least half of the
grant should consist of performance-based awards, putting a material portion of executive compensation at-risk
and that the award should be demonstrably linked to the performance of the company. While LTI program
structures that do not meet this criterion are noted, such concerns are unlikely to result in negative
recommendations under the Benchmark Policy in the absence of other significant issues with program design or
operation. Changes to program structure which result in significant reductions or elimination of performance-
based vesting conditions will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Given the resultant reduction in rigor, if
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
changes are not paired with meaningful revisions to other aspects of the program, such as pay quantum and
vesting periods, and/or lack a cogent rationale, they are likely to be viewed negatively by many investors.
As with the short-term incentive, many investors recognize the importance of the compensation committee’s
judicious and responsible exercise of discretion over incentive pay outcomes to account for significant events
that would otherwise be excluded from performance results of selected metrics of incentive programs.
Companies should provide thorough discussion of how such events were considered in the committee’s
decisions to exercise discretion or refrain from applying discretion over incentive pay outcomes. Furthermore,
considerations related to the use of non-GAAP metrics under the STI plan similarly apply to the long-term
incentive program.
Performance measures should be carefully selected and should relate to the specific business/industry in which
the company operates and, especially, to the key value drivers of the company’s business. As with the short-
term incentive plans, the basis for any adjustments to metrics or results should be clearly explained, as should
the company’s judgment on the use of discretion and any significant changes to the performance program
structure.
While the Benchmark Policy recognizes the inherent complexity of certain performance metrics, measuring a
company’s performance with multiple metrics can provide a more complete picture of the company’s
performance than a single metric. Further, reliance on just one metric may focus too much management
attention on a single target and is, therefore, more susceptible to manipulation. When utilized for relative
measurements, external benchmarks such as a sector index or peer group should be disclosed, as should the
rationale for the selection of a specific index or peer group. Internal performance benchmarks should also be
disclosed, unless a reasonable case for confidentiality is made and fully explained. Similarly, actual performance
and vesting levels for previous grants earned during the fiscal year should be disclosed.
When evaluating potential changes to LTI plans and determining the impact of additional stock awards, the
Benchmark Policy will evaluate the relative success of a company’s compensation programs, particularly with
regard to existing equity-based incentive plans, in linking pay and performance. Within this context, the pay-for-
performance analyses for the company (see above for more information) and specifically the proportion of total
compensation that is stock-based is also reviewed.
Grants of Front-Loaded Awards
Many U.S. companies have chosen to provide large grants, usually in the form of equity awards, that are
intended to serve as compensation for multiple years. This practice, often called front-loading, is taken up either
in the regular course of business or as a response to specific business conditions and with a predetermined
objective. The so-called “mega-grant” (an outsized award to one individual sometimes valued at over $100
million) is sometimes, but not always, provided as a front-loaded award. The Benchmark Policy is generally wary
of this granting approach, and, accordingly, may weigh these grants with particular scrutiny.
While the use of front-loaded awards is intended to lock in executive service and incentives, the same rigidity
also raises the risk of effectively tying the hands of the compensation committee. As compared with a more
responsive annual granting schedule program, front-loaded awards may preclude improvements or changes that
reflect evolving business strategies or to respond to other unforeseen factors. Additionally, if structured poorly,
early vesting of such awards may reduce or eliminate the retentive power at great cost to shareholders. The
considerable emphasis on a single grant can place intense pressure on every facet of its design, amplifying any
potential perverse incentives and creating greater room for unintended consequences. In particular, provisions
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
around changes of control or separations of service must ensure that executives do not receive excessive
payouts that do not reflect shareholder experience or company performance.
A company’s rationale for granting awards under this structure is considered in the analysis, and market
expectations are such that any front-loaded awards also include a firm commitment not to grant additional
awards for a defined period, as is commonly associated with this practice. Even when such a commitment is
provided, unexpected circumstances may lead the board to make additional payments or awards for retention
purposes, or to incentivize management towards more realistic goals or a revised strategy. Many investors take
a negative view if a company breaks its commitment not to grant further awards, particularly if a convincing
rationale is not provided. The multi-year nature of these awards generally lends itself to significantly higher
compensation figures in the year of grant than might otherwise be expected. In the qualitative analysis of the
grants of front-loaded awards to executives, the Benchmark Policy will consider the quantum of the award on an
annualized basis and it may be compared to prior practice and peer data, among other benchmarks.
Additionally, for awards that are granted in the form of equity, the total potential dilutive effect of such award
on shareholders is considered.
In situations where the front-loaded award was meant to cover a certain portion of the regular long-term
incentive grant for each year during the covered period, analysis of the value of the remaining portion of the
regular long-term incentives granted during the period covered by the award will account for the annualized
value of the front-loaded portion. Further, the general expectation is that no supplemental grant is awarded
during the vesting period of the front-loaded portion.
Linking Executive Pay to Environmental and Social Criteria
Explicit environmental and/or social (E&S) criteria in executive incentive plans, when used appropriately, can
serve to provide both executives and shareholders a clear line of sight into a company’s ESG strategy, ambitions,
and targets. The inclusion of E&S metrics in compensation programs should be predicated on each company’s
unique circumstances. In order to establish a meaningful link between pay and performance, companies must
consider factors including their industry, size, risk profile, maturity, performance, financial condition, and any
other relevant internal or external factors.
When a company is introducing E&S criteria into executive incentive plans, it is important that shareholders are
provided with sufficient disclosure to allow them to understand how these criteria align with the company’s
strategies. Additionally, there may be situations where certain E&S performance criteria are reasonably viewed
as prerequisites for executive performance, as opposed to behaviors and conditions that need to be
incentivized, such as the use of metrics that award executives for ethical behavior or compliance with policies
and regulations. Companies should generally provide shareholders with disclosures that clearly lay out the
rationale for selecting specific E&S metrics, the target-setting process, and corresponding payout opportunities.
Particularly in the case of qualitative metrics, shareholders should be provided with a clear understanding of the
basis on which the criteria will be assessed. Where quantitative targets have been set, shareholders are best
served when these are disclosed on an ex-ante basis, or the board should outline why it believes it is unable to
do so.
The Benchmark Policy is mindful that not all compensation schemes lend themselves to the inclusion of E&S
metrics and is of the view that companies should retain flexibility in not only choosing to incorporate E&S
metrics in their compensation plans, but also in the placement of these metrics. For example, some companies
may determine that including E&S criteria in the annual bonus may help to incentivize the achievement of short-
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
term milestones and allow for more maneuverability in strategic adjustments to long-term goals. Other
companies may determine that their long-term sustainability targets are best achieved by incentivizing
executives through metrics included in their long-term incentive plans.
One-Time Awards
Shareholders have shown a general wariness of awards granted outside of the standard incentive schemes, as
such awards have the potential to undermine the integrity of a company’s regular incentive plans and/or the link
between pay and performance. If the existing incentive programs fail to provide adequate incentives to
executives, companies should redesign their compensation programs rather than make additional grants.
However, the Benchmark Policy reviews grants of supplemental awards on a case-by-case and company-by-
company basis to give adequate consideration for unique circumstances. Companies should provide a thorough
description of the awards, including a cogent and convincing explanation of their necessity and why existing
awards do not provide sufficient motivation and a discussion of how the quantum of the award and its structure
were determined. Further, such awards should be tied to future service and performance whenever possible.
Additionally, the Benchmark Policy looks to companies making supplemental or one-time awards to describe if
and how the regular compensation arrangements will be affected by these additional grants. In reviewing a
company’s use of supplemental awards, the terms and size of the grants in the context of the company’s overall
incentive strategy and granting practices are evaluated, as well as the current operating environment.
Contractual Payments and Arrangements
Beyond the quantum of contractual payments, the design of any entitlement is considered. Certain executive
employment terms that may help to drive a negative recommendation under the Benchmark Policy, include, but
are not limited to:
•Excessively broad change in control triggers;
•Inappropriate severance entitlements;
•Inadequately explained or excessive sign-on arrangements;
•Guaranteed bonuses (especially as a multiyear occurrence); and
•Failure to address any concerning practices in amended employment agreements.
In general, shareholders are wary of terms that are excessively restrictive in favor of the executive, or that could
potentially incentivize behaviors that are not in a company’s best interest.
Sign-on Awards and Severance Benefits
There may be certain costs associated with transitions at the executive level. In evaluating the size of severance
and sign-on arrangements, the Benchmark Policy considers the executive’s regular target compensation
level, or the sums paid to other executives (including the recipient’s predecessor, where applicable).
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Sign-on arrangements should be clearly disclosed and accompanied by a meaningful explanation of the
payments and the process by which the amounts were reached. Further, the details of and basis for any “make-
whole” payments (paid as compensation for awards forfeited from a previous employer) should be provided.
With respect to severance, companies should abide by predetermined payouts in most circumstances. While in
limited circumstances some deviations may not be inappropriate, shareholders should be provided with a
meaningful explanation of any additional or increased benefits agreed upon outside of regular arrangements.
However, where such predetermined payouts are considered particularly problematic or unfavorable to
shareholders, the execution of such payments may result in a negative recommendation under the Benchmark
Policy for the advisory vote on executive compensation.
In the U.S. market, most companies maintain severance entitlements based on a multiple of salary and, in many
cases, bonus. Prevailing market practice indicates that a multiple of three or less is reasonable, even in the case
of a change in control. The basis and total value of severance should be reasonable and should not exceed the
upper limit of general market practice. The inclusion of long-term incentives in cash severance calculations is
generally considered inappropriate, particularly given the commonality of accelerated vesting of outstanding
long-term incentives and the proportional weight of long-term incentives as a component of total pay. However,
the Benchmark Policy will account for additional considerations when reviewing atypically structured
compensation approaches.
Change in Control
Double-trigger change in control arrangements, which require both a change in control and termination or
constructive termination, are widely regarded as best practice. Any arrangement that is not explicitly double-
trigger may be considered a single-trigger or modified single-trigger arrangement. Companies that allow for
committee discretion over the treatment of unvested awards should commit to providing clear rationale for the
committee’s ultimate decision as to how such awards will be treated in the event a change in control occurs.
Further, excessively broad definitions of change in control are potentially problematic as they may lead to
situations where executives receive additional compensation where no meaningful change in status or duties
has occurred.
Excise Tax Gross-ups
Among other entitlements, many investors are strongly opposed to excise tax gross-ups related to IRC § 4999
and their expansion, especially where no consideration is given to the safe harbor limit. The inclusion of excise
tax gross-up provisions in new agreements or the addition of such provisions to amended agreements is not
acceptable under normal circumstances. In consideration of the fact that minor increases in change-in-control
payments can lead to disproportionately large excise taxes, the potential negative impact of tax gross-ups could
far outweigh any retentive benefit.
Depending on the circumstances, the addition of new gross-ups around this excise tax may lead the Benchmark
Policy to recommend against a company’s say-on-pay proposal, the chair of the compensation committee, or the
entire committee, particularly in cases where a company had previously committed not to provide any such
entitlements. For situations in which the addition of new excise tax gross-ups will be provided in connection with
a specific change-in-control transaction, this policy may be applied to the say-on-pay proposal, the golden
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
parachute proposal and recommendations related to the compensation committee for all involved corporate
parties, as appropriate.
Amended Employment Agreements
The Benchmark Policy may view any contractual arrangements providing for problematic pay practices that are
not addressed in materially amended employment agreements as a missed opportunity on the part of the
company to align its policies with current best practices. Such problematic pay practices include, but are not
limited to, excessive change in control entitlements, modified single-trigger change in control entitlements,
excise tax gross-ups, and multi-year guaranteed awards.
Recoupment Provisions (Clawbacks)
On October 26, 2022, the SEC adopted Rule 10D-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The rule mandates
national securities exchanges and associations to promulgate new listing standards requiring companies to
maintain recoupment policies (“clawback provisions”). The final clawback listing standards were approved by the
SEC, effective October 2, 2023, and required listed companies to adopt a compliant policy by December 1, 2023.
Clawback provisions play an important role in mitigating excessive risk-taking that may be encouraged by poorly
structured variable incentive programs. Current listing standards require recoupment of erroneously awarded
payouts to current and former executive officers in the event of an accounting restatement or correction to
previous financial statements that is material to the current period, regardless of fault or misconduct.
Excessive risk-taking that can materially and adversely impact shareholders may not necessarily result in such
restatements. As such, clawback policies should allow recovery from current and former executive officers in the
event of a restatement of financial results or similar revision of performance indicators upon which the awards
were based. Additionally, recoupment policies should provide companies with the ability to claw back variable
incentive payments (whether time-based or performance-based) when there is evidence of problematic
decisions or actions, such as material misconduct, a material reputational failure, material risk management
failure, or a material operational failure, the consequences of which have not already been reflected in incentive
payments and where recovery is warranted.
In situations where the company ultimately determines not to follow through with recovery, the Benchmark
Policy will determine the appropriateness of such determination on a case-by-case basis. In particular, it will
carefully evaluate whether the company has provided a thorough, detailed discussion of the company's decision
to not pursue recoupment and, if applicable, how the company has otherwise rectified the disconnect between
executive pay outcomes and negative impacts of their actions on the company and the shareholder experience.
The absence of such enhanced disclosure may impact the assessment of the quality of disclosure and, in turn,
may play a role in the overall Benchmark Policy recommendation for the advisory vote on executive
compensation. The clawback policy should provide recoupment authority regardless of whether the
employment of the executive officer was terminated with or without cause.
Hedging of Stock
The hedging of shares of the companies where executives are employed can sever the alignment of interests of
the executive with shareholders. In line with market best practice, companies should adopt strict policies to
prohibit executives from hedging the economic risk associated with their share ownership in the company.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Pledging of Stock
Shareholders should examine the facts and circumstances of each company, rather than apply a one-size-fits-all
policy regarding employee stock pledging. Shareholders benefit when employees, particularly senior executives,
have meaningful financial interest in the success of the company under their management. As such, there can be
benefits to measures designed to encourage employees to both buy shares out of their own pocket and to retain
shares they have been granted; blanket policies prohibiting stock pledging may discourage executives and
employees from doing either.
However, depending on a host of factors, the pledging of shares can present a risk that an executive with a
significant number of pledged shares and limited other assets may have an incentive to take steps to avoid a
forced sale of shares in the face of a rapid stock price decline. Therefore, to avoid substantial losses from a
forced sale to meet the terms of the loan, the executive may have an incentive to boost the stock price in the
short term in a manner that is unsustainable, thus hurting shareholders in the long term. Concerns regarding
pledging may not apply to less senior employees, given the latter group’s significantly more limited influence
over a company’s stock price. Therefore, the issue of pledging shares should be reviewed in that context, as
should policies that distinguish between the two groups.
The benefits of stock ownership by executives and employees may outweigh the risks of stock pledging,
depending on many factors. As such, the Benchmark Policy may consider all relevant factors in evaluating
proposed policies, limitations and prohibitions on pledging stock, including:
•The number of shares pledged;
•The percentage executives’ pledged shares are of outstanding shares;
•The percentage executives’ pledged shares are of each executive’s shares and total assets;
•Whether the pledged shares were purchased by the employee or granted by the company;
•Whether there are different policies for purchased and granted shares;
•Whether the granted shares are time-based or performance-based;
•The overall governance profile of the company;
•The volatility of the company’s stock (in order to determine the likelihood of a sudden stock price drop);
•The nature and cyclicality, if applicable, of the company’s industry;
•The participation and eligibility of executives and employees in pledging;
•The company’s current policies regarding pledging and any waiver from these policies for employees and
executives; and
•Disclosure of the extent of any pledging, particularly among senior executives.
Executive Ownership Guidelines
The alignment between shareholder interests and those of executives helps to ensure that executives are acting
in the best long-term interests of disinterested shareholders. Companies should facilitate this relationship
through the adoption and enforcement of meaningful minimum executive share ownership requirements. They
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
should clearly disclose their executive ownership requirements in their CD&A, as well as how the various types
of outstanding equity awards are counted or excluded from the ownership level calculation.
In determining whether executives have met the requirements or not, the inclusion of unearned performance-
based full value awards and/or unexercised stock options without cogent rationale may be viewed as
problematic. While the inclusion of unearned performance-based equity in the ownership determination
renders executive share ownership policies somewhat less effective, performance-based equity compensation
still can play an important role in the separate issue of aligning executive pay with performance.
Compensation Consultant Independence
As mandated by Section 952 of the Dodd-Frank Act, as of January 11, 2013, the SEC approved listing
requirements for both the NYSE and NASDAQ which require compensation committees to consider six factors in
assessing compensation advisor independence. According to the SEC, “no one factor should be viewed as a
determinative factor.” This six-factor assessment is an important process for every compensation committee to
undertake but companies employing a consultant for board compensation, consulting and other corporate
services should provide clear disclosure beyond just a reference to examining the six points, in order to allow
shareholders to review the specific aspects of the various consultant relationships.
Compensation consultants are engaged to provide objective, disinterested, and expert advice to the
compensation committee. When the consultant or its affiliates receive substantial income from providing other
services to the company, the potential for a conflict of interest arises and the independence of the consultant
may be jeopardized. Therefore, Benchmark Policy may note the potential for a conflict of interest when the fees
paid to the advisor or its affiliates for other services exceed those paid for compensation consulting.
CEO Pay Ratio
As mandated by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Consumer and Protection Act, beginning in 2018,
issuers are required to disclose the median annual total compensation of all employees except the CEO, the total
annual compensation of the CEO or equivalent position, and the ratio between the two amounts. The pay ratio
is displayed as a data point in Proxy Papers, as available. While the pay ratio has the potential to provide
additional insight when assessing a company’s pay practices, at this time it is not a determinative factor in the
Benchmark Policy’s voting recommendations. However, the underlying data may help shareholders evaluate the
rationale for certain executive pay decisions such as increases in fixed pay levels.
Frequency of Say-on-Pay
The Dodd-Frank Act requires companies to allow shareholders a non-binding vote on the frequency of say-
on-pay votes (i.e., every one, two or three years). Additionally, Dodd-Frank requires companies to hold such
votes on the frequency of say-on-pay votes at least once every six years.
The submission of say-on-pay votes to shareholders every year is widely regarded as market best practice. The
time and financial burdens to a company regarding an annual vote are relatively small and incremental and are
outweighed by the benefits to shareholders through more frequent accountability. Implementing biannual or
triennial votes on executive compensation limits shareholders’ ability to hold the board accountable for its
compensation practices through means other than voting against the compensation committee. Unless a
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
company provides a compelling rationale or unique circumstances for say-on-pay votes less frequent than
annually, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders support annual votes on
compensation.
Vote on Golden Parachute Arrangements
The Dodd-Frank Act requires companies to provide shareholders with a separate non-binding vote on approval
of golden parachute compensation arrangements in connection with certain change-in-control transactions.
However, if the golden parachute arrangements have previously been subject to a say-on-pay vote which
shareholders approved, then this required vote is waived.
The narrative and tabular disclosure of golden parachute arrangements benefits shareholders. The Benchmark
Policy analyzes each golden parachute arrangement on a case-by-case basis, taking into account, among other
items: the nature of the change-in-control transaction, the ultimate value of the payments particularly
compared to the value of the transaction, any excise tax gross-up obligations, the tenure and position of the
executives in question before and after the transaction, any new or amended employment agreements entered
into in connection with the transaction, and the type of triggers involved (i.e., single vs. double). In cases where
new problematic features, such as excise tax gross-up obligations or new and excessive single-trigger
entitlements, are introduced in a golden parachute proposal, such features may contribute to a negative
recommendation under the Benchmark Policy. This does not only apply to the golden parachute proposal under
review, but may also apply to the next say-on-pay proposal or the reelection of members of the compensation
committee of any involved corporate parties.
Equity-Based Compensation Proposals
Equity compensation awards, when not abused, can be useful for retaining employees and providing an
incentive for them to act in a way that will improve company performance. Equity-based compensation plans
are critical components of a company’s overall compensation program, and the Benchmark Policy assesses such
plans accordingly based on both quantitative and qualitative factors.
Quantitative analyses assess the plan’s cost and the company’s pace of granting utilizing a number of different
tests, comparing the program with absolute limits that are key to equity value creation and with a carefully
chosen peer group. In general, the analysis seeks to determine whether the proposed plan is either absolutely
excessive or is more than one standard deviation away from the average plan for the peer group on a range of
criteria, including dilution to shareholders and the projected annual cost relative to the company’s financial
performance. Each of the analyses (and their constituent parts) are weighted and the plan is scored in
accordance with that weight.
The program’s expected annual expense is compared with the business’s operating metrics to help determine
whether the plan is excessive in light of company performance. The plan’s expected annual cost is also
compared to the enterprise value of the firm rather than to market capitalization because the employees,
managers and directors of the firm contribute to the creation of enterprise value but not necessarily market
capitalization (the biggest difference is seen where cash represents the vast majority of market capitalization).
Finally, relative comparisons with averages are not relied on exclusively because, in addition to creeping
averages serving to inflate compensation, some absolute limits are warranted.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Qualitative aspects of the plan such as plan administration, the method and terms of exercise, repricing history,
express or implied rights to reprice, and the presence of evergreen provisions are also considered in the
Benchmark Policy evaluation of equity plans. The choice and use of, and difficulty in meeting, the awards’
performance metrics and targets, if any, are closely reviewed. Significant changes to the terms of a plan should
be clearly indicated explained for shareholders. Other factors, such as a company’s size and operating
environment, may also be relevant in assessing the severity of concerns or the benefits of certain changes.
Finally, a company’s executive compensation practices in certain situations may be considered as applicable.
The Benchmark Policy evaluates equity plans based on certain overarching principles:
•Companies should seek more shares only when needed;
•Requested share amounts or share reserves should be conservative in size so that companies must seek
shareholder approval every three to four years (or more frequently);
•If a plan is relatively expensive, it should not grant options solely to senior executives and board
members;
•Dilution of annual net share count or voting power, along with the “overhang” of incentive plans, should
be limited;
•Annual cost of the plan (especially if not shown on the income statement) should be reasonable as a
percentage of financial results and should be in line with the peer group;
•The expected annual cost of the plan should be proportional to the business’s value;
•The intrinsic value that option grantees received in the past should be reasonable compared with the
business’s financial results;
•Plans should not permit repricing of stock options without shareholder approval;
•Plans should not contain excessively liberal administrative or payment terms;
•Plans should not count shares in ways that understate the potential dilution, or cost, to common
shareholders. This refers to “inverse” full-value award multipliers;
•Selected performance metrics should be challenging and appropriate, and should be subject to relative
performance measurements; and
•Stock grants should be subject to minimum vesting and/or holding periods sufficient to ensure
sustainable performance and promote retention.
Meanwhile, for individual equity award proposals where the recipient of the proposed grant is also a large
shareholder of the company whose vote can materially affect the passage of the proposal, the company should
strongly consider the level of approval from disinterested shareholders before proceeding with the proposed
grant. Potential conflicts of interests are noted when vote outcomes can be heavily influenced by the recipient
of the grant. A required abstention vote or non-vote from the recipient for an equity award proposal in these
situations can help to avoid such conflicts and reflects broad investor sentiment. This favorable feature will be
weighed alongside the structure, disclosure, dilution, provided rationale, and other provisions related to the
individual award to assess the award’s alignment with long-term shareholder interests.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Option Exchanges and Repricing
The Benchmark Policy generally opposes the repricing of employee and director options regardless of how it is
accomplished. Employees should have some downside risk in their equity-based compensation program and
repricing eliminates any such risk. As shareholders have substantial risk in owning stock, the equity
compensation of employees and directors should be similarly situated to align their interests with those of
shareholders. This will facilitate appropriate risk- and opportunity-taking for the company by employees.
Option grantees who believe they will be “rescued” from underwater options may be more inclined to take
unjustifiable risks. Moreover, a predictable pattern of repricing or exchanges substantially alters a stock option’s
value because options that will practically never expire deeply out of the money are worth far more than options
that carry a risk of expiration.
In short, repricings and option exchange programs change the bargain between shareholders and employees
after the bargain has been struck.
There is one circumstance in which a repricing or option exchange program may be acceptable: if
macroeconomic or industry trends, rather than specific company issues, cause a stock’s value to decline
dramatically and the repricing is necessary to motivate and retain employees. In viewing the company’s stock
decline as part of a larger trend, it is generally expected that the impact approximately reflects the market or
industry price decline in terms of timing and magnitude. In this circumstance, it is fair to conclude that option
grantees may be suffering from a risk that was not foreseeable when the original “bargain” was struck. In such a
scenario, the Benchmark Policy may recommend support for a repricing or option exchange program only if
sufficient conditions are met.
The following features are viewed positively when assessing a repricing or exchange proposal:
•Officers and board members are not able to participate in the program; and
•The exchange is value-neutral or value-creative to shareholders using very conservative assumptions.
In evaluating the appropriateness of the program design, the Benchmark Policy considers the inclusion of the
following features:
•The vesting requirements on exchanged or repriced options are extended beyond one year;
•Shares reserved for options that are reacquired in an option exchange will permanently retire (i.e., will
not be available for future grants) so as to prevent additional shareholder dilution in the future; and
•Management and the board make a cogent case for needing to motivate and retain existing employees,
such as being in a competitive employment market.
Option Backdating, Spring-Loading and Bullet-Dodging
Option backdating, and the related practices of spring-loading and bullet-dodging, are generally viewed as
egregious actions that warrant holding the appropriate management and board members responsible. These
practices are similar to repricing options and eliminate much of the downside risk inherent in an option grant
that is designed to induce recipients to maximize shareholder return.
48 Lucian Bebchuk, Yaniv Grinstein and Urs Peyer. “LUCKY CEOs.” (2006).
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Backdating an option is the act of changing an option’s grant date from the actual grant date to an earlier date
when the market price of the underlying stock was lower, resulting in a lower exercise price for the option. In
past studies, over 270 companies were identified which have disclosed internal or government investigations
into their past stock-option grants.
Spring-loading is granting stock options while in possession of material, positive information that has not been
disclosed publicly, whereas bullet-dodging is delaying the grants of stock options until after the release of
material, negative information. This can allow option grants to be made at a lower price either before the
release of positive news or following the release of negative news, assuming the stock’s price will move up or
down in response to the information. This raises a concern similar to that of insider trading, or the trading on
material non-public information.
The exercise price for an option is determined on the day of grant, providing the recipient with the same market
risk as an investor who bought shares on that date. However, where options were backdated, the executive or
the board (or the compensation committee) changed the grant date retroactively. The new date may be at or
near the lowest price for the year or period. This would be like allowing an investor to look back and select the
lowest price of the year at which to buy shares.
A 2006 study of option grants made between 1996 and 2005 at 8,000 companies found that option backdating
can be an indication of poor internal controls. The study found that option backdating was more likely to occur
at companies without a majority independent board and with a long-serving CEO; both factors, the study
concluded, were associated with greater CEO influence on the company’s compensation and governance
practices.48
Where a company granted backdated options to an executive who is also a director, the Benchmark Policy may
recommend voting against that individual, regardless of who decided to make the award. In addition, it may
recommend voting against those directors who either approved or allowed backdating. Executives and directors
who either benefited from backdated options or authorized the practice have failed to act in the best interests
of shareholders.
Given the severe tax and legal liabilities to the company from backdating, the Benchmark Policy will consider
recommending shareholders oppose members of the audit committee who served when options were
backdated, a restatement occurs, material weaknesses in internal controls exist, and disclosures indicate there
was a lack of documentation. These committee members failed in their responsibility to ensure the integrity of
the company’s financial reports.
When a company has engaged in spring-loading or bullet-dodging, the Benchmark Policy will consider
recommending against members of the compensation committee where there has been a pattern of granting
options at or near historic lows. In those instances, the Benchmark Policy will also recommend voting against
executives serving on the board who benefited from the spring-loading or bullet-dodging.
Director Compensation Plans
Non-employee directors should receive reasonable and appropriate compensation for the time and effort they
spend serving on the board and its committees. However, a balance is required. Fees should be competitive in
order to retain and attract qualified individuals, but excessive fees represent a financial cost to the company and
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
potentially compromise the objectivity and independence of non-employee directors. The Benchmark Policy will
consider supporting compensation plans that include option grants or other equity-based awards that help to
align the interests of outside directors with those of shareholders. However, to ensure directors are not
incentivized in the same manner as executives but rather serve as a check on imprudent risk-taking in executive
compensation plan design, equity grants to directors should not be performance-based. Where an equity plan
exclusively or primarily covers non-employee directors as participants, the plan should not provide for
performance-based awards in any capacity.
When non-employee director equity grants are covered by the same equity plan that applies to a company’s
broader employee base, Glass Lewis’ propriety equity model may be used, alongside analyst review, to guide the
Benchmark Policy’s voting recommendations. If such a plan broadly allows for performance-based awards to
directors or explicitly provides for such grants, the Benchmark Policy may recommend against the overall plan
on this basis, particularly if the company has granted performance-based awards to directors in past.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Employee stock purchase plans (ESPPs) can provide employees with a sense of ownership in their company and
help strengthen the alignment between the interests of employees and shareholders. ESPPs are evaluated by
assessing the expected discount, purchase period, expected purchase activity (if previous activity has been
disclosed) and whether the plan has a “lookback” feature. Except for the most extreme cases, the Benchmark
Policy will generally support these plans given the regulatory purchase limit of $25,000 per employee per year.
The number of shares requested for an ESPP will also be assessed to see if it significantly contributes to overall
shareholder dilution or result in shareholders not having a chance to approve the program for an excessive
period of time. The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend against ESPPs that contain “evergreen”
provisions that automatically increase the number of shares available under the ESPP each year.
Executive Compensation Tax Deductibility — Amendment to
IRC 162(M)
The “Tax Cut and Jobs Act” of 2017 had significant implications for Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code,
a provision that allowed companies to deduct compensation in excess of $1 million for the CEO and the next
three most highly compensated executive officers, excluding the CFO, if the compensation is performance-
based and is paid under shareholder-approved plans. Amendments to equity plans and changes to
compensation programs in response to the elimination of tax deductions under 162(m) are generally not
problematic. This specifically holds true if such modifications contribute to the maintenance of a sound
performance-based compensation program.
As grandfathered contracts may continue to be eligible for tax deductions under the transition rule for Section
162(m), companies may therefore submit incentive plans for shareholder approval to take advantage of the
tax deductibility afforded under 162(m) for certain types of compensation.
Best practice for companies is to provide robust disclosure to shareholders so that they can make fully informed
judgments about the reasonableness of the proposed compensation plan. To allow for meaningful shareholder
review, disclosure should include specific performance metrics, a maximum award pool, and a maximum award
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
amount per employee. It is also important to analyze the estimated grants to see if they are reasonable and in
line with the company’s peers.
The Benchmark Policy typically recommends voting against a 162(m) proposal where: (i) a company fails to
provide at least a list of performance targets; (ii) a company fails to provide one of either a total maximum or an
individual maximum; or (iii) the proposed plan or individual maximum award limit is excessive when compared
with the plans of the company’s peers.
The company’s record of aligning pay with performance (as evaluated using Glass Lewis’s proprietary pay-for
performance model) also plays a role in recommendations. Where a company has a record of setting reasonable
pay relative to business performance, the Benchmark Policy generally recommends voting in favor of a plan even
if the plan caps seem large relative to peers, because there may be value in special pay arrangements for
continued exceptional performance.
Overall, the Benchmark Policy is of the view that it is generally not in shareholders’ best interests to vote against
such a plan and forgo the potential tax benefit, since shareholder rejection of such plans will not curtail the
awards; it will only prevent the tax deduction associated with them.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Governance Structure and the Shareholder
Franchise
Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation and/or
Bylaws
The Benchmark Policy evaluates proposed amendments to a company's certificate of incorporation and/or
bylaws on a case-by-case basis. In general, it will recommend voting for amendments that are unlikely to have a
material negative impact on shareholders' interests. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy generally recommends
voting for proposed technical amendments to a company’s certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws, such as
editorial amendments or the necessary reflection of changes to corporate law.
The Benchmark Policy is strongly opposed to the practice of bundling several amendments under a single
proposal because it prevents shareholders from reviewing each amendment on its own merit. In such cases,
each proposed change will be analyzed on an individual basis, and the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting
for the proposal only when, on balance, the amendments are in the best interests of shareholders. Material
concerns with a single proposed amendment may lead to a recommendation that shareholders oppose all
proposed amendments where these are bundled into a single proposal.
Anti-Takeover Measures
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Many investors view poison pill plans unfavorably. They can reduce management accountability by substantially
limiting opportunities for corporate takeovers. Rights plans can, thus, prevent shareholders from receiving a
buy-out premium for their stock. The Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote against
these plans to protect their financial interests and ensure that they have an opportunity to consider any offer for
their shares, especially those at a premium.
Generally, boards should be given wide latitude in directing company activities and in charting a company’s
course. However, on an issue such as this, where the link between the shareholders’ financial interests and their
right to consider and accept buyout offers is substantial, shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether
they support such a plan’s implementation. This issue is different from other matters that are typically left to
board discretion. Its potential impact on, and relation to, shareholders is direct and substantial. It is also an issue
in which management interests may be different from those of shareholders; thus, ensuring that shareholders
have a voice in this matter is the only way to safeguard their interests.
In certain circumstances, the Benchmark Policy will support a poison pill plan that is limited in scope to
accomplish a particular objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a plan that contains a
reasonable qualifying offer clause. The Benchmark Policy will consider supporting a poison pill plan if the
qualifying offer clause includes each of the following attributes:
49 Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code refers to a “change of ownership” of more than 50 percentage points by one or
more 5% shareholders within a three-year period. The statute is intended to deter the “trafficking” of net operating losses.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•The form of offer is not required to be an all-cash transaction;
•The offer is not required to remain open for more than 90 business days;
•The offeror is permitted to amend the offer, reduce the offer, or otherwise change the terms;
•There is no fairness opinion requirement; and
•There is a low to no premium requirement.
Where these requirements are met, it is generally accepted that shareholders will have the opportunity to voice
their opinion on any legitimate offer.
NOL Poison Pills
The Benchmark Policy may consider supporting a limited poison pill in the event that a company seeks
shareholder approval of a rights plan for the express purpose of preserving Net Operating Losses (NOLs). While
companies with NOLs can generally carry these losses forward to offset future taxable income, Section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code limits companies’ ability to use NOLs in the event of a “change of ownership.”49 In
this case, a company may adopt or amend a poison pill (NOL pill) in order to prevent an inadvertent change of
ownership by multiple investors purchasing small chunks of stock at the same time, and thereby preserve the
ability to carry the NOLs forward. Often such NOL pills have trigger thresholds much lower than the common
15% or 20% thresholds, with some NOL pill triggers as low as 5%.
In many cases, companies will propose the adoption of bylaw amendments that specifically restrict certain share
transfers, in addition to proposing the adoption of a NOL pill. In general, if the Benchmark Policy supports the
terms of a particular NOL pill, it will generally support the additional protective amendment in the absence of
significant concerns with the specific terms of that proposal.
As with traditional poison pills, NOL pills may deter shareholders from accumulating a position and submitting
buyout offers, and potentially serve as entrenchment mechanisms. Certain features, such as low thresholds
combined with acting in concert provisions, among other concerning terms, may disempower shareholders and
insulate the board and management. When acting in concert provisions are present within the terms of a NOL
pill, concerns may be raised as to the true objective of the pill.
Acting in concert provisions broaden the definition of beneficial ownership to prohibit parallel conduct. Parallel
conduct includes instances when multiple shareholders who are party to a formal or informal agreement
collaborate to influence the board and management of a company. These provisions aggregate the ownership of
such shareholders towards the NOL pill’s triggering threshold. Acting in concert provisions broadly limit the voice
of shareholders and may diminish their ability to engage in a productive dialogue with the company and with
other shareholders. When a board adopts defensive measures without engaging with shareholders, the
Benchmark Policy generally raises concerns regarding the board’s decisions and the overall governance of the
company.
As such, NOL pills are evaluated on a strictly case-by-case basis, taking into consideration, among other factors:
(i) the value of the NOLs to the company; (ii) the likelihood of a change of ownership based on the size of the
holdings and the nature of the larger shareholders; (iii) the trigger threshold; (iv) the duration of the plan (i.e.,
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
whether it contains a reasonable “sunset” provision, generally one year or less); (v) the inclusion of an acting in
concert provision; (vi) whether the pill is implemented following the filing of a Schedule 13D by a shareholder or
there is evidence of hostile activity or shareholder activism; and (vii) if the pill is subject to periodic board review
and/or shareholder ratification.
Shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote on any adoption or renewal of a NOL pill regardless of
any potential tax benefit that it offers a company. As such, the Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against
those members of the board who served at the time when an NOL pill was adopted without shareholder
approval within the prior twelve months and where the NOL pill is not subject to shareholder ratification.
Fair Price Provisions
Fair price provisions, which are rare, require that certain minimum price and procedural requirements be
observed by any party that acquires more than a specified percentage of a corporation’s common stock. The
provision is intended to protect minority shareholders when an acquirer seeks to accomplish a merger or other
transaction which would eliminate or change the interests of these shareholders. The provision is generally
applied against the acquirer unless the takeover is approved by a majority of “continuing directors” and holders
of a majority, in some cases a supermajority as high as 80%, of the combined voting power of all stock entitled to
vote to alter, amend, or repeal the above provisions.
The effect of a fair price provision is to require approval of any merger or business combination with an
“interested shareholder” by 51% of the voting stock of the company, excluding the shares held by an interested
shareholder. An interested shareholder is generally considered to be a holder of 10% or more of the company’s
outstanding stock, but the trigger can vary.
Generally, provisions are put in place for the ostensible purpose of preventing a back-end merger where the
interested shareholder would be able to pay a lower price for the remaining shares of the company than they
paid to gain control. The effect of a fair price provision on shareholders, however, is to limit their ability to gain a
premium for their shares through a partial tender offer or open market acquisition, which typically raise the
share price, often significantly. A fair price provision discourages such transactions because of the potential costs
of seeking shareholder approval and because of the restrictions on purchase price for completing a merger or
other transaction at a later time.
Fair price provisions, while sometimes protecting shareholders from abuse in a takeover situation, more often
act as an impediment to takeovers, potentially limiting gains to shareholders from a variety of transactions that
could significantly increase share price. In some cases, the independent directors of the board cannot make
exceptions even when such exceptions may be in the best interests of shareholders. Given the existence of state
law protections for minority shareholders, such as Section 203 of the Delaware Corporations Code, it is generally
accepted that it is in the best interests of shareholders to remove fair price provisions.
Control Share Statutes
Certain states, including Delaware, have adopted control share acquisition statutes as an anti-takeover defense
for certain closed-end investment companies and business development companies. Control share statutes may
prevent changes in control by limiting voting rights of a person that acquires the ownership of “control shares.”
Control shares are shares of stock equal to or exceeding specified percentages of company voting power, and a
control share statute prevents shares in excess of the specified percentage from being voted, unless: (i) the
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
board approves them to be voted; or (ii) the holder of the “control shares” receives approval from a
supermajority of “non-interested” shareholders.
Depending on the state of incorporation, companies may automatically rely on control share statutes unless the
fund’s board of trustees eliminates the application of the control share statute for any or all fund share
acquisitions, through adoption of a provision in the fund's governing instrument or by fund board action alone.
In certain other states, companies must adopt control share statutes.
Many investors view the adoption of control share statues as a problematic governance practice that
disenfranchises shareholders by reducing their voting power to a level less than their economic interest and that
effectively function as an anti-takeover device. Market expectations are such that all shareholders should have
an opportunity to vote all of their shares. Moreover, anti-takeover measures may prevent shareholders from
receiving a buy-out premium for their stock.
As such, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting for proposals to opt out of control share
acquisition statutes, unless doing so would allow the completion of a takeover that is not in the best interests of
shareholders; and against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.
Further, in cases where a closed-end fund or business development company has received a public buyout offer
and has relied on a control share statute as a defense mechanism in the prior year, the Benchmark Policy will
generally recommend shareholders vote against the chair of the nominating and governance committee, absent
a compelling rationale as to why a rejected acquisition was not in the best interests of shareholders.
Quorum Requirements
A company’s quorum requirement should be set at a level high enough to ensure that a broad range of
shareholders are represented in person or by proxy, but low enough that the company can transact necessary
business. Companies in the U.S. are generally subject to quorum requirements under the laws of their specific
state of incorporation. Additionally, those companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market are required to specify
a quorum in their bylaws, provided however that such quorum may not be less than one-third of outstanding
shares. Prior to 2013, the New York Stock Exchange required a quorum of 50% for listed companies, although
this requirement was dropped in recognition of individual state requirements and potential confusion for
issuers. Delaware, for example, requires companies to provide for a quorum of no less than one-third of
outstanding shares; otherwise, such quorum shall default to a majority.
Generally, a majority of outstanding shares entitled to vote is an appropriate quorum for the transaction of
business at shareholder meetings. However, should a company seek shareholder approval of a lower quorum
requirement the Benchmark Policy will consider supporting a reduced quorum of at least one-third of shares
entitled to vote, either in person or by proxy. When evaluating such proposals, the specific facts and
circumstances of the company, such as size and shareholder base, will also be considered.
Director and Officer Indemnification
While directors and officers should be held to the highest standard when carrying out their duties to
shareholders, some protection from liability is reasonable to protect them against certain suits so that these
officers feel comfortable taking measured risks that may benefit shareholders. As such, many investors take the
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
view that it is appropriate for a company to provide indemnification and/or enroll in liability insurance to cover
its directors and officers so long as the terms of such agreements are reasonable.
Officer Exculpation
In August 2022, the Delaware General Assembly amended Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General
Corporation Law (DGCL) to authorize corporations to adopt a provision in their certificate of incorporation to
eliminate or limit monetary liability of certain corporate officers for breach of fiduciary duty of care. Previously,
the DGCL allowed only exculpation of corporate directors from breach of fiduciary duty of care claims if the
corporation’s certificate of incorporation includes an exculpation provision.
The amendment authorizes corporations to provide for exculpation of the following officers: (i) the corporation’s
president, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief legal officer, controller,
treasurer or chief accounting officer, (ii) “named executive officers” identified in the corporation’s SEC filings,
and (iii) individuals who have agreed to be identified as officers of the corporation.
Corporate exculpation provisions under the DGCL only apply to claims for breach of the duty of care, and not to
breaches of the duty of loyalty. Exculpation provisions also do not apply to acts or omissions not in good faith or
that involve intentional misconduct, knowing violations of the law, or transactions involving the receipt of any
improper personal benefits. Furthermore, officers may not be exculpated from claims brought against them by,
or in the right of, the corporation (i.e., derivative actions).
Under Section 102(b)(7), a corporation must affirmatively elect to include an exculpation provision in its
certificate of incorporation. The Benchmark Policy closely evaluates proposals to adopt officer exculpation
provisions on a case-by-case basis. It will generally recommend voting against such proposals eliminating
monetary liability for breaches of the duty of care for certain corporate officers, unless compelling rationale for
the adoption is provided by the board, and the provisions are reasonable.
Reincorporation
The Benchmark Policy is generally of the view that the board is in the best position to determine the appropriate
jurisdiction of incorporation for the company. However, all proposals to reincorporate to a different state or
country are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. This review includes the changes in corporate governance
provisions, especially those relating to shareholder rights, material differences in corporate statutes and legal
precedents, and relevant financial benefits, among other factors, resulting from the change in domicile.
Reincorporation proposals are closely examined for their impact on shareholder rights arising from a change in
domicile and governing law, including the following:
•Will shareholders gain/retain certain rights (i.e. the right to call special meetings, the right to act by
written consent, the ability to remove directors)?
•Does the proposed new jurisdiction allow for director and officer exculpation and/or exclusive forum
provisions?
•What are the fiduciary duties (if any) of directors, officers, and majority shareholders under the new
jurisdiction’s statutes?
•What are the material differences in corporate statutes, case law, and judicial systems?
•Is the company proposing to reincorporate to a jurisdiction considered to be a “tax haven”?
50 In cases where a controlled company is seeking to change its domicile, the Benchmark policy will closely evaluate how the
independent members of the board came to its recommendation, if the controlling shareholder had any ability to influence
the board, and if the proposal is also put to a vote of disinterested shareholders.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
In addition, when examining a proposal to reincorporate, the overall governance of the company will also be
considered, including, but not limited to, the following:
•Does the company have anti-takeover protections such as a poison pill or classified board in place?
•Does the company have a significant shareholder or is the company otherwise considered controlled?50
•Has the board been previously unresponsive to shareholders (such as failing to implement a shareholder
proposal that received majority shareholder support)?
•Does the company have an independent chair and is the board sufficiently independent?
•Are there other material governance issues of concern at the company? Has the company’s performance
matched or exceeded its peers in the past one and three years?
•How has the company ranked in Glass Lewis’ pay-for-performance analysis during the last three years?
Where there is a decline in shareholder rights, the financial benefits are de minimis, and the proposed
jurisdiction has significantly worse shareholder protections, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend
voting against the transaction.
In addition, costly, shareholder-initiated reincorporations are typically not the best route to achieve the
furtherance of shareholder rights. Shareholders are generally better served by proposing specific shareholder
resolutions addressing pertinent issues which may be implemented at a lower cost, and perhaps even with
board approval. However, when shareholders propose a shift into a jurisdiction with enhanced shareholder
rights, the proposal is examined to determine the significant ways the company would benefit from shifting
jurisdictions, including an evaluation of the criteria listed above. However, the Benchmark Policy will only
support shareholder proposals to change a company’s place of incorporation in exceptional circumstances.
Exclusive Forum and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions
Companies may be subject to frivolous and opportunistic lawsuits, particularly in conjunction with a merger or
acquisition, that are expensive and distracting. In response, companies have sought ways to prevent or limit the
risk of such suits by adopting bylaws regarding where the suits must be brought or shifting the burden of the
legal expenses to the plaintiff, if unsuccessful at trial.
Some investors and groups, including CII, are of the view that companies should not attempt to restrict the
venue for shareowner claims by adopting charter or bylaw provisions that seek to establish an exclusive forum.
Charter or bylaw provisions that limit a shareholder’s choice of legal venue are generally not in the best interests
of shareholders and could effectively discourage the use of shareholder claims by increasing their associated
costs and making them more difficult to pursue. As such, shareholders may be wary about approving any
limitation on their legal recourse including limiting themselves to a single jurisdiction (e.g., Delaware or federal
courts for matters arising under the Securities Act of 1933) without compelling evidence that it will benefit
shareholders.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
For this reason, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders vote against any bylaw or
charter amendment seeking to adopt an exclusive forum provision unless the company: (i) provides a compelling
argument on why the provision would directly benefit shareholders; (ii) provides evidence of abuse of legal
process in other, non-favored jurisdictions; (iii) narrowly tailors such provision to the risks involved; and (iv)
maintains a strong record of good corporate governance practices.
Moreover, in the event a board seeks shareholder approval of a forum selection clause pursuant to a bundled
bylaw amendment rather than as a separate proposal, the importance of the other bundled provisions will be
considered when determining the vote recommendation on the proposal. The Benchmark Policy will
nonetheless recommend voting against the chair of the governance committee for bundling disparate proposals
into a single proposal (refer to the discussion of nominating and governance committee performance in the
section of the guidelines “A Board of Directors that Serves Shareholder Interests”).
Similarly, some companies have adopted bylaws requiring plaintiffs who sue the company and fail to receive a
judgment in their favor pay the legal expenses of the company. These bylaws, also known as “fee-shifting” or
“loser pays” bylaws, will likely have a chilling effect on even meritorious shareholder lawsuits as shareholders
would face a strong financial disincentive not to sue a company. Therefore, the Benchmark Policy strongly
opposes the adoption of such fee-shifting bylaws and, if adopted without shareholder approval, will recommend
voting against the governance committee. It is worth noting that in June of 2015 the State of Delaware banned
the adoption of fee-shifting bylaws; however, such provisions could still be adopted by companies incorporated
in other states.
Mandatory Arbitration Provisions
In September 2025, the SEC issued a policy statement noting that the presence of a provision requiring
arbitration of investor claims arising under the federal securities laws would not impact decisions regarding
whether to accelerate the effectiveness of a registration statement, thus facilitating companies’ ability to include
these provisions in their governing documents if consistent with state law, when contemplating an IPO. Instead,
the SEC stated it would focus on the adequacy of the company’s disclosures.
A mandatory arbitration provision requires an investor to arbitrate its claims arising under federal securities laws
with the issuer of the securities. Many investors view mandatory arbitration provisions as a governance practice
that is generally not in their best interests. Arbitration, while a valid alternative dispute resolution mechanism,
may restrict shareholder rights, including the right to initiate legal action in court, participate in court
proceedings, and initiate class-action lawsuits, which may be the only practical vehicle for many federal
securities law claims.
In addition, this practice keeps proceedings and decisions confidential, unlike public court rulings, thereby
limiting transparency and the legal certainty that public court cases provide. As such, shareholders may be wary
about approving any restrictions on their legal recourse.
For this reason, in the event that the board has approved highly restrictive governing documents containing
mandatory arbitration provisions, among other restrictive provisions, upon completion of a company’s IPO, spin-
off, or direct listing, the Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against members of the governance
committee. Furthermore, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders vote against any
bylaw or charter amendment seeking to adopt a mandatory arbitration provision unless the company: (i)
provides a compelling argument on why the provision would directly benefit shareholders; (ii) provides evidence
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
of abuse of legal processes; (iii) narrowly tailors such provision to the risks involved; and (iv) maintains a strong
record of good corporate governance practices.
Authorized Shares
Adequate capital stock is important to a company’s operation. When analyzing a request for additional shares,
the Benchmark Policy will typically review four common reasons why a company might need additional capital
stock:
1.Stock Split —Typically three metrics are considered when evaluating whether a stock split is likely or
necessary: The historical stock pre-split price, if any; the current price relative to the company’s most
common trading price over the past 52 weeks; and some absolute limits on stock price that either
always make a stock split appropriate if desired by management or would almost never be a reasonable
price at which to split a stock.
2.Shareholder Defenses — Additional authorized shares could be used to bolster takeover defenses such
as a poison pill. Proxy filings often discuss the usefulness of additional shares in defending against or
discouraging a hostile takeover as a reason for a requested increase. The Benchmark Policy is typically
against such defenses and will oppose actions intended to bolster such defenses.
3.Financing for Acquisitions — A company’s history of using stock for acquisitions is reviewed and, if it can
be determined, what levels of stock have typically been required to accomplish such transactions is
considered. The proxy statement is also reviewed to see whether this is discussed as a reason for the
additional shares.
4.Financing for Operations — The company’s cash position and its ability to secure financing through
borrowing or other means is reviewed. This review looks at the company’s history of capitalization and
whether the company has had to use stock in the recent past as a means of raising capital.
Issuing additional shares generally dilutes existing holders in most circumstances. Further, the availability of
additional shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can often serve as a deterrent to
interested suitors. Accordingly, if the company has not detailed a plan for use of the proposed shares, or if the
number of shares far exceeds those needed to accomplish a detailed plan, the Benchmark Policy typically
recommends against the authorization of additional shares. Similar concerns may also lead the Benchmark
Policy to recommend against a proposal to conduct a reverse stock split if the board does not state that it will
reduce the number of authorized common shares in a ratio proportionate to the split.
The Benchmark Policy generally recommends voting against authorizations and/or increases in preferred shares,
which allow the board to determine the preferences, limitations and rights of the preferred shares (known as
“blank-check preferred stock”). Granting such broad discretion should be of concern to common shareholders,
since blank-check preferred stock could be used as an anti-takeover device or in some other fashion that
adversely affects the voting power or financial interests of common shareholders. Therefore, the Benchmark
Policy will generally recommend voting against such requests, unless the company discloses a commitment to
not use such shares as an anti-takeover defense or in a shareholder rights plan, or a commitment to submit any
shareholder rights plan to a shareholder vote prior to its adoption.
While having adequate shares to allow management to make quick decisions and effectively operate the
business is critical, it is generally preferred that, for significant transactions, management requests shareholder
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
approval for justification of their use of additional shares rather than providing a blank check in the form of a
large pool of unallocated shares available for any purpose.
Advance Notice Requirements
The Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote against proposals that would require
advance notice of shareholder proposals or of director nominees.
These proposals typically attempt to require a certain amount of notice before shareholders are allowed to place
proposals on the ballot. Notice requirements typically range between three to six months prior to the annual
meeting. Advance notice requirements can make it impossible for a shareholder who misses the deadline to
present a shareholder proposal or a director nominee that might be in the best interests of the company and its
shareholders.
Shareholders should be able to review and vote on all proposals and director nominees. Shareholders can always
vote against proposals that appear with little prior notice. Shareholders, as owners of a business, can identify
issues on which they have sufficient information and ignoring issues on which they have insufficient information.
Setting arbitrary notice restrictions limits the opportunity for shareholders to raise issues that may come up
after the window closes.
Virtual Shareholder Meetings
A growing contingent of companies have elected to hold shareholder meetings by virtual means only. Virtual
meeting technology can be a useful complement to a traditional, in-person shareholder meeting by expanding
participation of shareholders who are unable to attend a shareholder meeting in person (i.e., a “hybrid
meeting”). However, virtual-only meetings also have the potential to curb the ability of shareholders to
meaningfully communicate with the company’s management.
Prominent shareholder rights advocates, including CII, have expressed concerns that such virtual-only meetings
do not approximate an in-person experience and may serve to reduce the board’s accountability to
shareholders. When analyzing the governance profile of companies that choose to hold virtual-only meetings,
the Benchmark Policy looks for robust disclosure in a company’s proxy statement that assures shareholders they
will be afforded the same rights and opportunities to participate as they would at an in-person meeting.
Examples of effective disclosure include: (i) addressing the ability of shareholders to ask questions during the
meeting, including time guidelines for shareholder questions, rules around what types of questions are allowed,
and rules for how questions and comments will be recognized and disclosed to meeting participants; (ii)
procedures, if any, for posting appropriate questions received during the meeting and the company’s answers,
on the investor page of their website as soon as is practical after the meeting; (iii) addressing technical and
logistical issues related to accessing the virtual meeting platform; and (iv) procedures for accessing technical
support to assist in the event of any difficulties accessing the virtual meeting.
The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against members of the governance committee where
the board is planning to hold a virtual-only shareholder meeting and the company does not provide such
disclosure.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Voting Structure
Multi-Class Share Structures
In line with CII’s Policies on Corporate Governance, ICGN’s Global Governance Principles and broad investor
sentiment, each share of a company’s common stock should have one vote, companies should not have share
classes with unequal voting rights, and certain shareholders should not have power or control disproportionate
to their economic interests. Allowing one vote per share generally operates as a safeguard for common
shareholders by ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares are able to weigh in on issues set
forth by the board.
Furthermore, many investors agree that the economic stake of each shareholder should match their voting
power and that no small group of shareholders, family or otherwise, should have voting rights different from
those of other shareholders. On matters of governance and shareholder rights, shareholders should have the
power to speak and the opportunity to effect change. That power should not be concentrated in the hands of a
few for reasons other than economic stake.
Generally, a multi-class share structure reflects negatively on a company’s overall corporate governance.
Because it is widely expected that companies have share capital structures that protect the interests of non-
controlling shareholders as well as any controlling entity, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends that
shareholders vote in favor of proposals that would eliminate multi-class share structures. Similarly, the
Benchmark Policy will generally recommend against proposals to adopt a new class of common stock.
Additionally, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against the chair of the governance
committee at companies with a multi-class share structure and unequal voting rights when the company does
not provide for a reasonable sunset of the multi-class share structure (generally seven years or less).
In the case of a board that adopts a multi-class share structure in connection with an IPO, spin-off, or direct
listing within the past year, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend voting against all members of the
board who served at the time of the IPO if the board: (i) did not also commit to submitting the multi-class
structure to a shareholder vote at the company’s first shareholder meeting following the IPO; or (ii) did not
provide for a reasonable sunset of the multi-class structure (generally seven years or less). If the multi-class
share structure is put to a shareholder vote, the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated
shareholders will be examined when determining the vote outcome.
At companies that have multi-class share structures with unequal voting rights, the level of approval or
disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders will be considered when determining whether board
responsiveness is warranted. In the case of companies that have multi-class share structures with unequal voting
rights, the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders will generally be examined on
a “one share, one vote” basis. At controlled and multi-class companies, when at least 20% or more of
unaffiliated shareholders vote contrary to management, many investors expect boards to engage with
shareholders and demonstrate some initial level of responsiveness, and when a majority or more of unaffiliated
shareholders vote contrary to management, boards should engage with unaffiliated shareholders and provide a
more robust response to fully address shareholder concerns.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Cumulative Voting
Cumulative voting increases the ability of minority shareholders to elect a director by allowing shareholders to
cast as many shares of the stock they own multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. As companies
generally have multiple nominees up for election, cumulative voting allows shareholders to cast all of their votes
for a single nominee, or a smaller number of nominees than up for election, thereby raising the likelihood of
electing one or more of their preferred nominees to the board. It can be important when a board is controlled
by insiders or affiliates and where the company’s ownership structure includes one or more shareholders who
control a majority-voting block of company stock.
Cumulative voting generally acts as a safeguard for shareholders by ensuring that those who hold a significant
minority of shares can elect a candidate of their choosing to the board. This allows the creation of boards that
are responsive to the interests of all shareholders rather than just a small group of large holders.
Cumulative voting proposals are reviewed on a case-by-case basis, factoring in the independence of the board
and the status of the company’s governance structure. However, these proposals are typically found on ballots
at companies where independence is lacking and where the appropriate checks and balances favoring
shareholders are not in place. In those instances, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends in favor of
cumulative voting.
Where a company has adopted a true majority vote standard (i.e., where a director must receive a majority of
votes cast to be elected, as opposed to a modified policy indicated by a resignation policy only), the Benchmark
Policy will recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals due to the incompatibility of the two election
methods. For companies that have not adopted a true majority voting standard but have adopted some form of
majority voting, the Benchmark Policy will also generally recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals
if the company has not adopted anti-takeover protections and has been responsive to shareholders.
Where a company has not adopted a majority voting standard and is facing both a shareholder proposal to
adopt majority voting and a shareholder proposal to adopt cumulative voting, the Benchmark Policy will support
only the majority voting proposal. When a company has both majority voting and cumulative voting in place,
there is a higher likelihood of one or more directors not being elected as a result of not receiving a majority vote.
This is because shareholders exercising the right to cumulate their votes could unintentionally cause the failed
election of one or more directors for whom shareholders do not cumulate votes.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
Supermajority vote requirements may impede shareholder action on ballot items critical to shareholder
interests. One key example is in the takeover context, where supermajority vote requirements can severely limit
the voice of shareholders in making decisions on such crucial matters as selling the business. This, in turn,
degrades share value and can limit the possibility of buyout premiums to shareholders. Moreover, a
supermajority vote requirement can enable a small group of shareholders to overrule the will of the majority
shareholders. In most cases, the Benchmark Policy is of the view that a simple majority is appropriate to approve
all matters presented to shareholders.
In cases where a company seeks to abolish supermajority voting requirements, the Benchmark Policy will
evaluate such proposals on a case-by-case basis. In certain instances, such as at companies with large or
controlling shareholders, supermajority vote requirements may serve to protect the interests of minority
shareholders. Therefore, in analyzing such proposals, the Benchmark Policy will take into account additional
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
factors including: shareholder structure; quorum requirements; impending transactions – involving the company
or a major shareholder – and any internal conflicts within the company.
Transaction of Other Business
The Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders not give their proxy to management to vote on
any other business items that may properly come before an annual or special meeting because granting
unfettered discretion is unwise.
Anti-Greenmail Proposals
The Benchmark Policy will support proposals to adopt a provision preventing the payment of greenmail, which
would prevent companies from buying back company stock at significant premiums from a certain shareholder.
Since a large or majority shareholder could attempt to compel a board into purchasing its shares at a large
premium, the anti-greenmail provision generally requires that a majority of shareholders other than the majority
shareholder approve the buyback.
Mutual Funds: Investment Policies and Advisory Agreements
The Benchmark Policy takes the view that decisions about a fund’s structure and/or a fund’s relationship with its
investment advisor or sub-advisors are generally best left to management and the members of the board,
absent a showing of egregious or illegal conduct that might threaten shareholder value. As such, analyses of
such proposals are focused on the following main areas:
•The terms of any amended advisory or sub-advisory agreement;
•Any changes in the fee structure paid to the investment advisor; and
•Any material changes to the fund’s investment objective or strategy.
The Benchmark Policy generally supports amendments to a fund’s investment advisory agreement, absent a
material change that is not in the best interests of shareholders. A significant increase in the fees paid to an
investment advisor would be reason for the Benchmark Policy to consider recommending voting against a
proposed amendment to an investment advisory agreement or fund reorganization. However, in certain cases,
the Benchmark Policy is more inclined to support an increase in advisory fees if such increases result from being
performance-based rather than asset-based. Furthermore, the Benchmark Policy generally supports sub-
advisory agreements between a fund’s advisor and sub-advisor, primarily because the fees received by the sub-
advisor are paid by the advisor, and not by the fund.
In matters pertaining to a fund’s investment objective or strategy, shareholders are generally best served when
a fund’s objective or strategy closely resembles the investment discipline shareholders understood and selected
when they initially bought into the fund. As such, the Benchmark Policy generally recommends voting against
amendments to a fund’s investment objective or strategy when the proposed changes would leave shareholders
with stakes in a fund that are noticeably different than when originally purchased, and which could, therefore,
potentially negatively impact some investors’ diversification strategies.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Real Estate Investment Trusts
The complex organizational, operational, tax and compliance requirements of Real Estate Investment Trusts
(REITs) provide for a unique shareholder evaluation. In simple terms, a REIT must have a minimum of 100
shareholders (the “100 Shareholder Test”) and no more than 50% of the value of its shares can be held by five or
fewer individuals (the “5/50 Test”). At least 75% of a REITs’ assets must be in real estate, it must derive 75% of
its gross income from rents or mortgage interest, and it must pay out 90% of its taxable earnings as dividends. In
addition, as a publicly traded security listed on a stock exchange, a REIT must comply with the same general
listing requirements as a publicly traded equity.
In order to comply with such requirements, REITs typically include percentage ownership limitations in their
organizational documents, usually in the range of 5% to 10% of the REITs outstanding shares. Given the
complexities of REITs as an asset class, the Benchmark Policy applies a highly nuanced approach in the
evaluation of REIT proposals, especially regarding changes in authorized share capital, including preferred stock.
Preferred Stock Issuances at REITs
The Benchmark Policy generally recommends against the authorization of "blank-check preferred stock."
However, given the requirement that a REIT must distribute 90% of its net income annually, it is inhibited from
retaining capital to make investments in its business. As such, equity financing likely plays a key role in a REIT’s
growth and creation of shareholder value. Moreover, shareholder concern regarding the use of preferred stock
as an anti-takeover mechanism may be allayed by the fact that most REITs maintain ownership limitations in
their certificates of incorporation. For these reasons, along with the fact that REITs typically do not engage in
private placements of preferred stock (which results in the rights of common shareholders being adversely
impacted), the Benchmark Policy may support requests to authorize shares of blank-check preferred stock at
REITs.
Business Development Companies
Business Development Companies (BDCs) were created by the U.S. Congress in 1980; they are regulated under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 and are taxed as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal
Revenue Code. BDCs typically operate as publicly traded private equity firms that invest in early stage to mature
private companies as well as small public companies. BDCs realize operating income when their investments are
sold off, and, therefore, maintain complex organizational, operational, tax and compliance requirements that
are similar to those of REITs—the most evident of which is that BDCs must distribute at least 90% of their
taxable earnings as dividends.
Authorization to Sell Shares at a Price Below Net Asset Value
Considering that BDCs are required to distribute nearly all their earnings to shareholders, they sometimes need
to offer additional shares of common stock in the public markets to finance operations and acquisitions.
However, shareholder approval is required in order for a BDC to sell shares of common stock at a price below
Net Asset Value (NAV). These proposals are evaluated using a case-by-case approach. The Benchmark Policy will
recommend supporting such requests if the following conditions are met:
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
•The authorization to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date of one year or less from
the date that shareholders approve the underlying proposal (i.e., the meeting date);
•The proposed discount below NAV is minimal (ideally no greater than 20%);
•The board specifies that the issuance will have a minimal or modest dilutive effect (ideally no greater
than 25% of the company’s then-outstanding common stock prior to the issuance); and
•A majority of the company’s independent directors who do not have a financial interest in the issuance
approve the sale.
In short, BDCs should demonstrate a responsible approach to issuing shares below NAV, by proactively
addressing shareholder concerns regarding the potential dilution of the requested share issuance, and by
explaining if and how the company’s past below-NAV share issuances have benefited the company.
Auditor Ratification and Below-NAV Issuances
When a BDC submits a below-NAV issuance for shareholder approval, the Benchmark Policy will refrain from
recommending against the audit committee chair for not including auditor ratification on the same ballot.
Because of the unique way these proposals interact, votes may be tabulated in a manner that is not in
shareholders’ interests. In cases where these proposals appear on the same ballot, auditor ratification is
generally the only “routine proposal,” the presence of which triggers a scenario where broker non-votes may be
counted toward shareholder quorum, with unintended consequences.
Under the 1940 Act, below-NAV issuance proposals require relatively high shareholder approval. Specifically,
these proposals must be approved by the lesser of: (i) 67% of votes cast if a majority of shares are represented
at the meeting; or (ii) a majority of outstanding shares. Meanwhile, any broker non-votes counted toward
quorum will automatically be registered as “against” votes for purposes of this proposal. The unintended result
can be a case where the issuance proposal is not approved, despite sufficient voting shares being cast in favor.
Because broker non-votes result from a lack of voting instruction by the shareholder, shareholders’ ability to
weigh in on the selection of auditor does not outweigh the consequences of failing to approve an issuance
proposal due to such technicality.
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (SPACs), also known as “blank check companies,” are publicly traded
entities with no commercial operations and are formed specifically to pool funds in order to complete a merger
or acquisition within a set time frame. In general, the acquisition target of a SPAC is either not yet identified or
otherwise not explicitly disclosed to the public even when the founders of the SPAC may have at least one target
in mind. Consequently, IPO investors often do not know what company they will ultimately be investing in.
SPACs are therefore very different from typical operating companies. Shareholders do not have the same
expectations associated with an ordinary publicly traded company and executive officers of a SPAC typically do
not continue in employment roles with an acquired company.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Extension of Business Combination Deadline
Governing documents of SPACs typically provide for the return of IPO proceeds to common shareholders if no
qualifying business combination is consummated before a certain date. Because the time frames for the
consummation of such transactions are relatively short, SPACs will sometimes hold special shareholder meetings
at which shareholders are asked to extend the business combination deadline. In such cases, an acquisition
target will typically have been identified, but additional time is required to allow management of the SPAC to
finalize the terms of the deal.
The Benchmark Policy generally views management and the board as being in the best position to determine
when the extension of a business combination deadline is needed. As such, it generally supports reasonable
extension requests.
SPAC Board Independence
The board of directors of a SPAC’s acquisition target is, in many cases, already established prior to the business
combination. In some cases, however, the board’s composition may change in connection with the business
combination, including the potential addition of individuals who served in management roles with the SPAC. The
role of a SPAC executive is unlike that of a typical operating company executive. Because the SPAC’s only
business is identifying and executing an acquisition deal, the interests of a former SPAC executive are also
different.
The Benchmark Policy does not automatically consider a former SPAC executive to be affiliated with the
acquired operating entity when their only position on the board of the combined entity is that of an otherwise
independent director. Absent any evidence of an employment relationship or continuing material financial
interest in the combined entity, the Benchmark Policy will, therefore, consider such directors to be independent.
Director Commitments of SPAC Executives
The primary role of executive officers at SPACs is identifying acquisition targets for the SPAC and consummating
a business combination. Given the nature of these executive roles and the limited business operations of SPACs,
when a directors’ only executive role is at a SPAC, the Benchmark Policy will generally apply the higher limit for
company directorships (see “Director Commitments”). As a result, the Benchmark Policy generally recommends
that shareholders vote against a director who serves in an executive role only at a SPAC while serving on more
than five public company boards.
Shareholder Proposals
The Benchmark Policy looks for governance structures that protect shareholders, support effective ESG
oversight and reporting, and encourage director accountability. Accordingly, it places a significant emphasis on
promoting transparency, robust governance structures and companies’ responsiveness to and engagement with
shareholders. As such it generally supports proposals that encourage transparency in how companies are
mitigating material ESG risks, including those related to climate change, human capital management, and
stakeholder relations.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
To that end, the Benchmark Policy evaluates all shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis with a view to
protecting long-term shareholder value. While it is generally supportive of those that promote board
accountability, shareholder rights, and transparency, it considers all proposals in the context of a company’s
unique operations and risk profile.
For a detailed review of the Glass Lewis benchmark policies concerning compensation, environmental, social,
and governance shareholder proposals, please refer to Benchmark Policy Guidelines for Shareholder Proposals &
ESG-Related Issues, available at www.glasslewis.com/voting-policies-current/.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Overall Approach to Environmental, Social &
Governance Issues
The Benchmark Policy evaluates all environmental and social issues through the lens of long-term shareholder
value. Shareholders are best served when companies consider material environmental and social factors in all
aspects of their operations and when they are provided with disclosures that allow them to understand how
these factors are being considered and how attendant risks are being mitigated. Governance is a critical factor in
how companies manage environmental and social risks and opportunities and the Benchmark Policy is of the
view that a well-governed company will be generally managing these issues better than one without a
governance structure that promotes board independence and accountability.
Part of the board’s role is to ensure that management conducts a complete risk analysis of company operations,
including those that have financially material environmental and social implications. Companies can face
significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or
negligent oversight thereof. Therefore, in cases where the board or management has neglected to take action
on a pressing issue that could negatively impact shareholder value, the Benchmark Policy expects companies to
take necessary actions in order to effect changes that will safeguard shareholders’ financial interests.
Given the importance of the role of the board in executing a sustainable business strategy that allows for the
realization of environmental and social opportunities and the mitigation of related risks, relating to
environmental risks and opportunities, the Benchmark Policy looks for governance structures that protect
shareholders and promote director accountability. When management and the board have displayed disregard
for environmental or social risks, have engaged in egregious or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately
respond to current or imminent environmental and social risks that threaten shareholder value, the Benchmark
Policy will consider holding directors accountable. In such instances, it will generally recommend against
responsible members of the board that are specifically charged with oversight of the issue in question.
When evaluating environmental and social factors that may be relevant to a given company, the Benchmark
Policy does so in the context of the financial materiality of the issue to the company’s operations. Companies in
all industries face risks associated with environmental and social issues. However, these risks manifest
themselves differently at each company as a result of its operations, workforce, structure, and geography,
among other factors. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy places a significant emphasis on the financial
implications of a company’s actions with regard to impacts on its stakeholders and the environment.
When evaluating environmental and social issues, the Benchmark Policy examines companies’:
Direct environmental and social risk — Companies should evaluate financial exposure to direct environmental
risks associated with their operations. Examples of direct environmental risks include those associated with oil or
gas spills, contamination, hazardous leakages, explosions, or reduced water or air quality, among others. Social
risks may include non-inclusive employment policies, inadequate human rights policies, or issues that adversely
affect the company’s stakeholders. Further, firms should consider their exposure to risks emanating from a
broad range of issues, over which they may have no or only limited control, such as insurance companies being
affected by increased storm severity and frequency resulting from climate change
Risk due to legislation and regulation — Companies should evaluate their exposure to changes or potential
changes in regulation that affect current and planned operations. Regulation should be carefully monitored in all
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
jurisdictions in which the company operates. The Benchmark Policy looks closely at relevant and proposed
legislation and evaluates whether the company has responded proactively.
Legal and reputational risk — Failure to take action on important environmental or social issues may carry the
risk of inciting negative publicity and potentially costly litigation. While the effect of high-profile campaigns on
shareholder value may not be directly measurable, it is prudent for companies to carefully evaluate the potential
impacts of the public perception of their impacts on stakeholders and the environment. When considering
investigations and lawsuits, the Benchmark Policy is mindful that such matters may involve unadjudicated
allegations or other charges that have not been resolved. The Benchmark Policy will not assume the truth of
such allegations or charges or that the law has been violated. Instead, it focuses more broadly on whether,
under the particular facts and circumstances presented, the nature and number of such concerns, lawsuits or
investigations reflects on the risk profile of the company or suggests that appropriate risk mitigation measures
may be warranted.
Governance risk — Inadequate oversight of environmental and social issues carries significant risks to
companies. When leadership is ineffective or fails to thoroughly consider potential risks, such risks are likely
unmitigated and could thus present substantial risks to the company, ultimately leading to loss of shareholder
value.
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
Connect with Glass Lewis
Corporate Website | www.glasslewis.com
Email | info@glasslewis.com
Social | @glasslewis Glass, Lewis & Co. Global Locations
| | | |
North America Asia Pacific | United States Headquarters 100 Pine Street, Suite 1250 San Francisco, CA 94111 +1 415 678 4110 New York, NY +1 646 606 2345 2323 Grand Boulevard, Suite 1125 Kansas City, MO 64108 +1 816 945 4525 Canada 65 Front Street East, Suite 201 Toronto, ON M5E 1B5 Australia CGI Glass Lewis Suite 5.03, Level 5 255 George Street Sydney NSW 2000 +61 2 9299 9266 Japan Shinjuku Mitsui Building, 11th floor 2-1-1, Nishi-Shinjuku, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 163-0411, Japan Philippines One Ayala East Tower, 1 Ayala Ave Makati, Metro Manila | | Ireland 15 Henry Street Limerick V94 V9T4 +353 61 534 343 United Kingdom 80 Coleman Street Suite 4.02 London EC2R 5BJ +44 20 7653 8800 France Proxinvest 6 Rue d’Uzès 75002 Paris +33 ()1 45 51 50 43 Germany IVOX Glass Lewis Kaiserallee 23a 76133 Karlsruhe +49 721 35 49622 Romania Calea Aradului 11 Timișoara 300254 Sweden Norrsken House Birger Jarlsgatan 57C 113 56 Stockholm |
| |
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines — United States | |
DISCLAIMER
© 2025 Glass, Lewis & Co., and/or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
This document is intended to provide an overview of Glass Lewis’ U.S. Benchmark Policy proxy voting guidelines.
It is not intended to be exhaustive and does not address all potential voting issues. Glass Lewis’ proxy voting
guidelines, as they apply to certain issues or types of proposals, are further explained in supplemental guidelines
and reports that are made available on Glass Lewis’ website – http://www.glasslewis.com. These guidelines have
not been set or approved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body.
Additionally, none of the information contained herein is or should be relied upon as investment advice. The
content of this document has been developed based on Glass Lewis’ experience with proxy voting and corporate
governance issues, engagement with clients and issuers, and review of relevant studies and surveys, and has not
been tailored to any specific person or entity.
Glass Lewis’ proxy voting guidelines are grounded in corporate governance best practices, which often exceed
minimum legal requirements. Accordingly, unless specifically noted otherwise, a failure to meet these guidelines
should not be understood to mean that the company or individual involved has failed to meet applicable legal
requirements.
No representations or warranties express or implied, are made as to the accuracy or completeness of any
information included herein. In addition, Glass Lewis shall not be liable for any losses or damages arising from or
in connection with the information contained herein or the use, reliance on, or inability to use any such
information. Glass Lewis expects its subscribers possess sufficient experience and knowledge to make their own
decisions entirely independent of any information contained in this document and subscribers are ultimately
and solely responsible for making their own decisions, including, but not limited to, ensuring that such decisions
comply with all agreements, codes, duties, laws, ordinances, regulations, and other obligations applicable to
such subscriber.
All information contained in this report is protected by law, including, but not limited to, copyright law, and
none of such information may be copied or otherwise reproduced, repackaged, further transmitted, transferred,
disseminated, redistributed or resold, or stored for subsequent use for any such purpose, in whole or in part, in
any form or manner, or by any means whatsoever, by any person without Glass Lewis’ prior written consent. The
foregoing includes, but is not limited to, using these guidelines, in any manner and in whole or in part, in
connection with any training, self-improving, or machine learning software, algorithms, hardware, or other
artificial intelligence tools or aids of any kind, including, without limitation, large language models or other
generative artificial intelligence platforms or services, whether proprietary to you or a third party, or generally
available (collectively, “AI”) as well as any services, products, data, writings, works of authorship, graphics,
pictures, recordings, any electronic or other information, text or numerals, audio or visual content, or materials
of any nature or description generated or derived by or using, in whole or in part, AI.
International
2026 Benchmark Policy Guidelines
An Overview of Glass Lewis’ Approach to Proxy Advice
www.glasslewis.com
2
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Table of Contents
Summary of Changes for 20265
Clarifying Amendments6
Board and Committee Composition and Performance8
Board Composition and Performance8
Committee Composition and Performance9
Board Diversity10
Board Tenure and Refreshment10
Separation of the Roles of Chair and CEO11
Board Responsiveness11
Election Procedures12
Slate Elections12
Classified Boards12
Board Oversight of Material Issues12
Board Oversight of Risk Management Controls12
Board Oversight of Environmental and Social Issues13
Board Accountability for Climate-Related Issues13
Board Oversight of Technology14
Financial Reporting17
Accounts and Reports17
Income Allocation (Distribution of Dividends)17
Appointment of Auditors and Authority to Set Fees17
3
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Compensation19
Compensation Report/Compensation Policy19
Equity-Based Incentive Plans20
Pay for Performance21
Non-Executive Director Compensation22
Retirement Benefits for Non-Executive Directors22
Governance Structure23
Amendments to the Articles of Association23
Virtual Meetings23
Anti-Takeover Measures24
Multi-Class Share Structures24
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)24
Supermajority Vote Requirements25
Increase in Authorized Shares25
Issuance of Shares25
Repurchase of Shares26
Shareholder Proposals26
Overall Approach to Environmental, Social & Governance27
About Glass Lewis29
Connect with Glass Lewis30
4
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Introduction
The purpose of Benchmark Policy proxy research and advice is to serve as a framework that facilitates
shareholder voting in favor of governance structures that will drive performance and promote and maintain
long-term shareholder value.
These guidelines provide a general overview of Glass Lewis’ Benchmark Policy approach to proxy advice globally.
Glass Lewis publishes separate, detailed Benchmark Policy guidelines for all major global markets, which are
publicly available on the Glass Lewis website. Glass Lewis' regional Benchmark Policy guidelines are largely based
on the regulations, listing rules, codes of best practice and other relevant standards set in each country. While
these guidelines provide a high-level overview of the general Benchmark Policy approach, implementation varies
in accordance with relevant requirements or best practices in each market. For detailed information on the
implementation of the policy approach described below, refer to the Glass Lewis Benchmark Policy guidelines
for the relevant country.
Summary of Changes for 2026
For 2026, the language in this document has been updated to clarify that these guidelines contain the views of
the Benchmark Policy. The Benchmark Policy reflects broad investor opinion and widely accepted governance
principles and is intended to provide clients with nuanced analysis informed by market best practice, regulation,
and prevailing investor sentiment. This change better conveys Glass Lewis’ role as a service provider to a diverse,
global client base with a wide spectrum of viewpoints and objectives. The Benchmark Policy represents just one
of Glass Lewis’ policy offerings.
Furthermore, the language in multiple sections of these guidelines has been updated and expanded to more
closely align with other regional Benchmark Policy guideline sets.
In addition, the following noteworthy revisions have been made to the Benchmark Policy, which are summarized
below and discussed in greater detail in the relevant section of this document.
Pay for Performance
A new section of these guidelines has been added in order to describe Glass Lewis’ new proprietary pay-for-
performance model, which is included in Proxy Papers covering the annual meetings of companies in the Russell
3000 in the U.S., the S&P/TSX Composite in Canada, and large- and mid-cap companies in Australia and major
European markets. Further, it is clarified that while the outcome of this assessment may impact the analysis of a
company’s executive remuneration practices, Benchmark Policy recommendations on remuneration report and
policy proposals will continue to be derived from a holistic assessment of a company’s remuneration structure,
disclosure and practices, as well as other relevant external factors.
Please refer to the “Pay for Performance” section of these guidelines for further information.
5
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Clarifying Amendments
The following clarifications of our existing policies are included this year:
Equity-Based and Long-Term Incentive Plans
Amendments have been made to these sections of these guidelines in order to more clearly differentiate
between the Benchmark Policy approach to assessing long-term incentive plans for top management, and
equity-based incentive or retention plans that may also include below-level executives and other employees.
Please refer to the “Equity-Based Incentive Plans” and “Long-Term Incentive Plans” sections of these guidelines
for further information.
Committee Composition and Performance
This section of the guidelines has been expanded to clarify that the Benchmark Policy sets the general
expectation that the majority of shareholder representatives on key board committees are independent,
although higher or lower thresholds are set in some markets based on local best practice recommendations and
prevailing market practice.
Please refer to the “Committee Composition and Performance” section of these guidelines for further
information.
Board Diversity
This section of the guidelines has been expanded to clarify that the Benchmark Policy approach to providing
voting guidance considering diversity factors at U.S. companies and its display in Proxy Papers was modified in
March 2025.
Please refer to the “Board Diversity” section of these guidelines and the 2025 “Supplemental Statement on
Diversity Considerations at U.S. Companies” for further information.
Board Responsiveness
The Benchmark Policy’s discussion on board responsiveness has been amended to clarify that, when assessing
the level of unaffiliated shareholder dissent expressed at a previous shareholder meeting, a company’s
ownership structure and the meeting quorum are taken into account.
Please refer to the “Board Responsiveness” section of these guidelines for further information.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
The Benchmark Policy’s discussion on supermajority vote requirements has been updated to clarify that, in cases
where a company seeks to abolish supermajority voting requirements, the Benchmark Policy will evaluate such
proposals on a case-by-case basis. The Benchmark Policy has also been updated to reflect that when companies
have a large or controlling shareholder, supermajority vote requirements may be appropriate to protect the
6
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
interests of minority shareholders and that, in such cases, the Benchmark Policy may oppose the elimination of
these requirements.
Please refer to the “Supermajority Vote Requirements” section of these guidelines for further information.
7
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Election of Directors
Board and Committee Composition and Performance
The Benchmark Policy looks for talented boards with a record of protecting shareholders and delivering value
over the medium- and long-term. It takes the view that a board can best protect and enhance the interests of
shareholders if it is sufficiently independent, has a record of positive performance, and consists of individuals
with diverse backgrounds and a breadth and depth of relevant experience.
Board Composition and Performance
The relationships between each member of, and nominee for election to, the board and the company, the
company’s executives, other board members, and other major shareholders and stakeholders are closely
examined as part of the assessment of director elections. The purpose of this inquiry is to determine whether
pre-existing personal, familial, or financial relationships are likely to impact the decisions of that board member.
Where the company does not disclose the names or backgrounds of director nominees with sufficient time in
advance of the shareholder meeting to evaluate their independence, performance or skills the Benchmark Policy
will generally recommend voting against or abstaining from voting on the election.
The Benchmark Policy recommends voting in favor of governance structures that will drive positive performance
and enhance shareholder value. The most crucial test of a board’s commitment to the company and to its
shareholders is the performance of the board and its members. The performance of directors in their capacity as
board members and as executives of the company, when applicable, and in their roles at other companies where
they serve is critical to this evaluation.
For the purpose of the Benchmark Policy analysis, a director is typically classified as independent if they have no
material financial, familial, or other current relationships with the company, its executives, other board
members, and other major shareholders and stakeholders except for service on the board and standard fees
paid for that service. Relationships that have existed within the three to five years, dependent on the nature of
the relationship, prior to the inquiry are usually considered to be “current” for purposes of this test.
A director is typically classified as affiliated if they have a material financial, familial or other current relationship
with the company, its executives, other board members, and other major shareholders and stakeholders, but
they are not an employee of the company. This includes directors whose employers have a material financial
relationship with the company. This also includes a director who owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or
more of the company’s voting stock (except where local regulations or best practice set a different threshold).
A director is typically classified as an inside director, or “insider”, when they simultaneously serve as a director
and as an employee of the company. This category may include a board chair who acts as an employee of the
company or is paid as such.
1 In some cases, the Benchmark Policy will consider directors in leadership positions on the board to hold primary
accountability for an issue and recommend against their re-election to the board. Depending on this issue, this could apply
to the chair or vice chair of the board, the lead independent director (if applicable), or the chair of key board committees.
8
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence
Many investors believe that a board will be most effective in protecting shareholders' interests when a majority
of shareholder representatives on the board are independent, although the Benchmark Policy sets higher and
lower thresholds in some markets based on local best practice recommendations and prevailing market practice.
Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends voting against certain affiliated or insider members of
the board to satisfy the applicable independence threshold.
The Benchmark Policy analysis typically accepts the presence of representatives of a company's major
shareholder(s) on the board in line with their stake in a company's issued share capital or voting rights, so long
as there is a sufficient number of independent directors to represent free-float shareholders and allow for the
formation of sufficiently independent board committees.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Director Performance
Although the Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders support the election of independent
directors, it will generally recommend voting against directors for the following reasons:
•A director who attends less than 75% of the board and applicable committee meetings.
•A Director who sits on a potentially excessive number of boards.
•A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious restatement has occurred after the CEO
certified the pre-restatement financial statements.
•There are substantial concerns regarding the performance and/or skills and experience of a director.
•The director can be considered to hold primary accountability for an issue due to their leadership
position on the board.1
The Benchmark Policy also takes the position that the following conflicts of interest may hinder a director’s
performance. Accordingly, it will therefore generally recommend voting against a:
•Director who, or a director whose immediate family member, currently provides material professional
services to the company.
•Director who, or a director whose immediate family member, engages in airplane, real estate or other
similar deals, including perquisite type grants from the company.
•Director with an interlocking directorship.
Committee Composition and Performance
Many investors believe that independent directors should serve on a company’s audit, compensation,
nominating and governance committees. The Benchmark Policy sets the general expectation that the majority of
shareholder representatives on key board committees are independent, although higher or lower thresholds are
set in some markets based on local best practice recommendations and prevailing market practice. The
Benchmark Policy generally recommends that shareholders oppose the presence of executive directors on the
audit and compensation committee given the risks for conflicts of interest.
2 For instance, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend a vote against the audit committee chair for ongoing
excessive non-audit fees or when a company fails to disclose audit fees, and may recommend a vote against all members of
the compensation committee for ongoing egregious compensation policies and practices. Please refer to local market
Benchmark Policy guidelines for further information on how the Benchmark Policy recommends that committee members
are held accountable for poor committee performance in each market.
9
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
The Benchmark Policy may recommend that shareholders vote against the chair, or all members, of key
committees when there are material performance concerns.2
Board Diversity
Many investors consider it important to ensure that the board is composed of directors who have a diversity of
skills, thought and experience, as such diversity benefits companies by providing a broad range of perspectives
and insights. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy closely reviews the board’s composition for representation of
diverse director candidates. For further information on board diversity, please see In-Depth Report: Board
Gender Diversity.
If a board has failed to address material concerns regarding the mix of skills and experience of the non-executive
directors or when it fails to meet legal requirements or the best practice standard prevalent in the market for
gender quotas and has not disclosed any cogent explanation or plan regarding its approach to board diversity,
the Benchmark Policy will typically recommend against the chair of the nominating committee.
The Benchmark Policy sets the expectation that boards of main market companies listed in most major global
markets (e.g. Australia, Canada, Europe, Japan, United Kingdom and United States), comprise at least one
gender diverse director (women, or directors that identify with a gender other than male or female). For
European and North American companies listed on a blue-chip or mid-cap index (e.g. Russell 3000, TSX, FTSE
350, etc.), the Benchmark Policy looks for boards to be composed of at least 30% of gender diverse directors.. A
higher standard is applied by the Benchmark Policy where best practice recommendations or listing regulations
in a specific country set a higher target.
The Benchmark Policy analysis also monitors company disclosure on diversity of ethnicity and other
underrepresented communities at board level. Large companies in markets with legal requirements or best
practice recommendations in this area (e.g. United States; United Kingdom) are expected to provide clear
disclosure on the board's performance.
The Benchmark Policy’s approach to providing proxy voting guidance considering diversity factors at U.S.
companies and its display in Proxy Papers was modified in March 2025. For more information, please see the
2025 Supplemental Statement on Diversity Considerations at U.S. Companies.
Board Tenure and Refreshment
Many investors support routine director evaluation, including independent external reviews, and periodic board
refreshment to foster the sharing of diverse perspectives in the boardroom and the generation of new ideas and
business strategies. While a director’s experience can be a valuable asset to shareholders because of the
complex, critical issues that boards face, a lack of refreshment can contribute to a lack of board responsiveness
to poor company performance. The Benchmark Policy may consider recommending voting against directors with
a lengthy tenure (e.g. over 12 years) when significant performance or governance concerns indicate that a fresh
perspective would be beneficial, and recent or planned board refreshment is limited.
10
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
The Benchmark Policy is of the view that the board should evaluate the need for changes to board composition
based on an analysis of skills and experience necessary for the company, as well as the results of the director
evaluations, as opposed to relying solely on age or tenure limits. However, where a board has established an age
or term limit, it is the Benchmark Policy expectation that such limit should generally be applied equally for all
members of the board. If a board waives its age/term limits, the Benchmark Policy will consider recommending
shareholders vote against the chair of the nominating committee or equivalent, unless compelling rationale is
provided for why the board is proposing to waive this rule through an election/re-election.
Separation of the Roles of Chair and CEO
Many investors believe that the board should be chaired by an independent director. The Benchmark Policy is of
the view that separating the roles of CEO (or, more rarely, another executive position) and chair generally
creates a better governance structure than a combined CEO/chair position. An executive manages the business
according to a course the board charts. Executives should report to the board regarding their performance in
achieving goals set by the board. This is needlessly complicated when a CEO chairs the board, since a CEO/chair
presumably will have a significant influence over the board. The Benchmark Policy views an independent chair as
better able to oversee the executives of the company and set a pro-shareholder agenda without the
management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face. This, in turn, leads to a more proactive
and effective board of directors that is looking out for the interests of shareholders above all else.
In the absence of an independent chair, the Benchmark Policy supports the appointment of a presiding or lead
director with authority to set the agenda for the meetings and to lead sessions outside the presence of the
insider chair. In some markets, the Benchmark Policy will typically recommend voting against the chair of the
nominating committee when the chair and CEO roles are combined and the board has not appointed an
independent presiding or lead director.
Board Responsiveness
Many investors expect that when a significant proportion of votes cast on a proposal by unaffiliated
shareholders (e.g. 20% or more) are contrary to the board’s recommendation, the board should, depending on
the issue, demonstrate some level of responsiveness to address shareholder concerns. While the 20% threshold
alone will not automatically generate a negative vote recommendation from the Benchmark Policy on a future
proposal (e.g., to recommend against a director nominee, against a remuneration proposal, etc.), it will be a
contributing factor to recommend a vote against management's recommendation in the event the Benchmark
Policy analysis determines that the board did not respond appropriately. Additionally, when shareholder
proposals receive significant support (generally more than 30% of votes cast), the Benchmark Policy sets the
expectation that boards engage with shareholders on the issue and provide disclosure addressing shareholder
concerns and outreach initiatives.
In assessing the level of dissent, the company’s ownership structure and the meeting quorum are taken into
account. In the case of companies with a controlling shareholder and/or with a multi-class share structure, the
Benchmark Policy analysis will carefully examine the level of disapproval attributable to minority shareholders.
As a general framework, the evaluation of board responsiveness involves a review of the publicly available
disclosures released following the date of the company's last annual meeting up through the publication date of
the most current Proxy Paper.
11
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Election Procedures
Slate Elections
In some countries, companies elect their board members as a slate, whereby shareholders are unable to vote on
the election of each individual director, but rather are limited to voting for or against the board as a whole. In
countries where slate elections are common market practice, the Benchmark Policy will not recommend that
shareholders oppose an election on the basis of this election method alone.
The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders support a director slate, unless material
independence or performance concerns have been identified. When the proposed slate raises concerns
regarding board or committee independence, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders
vote against the slate. In egregious cases where concerns regarding the performance and/or experience of the
board, its committees, and/or individual directors have been identified, the Benchmark Policy will similarly
typically recommend that shareholders vote against the director slate.
Classified Boards
Investors broadly view the repeal of staggered boards in favor of the annual election of directors favorably.
Generally, staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than boards that are elected annually.
Furthermore, the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on protecting the interests of
shareholders.
Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends supporting the declassification of boards and
introduction of the annual election of directors whenever that question is directly posed in a proxy (typically in
the form of a shareholder proposal).
Board Oversight of Material Issues
Board Oversight of Risk Management Controls
The Benchmark Policy evaluates the risk management function of a public company board on a strictly case-by-
case basis. Sound risk management, while necessary at all companies, is particularly important at financial firms,
which inherently maintain significant exposure to financial risk. Market best practice indicates that financial
firms should have a chief risk officer reporting directly to the board and a dedicated risk committee or a
committee of the board charged with risk oversight. Moreover, many non-financial firms maintain strategies
that involve a high level of exposure to financial risk. Similarly, since many non-financial firms have complex
hedging or trading strategies, those firms should also have a chief risk officer and a risk committee.
When analyzing the risk management practices of public companies, the Benchmark Policy will take note of
significant losses or write-downs on financial assets and/or structured transactions. In cases where a company
has disclosed a sizable loss or write-down, and where a reasonable analysis indicates that the company’s board
level risk committee should be held accountable for poor oversight, the Benchmark Policy may recommend that
shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In addition, in cases where a company
maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails to disclose any explicit form of board-level risk
3 E.g., S&P 500, FTSE 100, Nikkei 225, etc.
12
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
oversight (via a dedicated committee or otherwise), the Benchmark Policy may recommend a vote against the
board chair on that basis.
Board Oversight of Environmental and Social Issues
Insufficient oversight of material environmental and social issues can present direct legal, financial, regulatory
and reputational risks that could serve to harm shareholder interests. Therefore, shareholders generally benefit
when such issues are carefully monitored and managed by companies, and when companies have an
appropriate oversight structure in place to ensure that they are mitigating attendant risks and capitalizing on
related opportunities to the best extent possible.
To that end, the Benchmark Policy looks to companies to ensure that boards maintain clear oversight of material
risks to their operations, including those that are environmental and social in nature. These risks could include,
but are not limited to, matters related to climate change, human capital management, diversity, stakeholder
relations, and health, safety & environment. Given the importance of the board’s role in overseeing
environmental and social risks, this responsibility should be formally designated and codified in the appropriate
committee charters or other governing documents.
While it is important that material environmental and social issues are overseen at the board level and that
shareholders are afforded meaningful disclosure of these oversight responsibilities, the Benchmark Policy is of
the view that that companies should determine the best structure for this oversight. This oversight can be
effectively conducted by specific directors, the entire board, a separate committee, or combined with the
responsibilities of a key committee.
The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders vote against the chair of the governance
committee (or equivalent) of companies listed on a major blue-chip index in key global markets that do not
provide clear disclosure concerning the board-level oversight afforded to material environmental and/or social
issues.
Board Accountability for Climate-Related Issues
Given the exceptionally broad impacts of a changing climate on companies, the economy, and society in general,
climate risk can present a material risk for companies in all industries. Accordingly, it is important that boards
consider and evaluate their operational resilience under lower-carbon scenarios. While all companies maintain
exposure to climate-related risks, additional consideration should be given to, and disclosure should be provided
by, those companies whose own GHG emissions represent a financially material risk. For companies with this
increased risk exposure, the Benchmark Policy evaluates whether companies are providing clear and
comprehensive disclosure regarding these risks, including how they are being mitigated and overseen. Such
information is crucial to allow investors to understand the company’s management of this issue as well as the
potential impact of a lower carbon future on the company’s operations.
In line with this view, the Benchmark Policy will carefully examine the climate-related disclosures provided by
large-cap companies in developed capital markets3 with material exposure to climate risk stemming from their
4 This policy will generally apply to companies in the following SASB-defined industries: agricultural products, air freight &
logistics, airlines, chemicals, construction materials, containers & packaging, cruise lines, electric utilities & power
generators, food retailers & distributors, health care distributors, iron & steel producers, marine transportation, meat,
poultry & dairy, metals & mining, non-alcoholic beverages, oil & gas, pulp & paper products, rail transportation, road
transportation, semiconductors, waste management.
13
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
own operations4 as well as companies where their emissions, climate impacts, or stakeholder scrutiny thereof,
represent an outsized, financially material risk, in order to assess whether they have produced disclosures in line
with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD), IFRS S2 Climate-related
Disclosures, or other equivalent climate reporting framework. The Benchmark Policy will also assess whether
these companies have disclosed explicit and clearly defined board-level oversight responsibilities for climate-
related issues.
In instances where either (or both) of these disclosures are found to be absent or significantly lacking, the
Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against the chair of the committee (or board) charged with oversight
of climate-related issues, or if no committee has been charged with such oversight, the chair of the governance
committee.
Further, the Benchmark Policy may extend this recommendation on this basis to additional members of the
responsible committee in cases where the committee chair is not standing for election due to a classified board,
or based on other factors, including the company’s size and industry and its overall governance profile. In
instances where appropriate directors are not standing for election, the Benchmark Policy may instead
recommend shareholders vote against other matters that are up for a vote, such as the ratification of board acts,
or the accounts and reports proposal.
Board Oversight of Technology
Cyber Risk Oversight
Companies and consumers are exposed to a growing risk of cyber-attacks. These attacks can result in customer
or employee data breaches, harm to a company’s reputation, significant fines or penalties, and interruption to a
company’s operations. Further, in some instances, cyber breaches can result in national security concerns, such
as those impacting companies operating as utilities, defense contractors, and energy companies.
In response to these issues, regulators have increasingly been focused on ensuring companies are providing
appropriate and timely disclosures and protections to stakeholders that could have been adversely impacted by
a breach in a company’s cyber infrastructure.
Given the regulatory focus on, and the potential adverse outcomes from, cyber-related issues, many investors
view cyber risk as material for all companies. Accordingly, it is critical that companies evaluate and mitigate
these risks to the greatest extent possible. With that view, all issuers are encouraged to provide clear disclosure
concerning the role of the board in overseeing issues related to cybersecurity, including how companies are
ensuring directors are fully versed on this rapidly evolving and dynamic issue. Such disclosure can help
shareholders understand the seriousness with which companies take this issue.
In the absence of material cyber incidents, the Benchmark Policy will generally not make voting
recommendations on the basis of a company’s oversight or disclosure concerning cyber-related issues. However,
in instances where cyber-attacks have caused significant harm to shareholders, the board’s oversight of
cybersecurity as well as the company’s response and disclosures will be closely evaluated.
14
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Moreover, in instances where a company has been materially impacted by a cyber-attack, it is reasonable for
shareholders to expect periodic updates communicating the company’s ongoing progress towards resolving and
remediating the impact of the cyber-attack. Shareholders are best served when such updates include (but are
not necessarily limited to) details such as when the company has fully restored its information systems, when
the company has returned to normal operations, what resources the company is providing for affected
stakeholders, and any other potentially relevant information, until the company considers the impact of the
cyber-attack to be fully remediated. These disclosures should focus on the company’s response to address the
impacts to affected stakeholders and should not reveal specific and/or technical details that could impede the
company’s response or remediation of the incident or that could assist threat actors.
In such instances, the Benchmark Policy may recommend voting against appropriate directors if the board’s
oversight, response or disclosure concerning cybersecurity-related issues to be insufficient, or not provided to
shareholders.
Board Oversight of Artificial Intelligence
In recent years, companies have rapidly begun to develop and adopt uses for artificial intelligence (AI)
technologies throughout various aspects of their operations. Deployed and overseen effectively, AI technologies
have the potential to make companies’ operations and systems more efficient and productive. However, as the
use of these technologies has grown, so have the potential risks associated with companies’ development and
use of AI. Given these potential risks, boards should be cognizant of, and take steps to mitigate exposure to, any
material risks that could arise from their use or development of AI.
Companies that use or develop AI technologies should consider adopting strong internal frameworks that
include ethical considerations and ensure they have provided a sufficient level of oversight of AI. As such, boards
may seek to ensure effective oversight and address skills gaps by engaging in continued board education and/or
appointing directors with AI expertise. With that view, all companies that develop or employ the use of AI in
their operations should provide clear disclosure concerning the role of the board in overseeing issues related to
AI, including how companies are ensuring directors are fully versed on this rapidly evolving and dynamic issue.
Such disclosure can help shareholders understand the seriousness with which companies take this issue.
While market best practice indicates that it is important that these issues are overseen at the board level and
that shareholders are afforded meaningful disclosure of these oversight responsibilities, generally, companies
should determine the best structure for this oversight. This oversight can be effectively conducted by specific
directors, the entire board, a separate committee, or combined with the responsibilities of a key committee.
In the absence of material incidents related to a company’s use or management of AI-related issues, the
Benchmark Policy will generally not make voting recommendations on the basis of a company’s oversight of, or
disclosure concerning, AI-related issues. However, in instances where there is evidence that insufficient
oversight and/or management of AI technologies has resulted in material harm to shareholders, the Benchmark
Policy will review a company’s overall governance practices and identify which directors or board-level
committees have been charged with oversight of AI-related risks. It will also closely evaluate the board’s
response to, and management of, this issue as well as any associated disclosures and may recommend voting
against the re-election of accountable directors, or other matters up for a shareholder vote, as appropriate, if
the board’s oversight, response or disclosure concerning AI-related issues is found to be insufficient.
15
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Financial Reporting
Accounts and Reports
Many countries require companies to submit the annual financial statements, director reports, and independent
auditors’ reports to shareholders at a general meeting. The Benchmark Policy will usually recommend voting in
favor of these proposals except when there are concerns about the integrity of the statements/reports.
However, should the audited financial statements, auditor’s report and/or annual report not be published at the
writing of our report, the Benchmark Policy will recommend that shareholders abstain from voting on this
proposal.
Income Allocation (Distribution of Dividends)
In many countries, companies must submit the allocation of income for shareholder approval. The Benchmark
Policy will generally recommend voting for such a proposal. However, particular scrutiny will be given to cases
where the company’s dividend payout ratio is exceptionally low or excessively high relative to its peers, or the
proposed distribution represents a substantial departure from a company's disclosed dividend policy, and the
company has not provided a satisfactory explanation.
Appointment of Auditors and Authority to Set Fees
The auditor’s role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the financial information
necessary for protecting shareholder value. Like directors, auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and
should assiduously avoid situations that require them to make choices between their own interests and the
interests of the shareholders. The Benchmark Policy generally recommends that shareholders support
management’s selection of an auditor and granting the board the authority to fix auditor fees, except in cases
where it is concluded that the independence of an incumbent auditor or the integrity of the audit has been
compromised. However, the Benchmark Policy generally recommends voting against ratification of the auditor
and/or authorizing the board to set auditor fees for the following reasons:
•When audit fees added to audit-related fees total less than one-half of total fees.
•When there have been any recent restatements or late filings by the company where the auditor bears
some responsibility for the restatement or late filing (e.g., a restatement due to a reporting error).
•When the company has aggressive accounting policies.
•When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in financial statements.
•When there are other relationships or issues of concern with the auditor that might suggest a conflict
between the interest of the auditor and the interests of shareholders.
•When the company is changing auditors as a result of a disagreement between the company and the
auditor on a matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing
scope or procedures.
•Where the auditor’s tenure is lengthy (e.g. over 10 years) and when any ongoing litigation or significant
controversies which call into question an auditor's effectiveness are identified.
16
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
When a company is seeking to appoint an auditor for sustainability reporting, the Benchmark Policy will
generally recommend that shareholders support a company’s choice, subject to the company providing
sufficient information on the identity of and fees paid to the auditor, as well as to the independence and
performance of the auditor, as outlined above.
17
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Compensation
Compensation Report/Compensation Policy
Companies’ remuneration practices and disclosure, as outlined in company filings, are closely reviewed to
evaluate management-submitted compensation report and policy vote proposals. In evaluating these proposals,
which can be binding or non-binding depending on the country, the Benchmark Policy examines how well the
company has disclosed information pertinent to its compensation programs, the extent to which overall
compensation is tied to performance, the performance metrics selected by the company, and the levels of
remuneration in comparison to company performance and that of its peers.
Given the complexity of most companies’ remuneration programs, the Benchmark Policy applies a highly
nuanced approach when analyzing executive compensation. All relevant factors are reviewed, including
structural features, the presence of effective best practices, disclosure quality, and trajectory-related factors.
Further, executive compensation is reviewed on both a qualitative and quantitative basis, recognizing that each
company must be examined in the context of its industry, size, financial condition, its historic pay-for-
performance practices, ownership structure, and any other relevant internal or external factors. Any significant
changes or modifications, and associated rationale, made to a company’s compensation structure or award
levels, including base salaries, are also reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Except for particularly egregious pay decisions and practices, no one factor would ordinarily lead to an
unfavorable recommendation under the Benchmark Policy without a review of the company’s rationale and/or
the influence of such decisions or practices on other aspects of the pay program, most notably the company’s
ability to align executive pay with performance and the shareholder experience.
Nevertheless, while not an exhaustive list, the Benchmark Policy considers the following to be problematic pay
practices which may lead, or strongly contribute, to a recommendation to vote against a company’s
compensation report or policy:
•Gross disconnect between pay and performance;
•Gross disconnect between remuneration outcomes and the experience of shareholders and other key
stakeholders (in particular company employees) in the year under review;
•Performance goals and metrics are inappropriate or insufficiently challenging;
•Lack of disclosure regarding performance metrics and goals as well as the extent to which the
performance metrics, targets and goals are implemented to enhance company performance and
encourage prudent risk-taking;
•Excessive weighting of short-term (e.g., generally less than three year) performance measurement in
incentive plans;
•Excessive discretion afforded to or exercised by management or the compensation committee to
deviate from defined performance metrics and goals in making awards;
•Ex gratia or other non-contractual payments have been made and the reasons for making the payments
have not been fully explained or the explanation is unconvincing;
•Guaranteed bonuses are established;
•Egregious or excessive bonuses, equity awards or severance payments;
•Excessive increases (e.g. over 10%) in fixed payments such as salary or pension entitlements that are not
adequately justified; and
18
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
•The proposed changes to the existing policy represent, on aggregate, a worsening of the overall
structure.
In addition, the Benchmark Policy looks for the presence of other structural safeguards, such as executive
shareholding requirements, and clawback and malus policies for incentive plans. The absence of such safeguards
may contribute to a negative recommendation. If in particularly egregious cases it is concluded that the
compensation committee has substantially failed to fulfill its duty to shareholders, the Benchmark Policy may
also recommend that shareholders vote against the chair, senior members, or all members of the committee,
depending on the seriousness and persistence of the issues identified.
Equity-Based Incentive Plans
Many investors believe that equity compensation awards are useful, when not abused, for retaining employees
and providing them with an incentive to act in a way that will improve company performance.
In order to allow for meaningful shareholder review, incentive programs should generally include: (i) specific and
appropriate performance goals and/or vesting conditions; (ii) a maximum award pool; and (iii) a maximum
award amount per employee. In addition, the payments made should be reasonable relative to the performance
of the business and total compensation to those covered by the plan should be in line with compensation paid
by the company’s peers. Generally, fewer structural safeguards are expected for plans that are exclusively for
employees below the top-executive level.
Long-Term Incentive Plans Equity-based incentive programs, which are often the primary long-term incentive
(LTI) for executives, are generally the most significant portion of the overall compensation program for senior
executives. When used appropriately, these programs can provide a vehicle for linking an executive’s pay to
company performance, thereby aligning an executive’s interests with those of shareholders.
There are certain elements that are common to most well-structured LTI plans for senior executives. These
include:
•No re-testing or lowering of performance conditions after the grant;
•Two or more performance metrics -- measuring a company’s performance with multiple metrics serves
to provide a more complete picture of the company’s performance than a single metric, and multiple
metrics are less easily manipulated;
•At least one relative performance metric that compares the company’s performance to a relevant peer
group or index;
•Vesting and/or performance periods of at least three years;
•Performance metrics that cannot be easily manipulated by management;
•Stretching targets that incentivize executives to strive for outstanding performance;
•Individual limits expressed as a percentage of base salary; and
•Holding requirements for executives, preferably extending through the duration of their tenure.
The Benchmark Policy reviews LTI plans holistically as part of the overall compensation package for executives,
as outlined above. The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders approve capital
authorities aimed at servicing incentive plans that satisfy the above conditions, so long as maximum potential
dilution also aligns with local market practice.
19
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Pay for Performance
An integral part of a well-structured compensation package is a successful link between pay and performance.
The Glass Lewis proprietary pay-for-performance model, which serves as the primary quantitative analysis, was
developed to better evaluate the link between pay and performance. A standalone pay-for-performance
assessment is included in Proxy Papers covering the annual meetings of companies in the Russell 3000 in the
U.S., the S&P/TSX Composite in Canada, and large- and mid-cap companies in Australia and major European
markets.
Generally, compensation and performance are measured against a peer group of appropriate companies that
may overlap, to a certain extent, with a company’s self-disclosed peers. This quantitative analysis provides a
consistent framework and historical context for clients to determine how well companies link executive
compensation to relative performance. The methodology takes a scorecard-based approach in evaluating pay-
and-performance alignment. Final alignment scores are determined by the weighted sum of up to five or six
tests, depending on the region, each with their own severity rating. Overall scores and ratings range as follows:
•Severe Concern: 0 to 20 points
•High Concern: 21 to 40 points
•Medium Concern: 41 to 60 points
•Low Concern: 61 to 80 points
•Negligible Concern: 81 to 100 points
The model utilizes three to five quantitative tests (depending on region and company-specific factors) and one
qualitative downward modifier. The quantitative tests measure pay (primarily granted pay in North America,
vested pay in Europe, and incentive outcomes in Australia) against TSR and financial performance, and the
stringency of incentive plans for top executives.
Separately, a specific comparison between the company’s executive pay levels and its peers’ executive pay levels
may be discussed in the analysis for additional insight into the score. Likewise, a specific comparison between
the company’s performance and its peers’ performance may be reflected in the analysis for further context.
Companies that demonstrate a weaker link (an overall rating of “Severe Concern” or “High Concern”) are more
likely to receive a negative recommendation under the Benchmark Policy; however, other qualitative factors are
considered in developing recommendations, as each company is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. These
additional factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the overall incentive structure; (ii) the trajectory of the
program and any disclosed future changes; (iii) the operational, economic and business context for the year in
review; (iv) the relevance of selected performance metrics; and (v) reasonable long-term payout levels. These
factors may provide sufficient rationale for the Benchmark Policy to recommend in favor of a proposal even if
there is an identified disconnect between pay and performance.
A proprietary methodology is utilized to determine peer groups used in the pay-for-performance scores that
considers both market and industry peers. Since the peer group is based on an independent, proprietary
technique, it will often differ from the one used by the company which, in turn, could affect the resulting
analyses. While Glass Lewis’s independent, rigorous methodology provides a valuable perspective on the
company’s compensation program, the company’s self-selected peer group may also be presented in the Proxy
Paper for comparative purposes and for supplemental analyses.
Further information and methodology is available at www.glasslewis.com/corporate-solutions/2026-pay-for-
performace-updates.
20
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Non-Executive Director Compensation
Non-executive directors should receive appropriate types and levels of compensation for the time and effort
they spend serving on the board and its committees. Director fees should be competitive in order to retain and
attract qualified individuals, but not at a level that represents an excessive financial cost to a company and/or
may compromise the objectivity of non-executive directors. The Benchmark Policy supports compensation plans
that include non-performance-based equity awards. Glass Lewis compares the costs of these plans to the plans
of peer companies with similar market capitalizations in the same country to help inform its judgment on this
issue.
Retirement Benefits for Non-Executive Directors
The Benchmark Policy will typically recommend voting against proposals to grant retirement benefits to non-
executive directors. Such extended payments can impair the objectivity and independence of these board
members. Directors should receive adequate compensation for their board service through initial and annual
fees.
21
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Governance Structure
Amendments to the Articles of Association
The Benchmark Policy evaluates proposed amendments to a company’s articles of association on a case-by-case
basis. Many investors are opposed to the practice of bundling several amendments under a single proposal
because it prevents shareholders from evaluating each amendment on its own merits. In such cases, each
change is analyzed individually and the Benchmark Policy will recommend voting for the proposal only when it is
concluded that the amendments on balance are in the best interests of shareholders.
Virtual Meetings
Many investors believe that virtual meeting technology can be a useful complement to a traditional, in-person
shareholder meeting by expanding participation of shareholders who are unable to attend a shareholder
meeting in person. However, meetings at which shareholders are not permitted to attend in person can curb the
ability of a company's shareholders to participate in the meeting and meaningfully communicate with company
management and directors.
Where companies are convening a meeting at which in-person attendance of shareholders is limited, the
Benchmark Policy expects companies to set and disclose clear procedures at the time of convocation regarding:
i)When, where, and how shareholders will have an opportunity to ask questions related to the
subjects normally discussed at the annual meeting, including a timeline for submitting questions,
types of appropriate questions, and rules for how questions and comments will be recognized and
disclosed to shareholders;
ii)In particular where there are restrictions on the ability of shareholders to question the board during
the meeting - the manner in which appropriate questions received during the meeting will be
addressed by the board; this should include a commitment that questions which meet the board’s
guidelines are answered in a format that is accessible by all shareholders, such as on the company’s
AGM or investor relations website;
iii)The procedure and requirements to participate in the meeting and access the meeting platform; and
iv)Technical support that is available to shareholders prior to and during the meeting.
In egregious cases where inadequate disclosure of the aforementioned has been provided to shareholders at the
time of convocation, the Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders hold the board or
relevant directors accountable.
Depending on a company’s governance structure, country of incorporation, and the agenda of the meeting, this
may lead to recommendations that shareholders vote against members of the governance committee (or
equivalent; if up for re-election); the chair of the board (if up for re-election); and/or other agenda items
concerning board composition and performance as applicable (e.g. ratification of board acts). The Benchmark
Policy analysis and voting recommendations will always take into account local laws, best practices, and
disclosure standards when assessing a company’s performance on this issue.
22
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Anti-Takeover Measures
Multi-Class Share Structures
In line with CII’s Policies on Corporate Governance, ICGN’s Global Governance Principles and broad investor
sentiment, each share of a company’s common stock should have one vote, companies should not have share
classes with unequal voting rights, and certain shareholders should not have power or control disproportionate
to their economic interests. Allowing one vote per share generally operates as a safeguard for common
shareholders by ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares are able to weigh in on issues set
forth by the board. Furthermore, many investors agree that the economic stake of each shareholder should
match their voting power and that no small group of shareholders, family or otherwise, should have voting rights
different from those of other shareholders. On matters of governance and shareholder rights, shareholders
should have the power to speak and the opportunity to effect change. That power should not be concentrated in
the hands of a few for reasons other than economic stake.
Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote in favor of recapitalization
proposals to eliminate multi-class share structures. Similarly, it will generally recommend voting against
proposals to adopt a new class of stock with different voting powers.
The Benchmark Policy will generally recommend that shareholders vote against (a) certain director(s) and/or
other relevant agenda items at a North American or European company that adopts a multi-class share structure
with unequal voting rights in connection with an IPO, spin-off, or direct listing within the past year if the board:
(i) did not also commit to submitting the multi-class structure to a shareholder vote at the company’s first
shareholder meeting following the IPO; or (ii) did not provide for a reasonable sunset of the multi-class structure
(generally seven years or less). The approach of the Benchmark Policy toward companies with existing multi-
class share structures with unequal voting varies between regions and is dependent on, inter alia, local market
practice and legislation, as well as an assessment of whether evidence exists that the share structure is
contributing to poor governance or the suppression of minority shareholder concerns.
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Many investors view poison pill plans unfavorably. They can reduce management accountability by substantially
limiting opportunities for corporate takeovers. Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a buy-
out premium for their stock.
Generally, boards should be given wide latitude in directing the activities of the company and charting the
company’s course. However, on an issue such as this where the link between the financial interests of
shareholders and their right to consider and accept buyout offers is so substantial, shareholders should be
allowed to vote on whether or not they support such a plan’s implementation.
The Benchmark Policy typically recommends that shareholders vote against these plans to protect their financial
interests and ensure that they have an opportunity to consider any offer for their shares, especially those at a
premium. In certain limited circumstances, l the Benchmark Policy may recommend that shareholders support a
limited poison pill to accomplish a particular objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that
contains what is assessed to be a reasonable ‘qualifying offer’ clause.
23
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Supermajority Vote Requirements
Many investors believe that supermajority vote requirements act as impediments to shareholder action on
ballot items that are critical to shareholder interests.
Where a company seeks to abolish supermajority voting requirements, this will be evaluated on a case-by-case
basis. In many instances, amendments to voting requirements may have a deleterious effect on shareholders’
rights where a company has a large or controlling shareholder. Therefore, the analysis will take into account
additional factors including: shareholder structure; quorum requirements; impending transactions – involving
the company or a major shareholder – and any internal conflicts within the company.
Increase in Authorized Shares
Adequate capital stock available for issuance is important to the operation of a company. The Benchmark Policy
will generally support proposals when a company could reasonably use the requested shares for financing, stock
splits and stock dividends. While having adequate shares to allow management to make quick decisions and
effectively operate the business is critical, many investors prefer that, for significant transactions, management
come to shareholders to justify their use of additional shares rather than providing a blank check in the form of
large pools of unallocated shares available for any purpose.
In general, the Benchmark Policy will support proposals to increase authorized shares up to 100% of the number
of shares currently authorized unless, after the increase the company would be left with less than 30% of its
authorized shares outstanding. In markets where such authorities typically also authorize the board to issue new
shares without separate shareholder approval, the policy described below on the issuance of shares is applied.
Issuance of Shares
Issuing additional shares can dilute existing holders in some circumstances. Further, the availability of additional
shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can often serve as a deterrent to interested
suitors. Accordingly, where the company has not disclosed a detailed plan for use of the proposed shares, or
where the number of shares requested are excessive, the Benchmark Policy typically recommends against the
issuance. In the case of a private placement, also it will also be considered whether the company is offering a
discount to its share price.
In general, the Benchmark Policy will support proposals to authorize the board to issue shares (with preemptive
rights) when the requested increase is equal to or less than the current issued share capital. This authority
should generally not exceed five years. In accordance with differing market best practice, in some countries, if a
proposal seeks to issue shares exceeding 33% of issued share capital, the company should explain the specific
rationale, which is analyzed on a case-by-case basis.
The Benchmark Policy will also generally support proposals to suspend preemptive rights for a maximum of
5-20% of the issued ordinary share capital of the company, depending on best practice in the country in which
the company is located. This authority should not exceed five years, or less for some countries.
24
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Repurchase of Shares
The Benchmark Policy will recommend voting in favor of a proposal to repurchase shares when the plan includes
the following provisions: (i) a maximum number of shares which may be purchased (typically not more than
10-20% of the issued share capital); and (ii) a maximum price which may be paid for each share (as a percentage
of the market price). The Benchmark Policy may support a larger proposed repurchase program where the terms
of the program stipulate that repurchased shares must be cancelled.
Shareholder Proposals
The Benchmark Policy seeks to promote governance structures that protect shareholders, support effective ESG
oversight and reporting, and encourage director accountability. Accordingly, it places a significant emphasis on
promoting transparency, robust governance structures and companies’ responsiveness to and engagement with
shareholders. As such it generally supports proposals that encourage transparency in how companies are
mitigating material ESG risks, including those related to climate change, human capital management, and
stakeholder relations. To that end, the Benchmark Policy evaluates all shareholder proposals on a case-by-case
basis with a view to protecting long-term shareholder value. While it is generally supportive of those that
promote board accountability, shareholder rights, and transparency, it considers all proposals in the context of a
company’s unique operations and risk profile.
For a detailed review of the Benchmark Policy approach to compensation, environmental, social, and
governance shareholder proposals, please refer to the Benchmark Policy Guidelines for Shareholder Proposals &
ESG-Related Issues, available at www.glasslewis.com/voting-policies-current/.
25
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Overall Approach to
Environmental, Social & Governance
The Benchmark Policy evaluates all environmental and social issues through the lens of long-term shareholder
value. Shareholders are best served when companies consider material environmental and social factors in all
aspects of their operations and when they are provided with disclosures that allow them to understand how
these factors are being considered and how attendant risks are being mitigated. Governance is a critical factor in
how companies manage environmental and social risks and opportunities, and the Benchmark Policy is of the
view that a well-governed company will be generally managing these issues better than one without a
governance structure that promotes board independence and accountability.
Part of the board’s role is to ensure that management conducts a complete risk analysis of company operations,
including those that have financially material environmental and social implications Companies can face
significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or
negligent oversight thereof. Therefore, in cases where the board or management has neglected to take action
on a pressing issue that could negatively impact shareholder value, the Benchmark Policy promotes companies
taking necessary actions in order to effect changes that will safeguard shareholders’ financial interests.
Given the importance of the role of the board in executing a sustainable business strategy that allows for the
realization of environmental and social opportunities and the mitigation of related risks, relating to
environmental risks and opportunities, the Benchmark Policy seeks to promote governance structures that
protect shareholders and promote director accountability. When management and the board have displayed
disregard for environmental or social risks, have engaged in egregious or illegal conduct, or have failed to
adequately respond to current or imminent environmental and social risks that threaten shareholder value, the
Benchmark Policy will consider holding directors accountable. In such instances, it will generally recommend
against responsible members of the board that are specifically charged with oversight of the issue in question.
When evaluating environmental and social factors that may be relevant to a given company, the Benchmark
Policy does so in the context of the financial materiality of the issue to the company’s operations. Companies in
all industries face risks associated with environmental and social issues. However, these risks manifest
themselves differently at each company as a result of its operations, workforce, structure, and geography,
among other factors. Accordingly, the Benchmark Policy places a significant emphasis on the financial
implications of a company’s actions with regard to impacts on its stakeholders and the environment.
When evaluating environmental and social issues, the Benchmark Policy examines companies’:
Direct environmental and social risk — Companies should evaluate financial exposure to direct environmental
risks associated with their operations. Examples of direct environmental risks include those associated with oil or
gas spills, contamination, hazardous leakages, explosions, or reduced water or air quality, among others. Social
risks may include non-inclusive employment policies, inadequate human rights policies, or issues that adversely
affect the company’s stakeholders. Further, firms should consider their exposure to risks emanating from a
broad range of issues, over which they may have no or only limited control, such as insurance companies being
affected by increased storm severity and frequency resulting from climate change.
Risk due to legislation and regulation — Companies should evaluate their exposure to changes or potential
changes in regulation that affect current and planned operations. Regulation should be carefully monitored in all
26
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
jurisdictions in which the company operates. The Benchmark Policy looks closely at relevant and proposed
legislation and evaluates whether the company has responded proactively.
Legal and reputational risk — Failure to take action on important environmental or social issues may carry the
risk of inciting negative publicity and potentially costly litigation. While the effect of high-profile campaigns on
shareholder value may not be directly measurable, it is prudent for companies to carefully evaluate the potential
impacts of the public perception of their impacts on stakeholders and the environment. When considering
investigations and lawsuits, the Benchmark Policy is mindful that such matters may involve unadjudicated
allegations or other charges that have not been resolved. The Benchmark Policy will not assume the truth of
such allegations or charges or that the law has been violated. Instead, it focuses more broadly on whether,
under the particular facts and circumstances presented, the nature and number of such concerns, lawsuits or
investigations reflects on the risk profile of the company or suggests that appropriate risk mitigation measures
may be warranted.
Governance risk — Inadequate oversight of environmental and social issues carries significant risks to
companies. When leadership is ineffective or fails to thoroughly consider potential risks, such risks are likely
unmitigated and could thus present substantial risks to the company, ultimately leading to loss of shareholder
value.
27
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
About Glass Lewis
Glass Lewis is the world’s choice for governance solutions. We enable institutional investors and publicly
listed companies to make informed decisions based on research and data. We cover 30,000+ meetings each year,
across approximately 100 global markets. Our team has been providing in-depth analysis of companies since
2003, relying solely on publicly available information to inform its policies, research, and voting
recommendations.
Our customers include the majority of the world’s largest pension plans, mutual funds, and asset
managers, collectively managing over $40 trillion in assets. We have teams located across the United States,
Europe, and Asia-Pacific giving us global reach with a local perspective on the important governance issues.
Investors around the world depend on Glass Lewis’ Viewpoint platform to manage their proxy voting, policy
implementation, recordkeeping, and reporting. Our industry leading Proxy Paper product provides
comprehensive research weeks ahead of voting deadlines. Public companies can also use our innovative Report
Feedback Statement to deliver their opinion on our proxy research directly to the voting decision makers at
every investor client in time for voting decisions to be made or changed.
The research team engages extensively with public companies, investors, regulators, and other industry
stakeholders to gain relevant context into the realities surrounding companies, sectors, and the market in
general. This enables us to provide the most comprehensive and pragmatic insights to our customers.
Join the Conversation
Glass Lewis is committed to ongoing engagement with all market participants.
info@glasslewis.com | www.glasslewis.com
28
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
Connect with Glass Lewis
Corporate Website | www.glasslewis.com
Email | info@glasslewis.com
Social | @glasslewis Glass, Lewis & Co. Global Locations
| | | |
North America Asia Pacific | United States Headquarters 100 Pine Street, Suite 1250 San Francisco, CA 94111 +1 415 678 4110 New York, NY +1 646 606 2345 2323 Grand Boulevard, Suite 1125 Kansas City, MO 64108 +1 816 945 4525 Canada 65 Front Street East, Suite 201 Toronto, ON M5E 1B5 Australia CGI Glass Lewis Suite 5.03, Level 5 255 George Street Sydney NSW 2000 +61 2 9299 9266 Japan Shinjuku Mitsui Building, 11th floor 2-1-1, Nishi-Shinjuku, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 163-0411, Japan Philippines One Ayala East Tower, 1 Ayala Ave Makati, Metro Manila | | Ireland 15 Henry Street Limerick V94 V9T4 +353 61 534 343 United Kingdom 80 Coleman Street Suite 4.02 London EC2R 5BJ +44 20 7653 8800 France Proxinvest 6 Rue d’Uzès 75002 Paris +33 ()1 45 51 50 43 Germany IVOX Glass Lewis Kaiserallee 23a 76133 Karlsruhe +49 721 35 49622 Romania Calea Aradului 11 Timișoara 300254 Sweden Norrsken House Birger Jarlsgatan 57C 113 56 Stockholm |
29
2026 International Benchmark Policy Guidelines
DISCLAIMER
© 2026 Glass, Lewis & Co., and/or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
This document is intended to provide an overview of Glass Lewis’ proxy voting guidelines. It is not intended to be
exhaustive and does not address all potential voting issues. Glass Lewis’ proxy voting guidelines, as they apply to
certain issues or types of proposals, are further explained in supplemental guidelines and reports that are made
available on Glass Lewis’ website – http://www.glasslewis.com. These guidelines have not been set or approved
by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. Additionally, none of the
information contained herein is or should be relied upon as investment advice. The content of this document
has been developed based on Glass Lewis’ experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues,
engagement with clients and issuers, and review of relevant studies and surveys, and has not been tailored to
any specific person or entity.
Glass Lewis’ proxy voting guidelines are grounded in corporate governance best practices, which often exceed
minimum legal requirements. Accordingly, unless specifically noted otherwise, a failure to meet these guidelines
should not be understood to mean that the company or individual involved has failed to meet applicable legal
requirements.
No representations or warranties express or implied, are made as to the accuracy or completeness of any
information included herein. In addition, Glass Lewis shall not be liable for any losses or damages arising from or
in connection with the information contained herein or the use, reliance on, or inability to use any such
information. Glass Lewis expects its subscribers possess sufficient experience and knowledge to make their own
decisions entirely independent of any information contained in this document and subscribers are ultimately
and solely responsible for making their own decisions, including, but not limited to, ensuring that such decisions
comply with all agreements, codes, duties, laws, ordinances, regulations, and other obligations applicable to
such subscriber.
All information contained in this report is protected by law, including, but not limited to, copyright law, and
none of such information may be copied or otherwise reproduced, repackaged, further transmitted, transferred,
disseminated, redistributed or resold, or stored for subsequent use for any such purpose, in whole or in part, in
any form or manner, or by any means whatsoever, by any person without Glass Lewis’ prior written consent. The
foregoing includes, but is not limited to, using these guidelines, in any manner and in whole or in part, in
connection with any training, self-improving, or machine learning software, algorithms, hardware, or other
artificial intelligence tools or aids of any kind, including, without limitation, large language models or other
generative artificial intelligence platforms or services, whether proprietary to you or a third party, or generally
available (collectively, “AI”) as well as any services, products, data, writings, works of authorship, graphics,
pictures, recordings, any electronic or other information, text or numerals, audio or visual content, or materials
of any nature or description generated or derived by or using, in whole or in part, AI.
VANECK FUNDS
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(9) Amendment No. 43 to Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement. (24)
(c) Rights of security holders are contained in Articles IV, V and VI of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement, as amended, and Article 9 of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, both of which are incorporated by reference above.
(ii) Revised Exhibit A adding VanEck Wealth Builder ETF. (24)
(iii) Revised Exhibit A adding VanEck Wealth Builder ETF to the Distribution Agreement relating to ETF series of VanEck Funds. (24)
(11) Opinion and Consent of Counsel with respect to VanEck Wealth Builder ETF. (24)
(j) (1) Not applicable.
(2) Not applicable.
(k) Not applicable.
(l) Not applicable.
(o) Reserved.
(1) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on March 1, 1999.
(2) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on March 19, 2001.
(3) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed February 25, 2005.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 66 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed May 1, 2006.
(5) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed April 30, 2007.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 82 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed April 30, 2010.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed November 22, 2010.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed April 27, 2012.
(9) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed June 27, 2012.
(10) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed April 19, 2013.
(11) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 02-97596 and 811-04297, filed December 6, 2013.
(12) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 122 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed April 30, 2014.
(13) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed April 25, 2016.
(14) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 153 to Registrant’s Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed November 3, 2017.
(15) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on September 6, 2019.
(16) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 162 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on April 29, 2020.
(17) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 165 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on April 28, 2021.
(18) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 173 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on October 21, 2021.
(19) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2,652 to Registration Statement of VanEck ETF Trust, File Nos. 333-123257 and 811-10325, filed on November 22, 2019.
(20) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 180 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on April 16, 2025.
(21) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 181 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on April 29, 2025.
(22) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 183 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on August 20, 2025.
(23) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 189 to the Registrant's Registration Statement, File Nos. 002-97596 and 811-04297, filed on February 6, 2026.
(24) To be filed by amendment.
ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND.
Not Applicable.
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.
Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement of the Registrant, as amended, each Advisory Agreement, each Sub-Advisory Agreement (if any), the Distribution Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, and the Data Access Agreement.
The general effect of this Indemnification will be to indemnify the officers, trustees, employees and agents of the Registrant from costs and expenses arising from any action, suit or proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their being or having been a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, except where such action is determined to have arisen out of the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the trustee’s, officer’s, employee’s or agent’s office.
Reference is also made to the individual Trustee Indemnification Agreements entered into with each of the Trustees of the Registrant. The Indemnification Agreements do not supersede or replace the indemnification under the Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement of the Registrant, as amended. The Indemnification Agreements supplement the protections under the Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement, by clarifying the scope of certain terms of the Amended and Restated Master Trust Agreement and providing a variety of procedural benefits, including with respect to protection from modification of the indemnification, term and survival of Registrant’s obligations, and procedural enhancements with respect to, among other things, advancement of expenses, determination of entitlement, indemnification for expenses incurred by a Trustee as a witness and selection of counsel.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER.
Van Eck Associates Corporation and, solely for the CM Commodity Index Fund and the Onchain Economy ETF, and the VanEck Wealth Builder ETF, Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation (the “Van Eck Advisers”) are registered investment advisers and provide investment advisory services to the Registrant. Descriptions of the Van Eck Advisers, as applicable, under the caption “Management of the Funds” in the Registrant’s Prospectuses and under the caption “Investment Advisory Services” in the Registrant’s Statements of Additional Information, constituting Parts A and B, respectively, of this Registration Statement are incorporated herein by reference. Information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Van Eck Advisers and their officers, directors or partners within the past two fiscal years is set forth under the caption “Trustees and Officers” in the Registrant’s Statements of Additional Information and in their
Form ADVs filed with the SEC (File No. 801-21340 for Van Eck Associates Corporation and File No. 801-65186 for Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation), all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS
(a) Van Eck Securities Corporation, principal underwriter for the Registrant, also distributes shares of VanEck VIP Trust, VanEck CLO Opportunities Fund and VanEck ETF Trust.
(b) The following table presents certain information with respect to each director and officer of Van Eck Securities Corporation. The principal business address for each director and officer of Van Eck Securities Corporation is 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
| | | | | | | | |
| NAME | POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER | POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH REGISTRANT |
| Matthew A. Babinsky | Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary | Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
| Kristen Capuano | Managing Director, Head of Marketing and Product Strategy | N/A |
| Laura Hamilton | Assistant Vice President | Vice President |
| Brendan Gundersen | Managing Director, Head of Institutional Sales | N/A |
| Richard Potocki | Managing Director, Head of US Distribution | N/A |
Laura I. Martinez | Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary | Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
| | |
| | |
| Lee Rappaport | Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | N/A |
| Jonathan R. Simon | Director, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary | Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary |
| F. Michael Gozzillo | Chief Compliance Officer | Chief Compliance Officer |
| Jan F. van Eck | Director, President and Chief Executive Officer | Chief Executive Officer, President and Trustee |
| Joseph Giordano | Controller | N/A |
| Charissa Chan | Head of Corporate Tax | N/A |
(c) Not Applicable
ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
The location of accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), and the Rules promulgated thereunder is set forth below.
Accounts, books and documents maintained pursuant to 17 CFR 270 31a-1(b)(1), 31a-1(b)(2)(i), 31a-1(b)(2)(ii), 31a-1(b)(2)(iii), 31a-1(b)(4), 31a-1(b)(5), 31a-1(b)(6), 31a-1(b)(7), 31a-1(b)(8), 31a-1(b)(9), 31a-1(b)(10), 31a-1(b)(11), 31a-1(b)(12), 31a-1(d), 31a-1(f), 31a-2(a)(1) and 31a-2(e) are located at Van Eck Associates Corporation and Van Eck Absolute Return Advisers Corporation, 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
Accounts, books and documents maintained pursuant to 17 CFR 270 31a-2(c) are located at Van Eck Securities Corporation, 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
Accounts, books and documents relating to the custodian are located at State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
Accounts, books and documents maintained pursuant to 17 CFR 270 31a-1(b)(2)(iv) and 31a-2(a)(1) are located at DST Systems, Inc., 21 West Tenth Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.
Accounts, books and documents maintained pursuant to 17 CFR 270 31a-1(b)(3), 31a-1(c), 31a-1(e), 31a-2(b), 31a-2(d) and 31a-3 are not applicable to the Registrant.
All other records are maintained at the offices of the Registrant at 666 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
None.
ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS.
Not applicable.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Juan in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico on the 17th day of July, 2026.
VANECK FUNDS
By: /s/ Laura I. Martinez
Name: Laura I. Martinez
Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.
| | | | | | | | |
/s/ Jan F. van Eck* Jan F. van Eck | Chief Executive Officer, President and Trustee | July 17, 2026 |
/s/ John J. Crimmins* John J. Crimmins | Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer | July 17, 2026 |
/s/ Jane DiRenzo Pigott* Jane DiRenzo Pigott | Trustee | July 17, 2026 |
/s/ Jayesh Bhansali* Jayesh Bhansali | Trustee | July 17, 2026 |
/s/ Sara Bonesteel* Sara Bonesteel | Trustee | July 17, 2026 |
/s/ Kevin Moore* Kevin Moore | Trustee | July 17, 2026 |
/s/ R. Alastair Short* R. Alastair Short | Trustee | July 17, 2026 |
*By: /s/ Laura I. Martinez
Laura I. Martinez
Attorney-In-Fact
July 17, 2026